United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Great Lakes
National Program Office
230 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, Illinois 60604
EPA-905/9-91-005C
GL-07C-91
&EPA
Genesee River
Watershed Study |
Volume III -p Special Studies
Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute -
Cornell University
Printed on Recycled Pa\.
-------
GENESEE Rl VER WATERSHED STUDY
VOLUME 1: Summary
VOLUME 2: Special Studies - New York\State
REPORT I: Sediment Nutrient and
Heavy M^tal Cha ract eri zat i
REPORT II: Geo/fhemi st ry of Oxide Pre
and Water Col umn
m in the Genesee River
:ipitates in the
Geafesee Watershed
REPORT III: Sflrf i ci al Geology of/the Genesee Valley
VOLUME 3: Special Studies - Renssel^er Polytechnic Institute
and Cornell Uni versi t
REPORT I : l>n"v|entory of flprms of Nutrients Stored in a
Watershed
REPORT II: Evaluation of the^Eogardi T-3 Bedl oad Sampler
REPORT I I i
Nitro^n and Phosphorus in Drainage Water
from OroVni c Soi fts
VOLUME U: Special Studi es£- United States Geological Survey
PART 1 : Streamflow and Sediment Transport in the Genesee
Ri ver. New York
PART II: Hydrogeol ogi c Influences on Sediment-transport
Patterns in the Genesee River Basin
PART III: Sources and Movement of Sediment in the
Canaseraga Creek Basin near Dansville, New York
-------
EPA-905/9-91-005
February 19P1
GENESEE RIVER WATERSHED STUDY
SPECIAL STUDIES
RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
VOLUME 3
for
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Chicago, Illinois
Grant Number R005144-01
Grants Officer
Ralph G. Christensen
Great Lakes National Program Office
This study, funded by a Great Lakes Program grant from the U.S. EPA,
was conducted as part of the TASK C-Pilot Watershed Program for the
International Joint Commission's Reference Group on Pollution from
Land Use Activities. rt *
Stttf ""-ad.uy«5 Otl-viGt
GREAT LAKES NATW^L%OG^«FFICE'~ ::
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, REGION V
230 SOUTH DEARBORN STREET
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60604
-------
DISCLAIMER
•
This report has been reviewed by the Great Lakes National
Program Office, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and
approved for publication. Approval does not signify that
the contents necessarily reflect the views and policies
of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency nor does
mention of trade names or commercial products constitute
endorsement or recommendation for use.
-------
REPORT I
INVENTORY OF FORMS OF NUTRIENTS
STORED IN A WATERSHED
by
Hassan El-Baroudi
Associate Professor of Environmental Engineering
Deborah A. James
Graduate Student
Kevin J. Walter
Graduate Student
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Prepared for
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation
and
United States Environmental Protection Agency
-------
REPORT I
CONTENTS
Abstract i
Figures ii
Tables iv
Acknowledgements vii
Abbreviations and Symbols .viii
1. Introduction 1
2. Summary and Conclusions 3
3. Project Rationale.... 5
Nutrients in watersheds 5
Background 5
Soil nitrogen and phosphorus 5
Forest . 6
Inactive agriculture 12
Agriculture 21
Residential 21
Characteristics of Mill Creek watershed 26
Geology 26
Land use • 26
Soils 28
Slope 34
Climate 34
Timber resources • 35
Design of field sampling and analysis program 35
Design of laboratory soil leaching studies 55
4. Results 57
Residents' survey 57
Field nutrient study 57
Leaching studies 62
-------
Page
5. Discussion and interpretation of results 109
References 136
Appendix A: Analytical methods 142
Appendix B: Sample resident survey form and layman's summary of
project 154
Appendix C: Fortran program for best line fit using least squares
analysis 161
-------
ABSTRACT
An inventory of the organic and inorganic forms of phosphorus and nitrogen
was carried out in Mill Creek watershed, Rensselaer County, New York. A
direct sampling and analysis program was conducted on watershed soils and
surface debris. Parameters of land use, season, soil types and ground
slopes were considered in the design of the field survey and interpretation
of data. Supplemental nutrient storage, input, and output figures were
compiled from resident survey information, previous studies in the County
and the State and reported literature. The final inventory of nutrients
was designed to provide figures on annual inputs, winter storage, summer
increments and annual outputs.
I-i
-------
FIGURES
Number Page
1 Location of Mill Creek in Rensselaer County, New York 27
2 Land use in Mill Creek watershed 30
3 Soils map of Mill Creek watershed 31
4 Identification of watershed sampling sites 42
5 Map of sampling sites in Mill Creek watershed 49
6 Leaching patterns of Series 1 and 2 86
7 Oxygen consumption in leaching studies - Series 1 88
•8 Oxygen consumption in leaching studies - Series 2 89
9 Chloride removal in leaching studies - Series 1 90
10 Chloride removal in leaching studies - Series 2 91
11 Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 1,
inactive agriculture and forest soils 92
12 Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 2,
inactive agriculture and forest soils 93
13 Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 1,
agricultural soils 94
14 Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 2,
agricultural soils 95
15 Ammonia nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 1 96
16 Ammonia nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 2 97
17 Nitrate nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 1 98
18 Nitrate nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 2 99
19 Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 1, inactive
agriculture and forest soils 100
I-ii
-------
FIGURES (continued)
Number Page
20 Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 2, Inactive
agriculture and forest soils 101
21 Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 1,
agricultural soils 102
22 Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 2,
agricultural soils 103
23 Effect of water rate on leaching of inorganic phosphorus.... 106
24 Effect of water rate on leaching of inorganic nitrogen 107
25 Relation between phosphorus and nitrogen leaching rates 108
26 Soil organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
concentration by slope 110
27 Soil organic nitrogen concentration vs. inorganic
concentration by slope Ill
28 Soil organic nitrogen concentration vs. inorganic
concentration by land use 113
29 Soil organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
concentration by land use 114
30 Interface inorganic nitrogen concentration vs. organic
nitrogen by land use ....115
31 Interface organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
phosphorus concentration by land use 116
32 Model for nutrient flow and storage 117
I-iii
-------
TABLES
Number Page
1 Total forest: mean annual standing crop 9
2 Forest surface vegetation: trunk woody biomass mean annual
standing crop 10
3 Forest interface: mean annual standing crop 11
4 Forest leaf canopy: growing season standing crop 12
5 Forest surface vegetation: non-woody biomass growing season
standing crop 14
6 Forest surface vegetation: trunk woody biomass growing
season increment 15
7 Forest soil: mean annual root standing crop 16
8 Forest soil: mean annual nutrient standing crop 17
9 Forest nutrient transfer: interface to soil 18
10 Forest nutrient transfer by precipitation and runoff 19
11 Non-forest areas: nutrient transfer by precipitation and
runoff 22
12 Inactive agriculture surface vegetation: growing season
standing crop 23
13 Agriculture surface vegetation: growing season standing
crop 24
14 Agriculture: chemical nature of different types of manure.... 25
15 Yield rates of residential wastewater 25
16 Mill Creek watershed land use and natural resources 29
17 Soils in Mill Creek watershed 32
18 Soils series characteristics 33
I-iv
-------
TABLES (continued)
Number Page
19 Average temperature and precipitation data 36
20 Volume of growing stock trees on commercial forestland in
Rensselaer County, by forest type 37
21 Volume of growing stock trees on commercial forestland in
Rensselaer County, by species. 38
22 Volume of growing stock trees on commercial forestland in
the Capital District 39
23 Volume, average annual net growth, removal and mortality of
commercial growing stock trees in the Southeast Region 40
24 Watershed areas covered by the sampling survey 43
25 Actual areas for land use - soil type combinations 44
26 Percentages of surveyed land uses in various soils 46
27 Winter survey sampling site characteristics.... 47
28 Soil physical data - February-March, 1975 50
29 Interface physical data - February-March, 1975 52
30 Results of resident questionnaire - March 1975 58
31 Results of farmer questionnaire and personal interview -
March 1975 60
32 Soil analyses results - February 1975 63
33 Plant interface analyses results - February 1975 65
34 Sample physical data - July 1975 68
35 Sample analyses results - July 1975 69
36 Laboratory soil leaching studies, Series 1 70
37 Laboratory soil leaching studies, Series 2 78
38 Leaching rates of Series 1 samples using best straight line
f it 104
I-v
-------
TABLES (continued)
Number
39 Leaching rates of Series 2 samples using best straight
line fit 105
40 Mill Creek watershed nutrient inventory 118
41 Nutrient inputs in Mill Creek watershed 121
42 Extrapolation of soil phosphorus - February-March, 1975 123
43 Extrapolation of soil nitrogen - February-March, 1975 124
44 Extrapolation of interface phosphorus - February-March, 1975..125
45 Extrapolation of interface nitrogen - February-March, 1975....126
46 Forest natural stand woody biomass nutrient storage and
annual net growth 127
47 Forest brush cover woody biomass nutrient storage and annual
net growth 128
48 Yearly crop growth 129
49 Yearly canopy and subsurface vegetation growth 130
50 Interface nutrient changes February-July, 1975 131
51 Extrapolation of interface nutrient changes. 132
52 Agricultural soil nutrient changes April-July, 1975 133
53 Nutrient output in Mill Creek watershed 134
I-vi
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This report was prepared as an account of the project sponsored by the
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation and the International
Joint Commission - Proposal No. 59 (75R) B101 (5), October 1, 1974 - C81739.
The authors acknowledge gratefully the cooperation and the counsel of
Drs. Leo Hetling and G. A. Carlson during the various stages of the project.
I-vii
-------
Abbreviations and Symbols
AOAC American Organization of Agricultural Chemists
Cone, Concentration
ha Hectare
Kg Kilogram
Ib Pound
mg Milligram
jug Microgram
NH0-N Ammonia Nitrogen
N. Inorganic Nitrogen
a (equal to NH.-N plus NO,
NO Organic Nitrogen
(TKN minus NH -N)
o
NO -N Nitrite Nitrogen
NO.-N Nitrate Nitrogen
O
NT Total Nitrogen
1 (NO + NI)
P. Inorganic Phosphorus
PO Organic Phosphorus
(PT minus P^)
ppm Part per Million
PT Total Phosphorus
Ref. Reference
TKN Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
I-viii
-------
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Characterization of the quality of water bodies for the purpose of
water resource management and pollution control is only possible through
knowledge and interpretation of the terrestrial ecosystem activities in the
watershed. Such activities may be man-made or natural, and may result in
point or non-point discharges which may be controllable and non-control-
lable. With the knowledge of the impact that these activities have on the
water quality, decisions can be made with regard to the most beneficial
land uses and associated environmental control systems.
The Department of Environmental Conservation of New York State is par-
ticipating in a study of the origin and transport of pollutants from land
use activities as part of the International Joint Commission Investiga-
tions. A special project for this activity calls for continuous gaging and
daily water quality monitoring of Mill Creek in Rensselaer County, New
York. Mill Creek is a small stream draining approximately 2454 ha of land
subject to a variety of land uses that include agriculture, forested land
and residential development. The daily sampling and analysis program will
be carried out for the main purpose of defining the statistical
characteristics of stream water quality data. The second, and related
objective, is the identification of the influence of terrestrial activities
with regard to organic and inorganic nutrients. Since the water quality
data provide a measure of the rate of nutrient losses from the watershed,
the relationship of this rate to the total quantities and forms of terres-
trial nutrients is of vital importance in interpreting the controllability
of the loss rate. If the quantity of a nutrient generated by a certain
land use activity represents a significant portion of the total amount
stored in the watershed, the concept of control becomes practical. An
estimate of location within the terrestrial ecosystem and in what form the
nutrients are stored is essential in developing control measures. Con-
sequently, associated with monitoring the Mill Creek water quality, an
inventory of the total quantities and forms of nutrients in the watershed
has been carried out.
The primary objective of this project is to accomplish a detailed in-
ventory of nitrogen and phosphorus stored in the Mill Creek watershed above
the sampling station of the Department of Environmental Conservation. The
inventory subdivides the nutrients into their chemical forms (organic and
inorganic), and their ecological state (animal, vegetable and mineral), as
well as their transformations within the watershed. The latter disaggrega-
tion will be done according to the relevance to stream water quality. To
1-1
-------
characterize two major transformations, two seasonal values for the inven-
tory were obtained: winter inventory (non-growing season) and the summer
inventory (maximum growing season). To achieve these objectives, the
investigators utilized a combination of established basic knowledge in re-
ported literature as well as in a sampling and testing program of the
terrestrial surface cover and soil components. These activities may be
divided into the following main tasks:
1. Construction of the Mill Creek watershed topographic and land use
maps and field reconnaissance.
2. Review of relevant literature on organic transformations and yield
data for various terrestrial and meteorological characteristics.
3. Terrestrial sampling and testing programs for nitrogen and phos-
phorus and their chemical forms in Mill Creek watershed (inventory
of nutrients).
4. Analysis and application of available data for estimation of
stored organic and inorganic nutrients in the watershed and ex-
pected seasonal variations and yields.
To aid in the understanding and quantification of the changes in nu-
trient content of soil due to leaching by runoff and groundwater, a labora-
tory soil leaching analysis was conducted to supplement the above tasks.
Ir2
-------
SECTION 2
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
Nutrients in terrestrial systems encounter periodic transformations,
additions, and losses to adjacent water resources, depending on natural and
man-made activities. Major nutrients of interest in ecosystems are nitro-
gen and phosphorus in their organic and inorganic forms. For the purpose
of effective water quality control in natural drainage systems (streams,
lakes), knowledge of the nutrients conversions and transport on land is of
prime importance.
The objective of this project was to carry out an inventory of the
quantities and forms of nitrogen and phosphorus stored in the Mill Creek
watershed, Rensselaer County, New York. The study area was located above
the sampling station of the Department of Environmental Conservation for
monitoring the water of Mill Creek. To achieve this objective, the study
carried out the following four major tasks on Mill Creek watershed:
First: Preparation of soils, topographic, and land use maps for the
watershed.
Second: Design and implementation of a field sampling and analysis
program on nutrients in soils and interface.
Third: Gathering of all relevant data on human activities in the
watershed that influence input, storage and output of
nutrients.
Fourth: Design and carrying out of laboratory leaching studies on
soil samples from major watershed land uses.
Data gathered from these tasks were supplemented by reported informa-
tion on the study area, New York State and the general relevant literautre.
Extrapolation of the data to account for the total inventory in the water-
shed was based on the existing land uses of forest natural stand, forest
brush cover, and active and inactive agriculture. The final proposed
nutrient inventory was designed to provide annual inputs, winter storage,
summer increments and annual outputs of organic and inorganic phosphorus
due to major activities and transformations.
While it is conceded that the objective of the study of providing a
nutrient inventory was accomplished, the following conclusions and recom-
mendations are In order:
1-3
-------
1. In general, there is a lack of knowledge on nutrients in watershed
and terrestrial systems. Further understanding of land ecosystems
should provide a sound basis for land use and water quality
policies.
2. The study area of this project encountered a multitude of land
uses. For the purpose of acquiring basic knowledge on nutrients
in land systems, a single land use watershed (or area) should be
studied and modelled.
3. In the utilization of the nutrient inventory values for environ-
mental quality control, one must identify the rate and extent of
nutrient availability and mobility. This was partly accomplished
in this project by the leaching studies. Further fundamental and
field research are needed in this area.
4. It is concluded that the choice of Mill Creek watershed for this
study was an appropriate one. While there is a wide variety of
activities in the watershed, none occurs with such intensity as to
significantly affect environmental quality. For this reason, this
area should be considered when further research and studies are
contemplated.
1-4
-------
SECTION 3
PROJECT RATIONALE
NUTRIENTS IN WATERSHEDS
Background
Intact terrestrial ecosystems tend to develop steady state nutrient
cycles as they mature; only small amounts of the available nutrient capital
are lost from the system. Nutrients occur in four areas of the ecosystem;
the atmosphere, living and dead organic matter, the available nutrient pool
and in soil and rock as primary and secondary minerals. There are two dis-
cernible nutrient fluxes among these areas. The biologic flux tends to be
a closed cycle of living and dead organic materials. The geochemical flux
is open-ended and involves meteorologic and geologic inputs and outputs.
The biologic flux, or cycle, concerns the circulation of nutrients
between soil and plant and animal communities; it involves nutrient uptake,
storage and return. During this cycle, loss can occur in any form; animal
and human movement, wind dispersal of leaves and seeds, harvesting, or
leaching by runoff. The bioelements having the best chance of entering the
cycle may be called the available nutrient pool. These are the nutrients
taken up and stored as plants, organic debris, animals, and excreta.
The geochemical flux, or cycle, concerns input and output to the eco-
system, primarily the soil: The meteorologic inputs include dissolved
substances in rain or snow, gases such as 002 and N£» and windborne
particulate matter. Geological fluxes include bedrock weathering,
dissolved and particulate matter transport by surface and subsurface
drainage and mass movement of material.
The following sections and tables represent literature data concerning
the storage forms and dynamics of the nutrients in these cycles.
Soil Nitrogen and Phosphorus
Nitrogen content of mineral soil ranges from 0.02 to 0.25 percent and
is closely related to soil organic matter of which nitrogen makes up about
5 percent. Nitrates, nitrites and exchangeable ammonium make up less than
1 percent of total soil nitrogen. Mineralization of nitrogen is the out-
come of the degradation of organic nitrogenous compounds in freshly added .
residue as well as the complex organics in the humus layer. In mineraliza-
tion, the initial reduction to ammonium, Nlty, constitutes ammonification.
-------
Further oxidation constitutes nitrification with nitrate, NOJ, as the end
product. Only ammonia and nitrate are assimilable forms of nitrogen.
These compounds are readily lost by leaching or volatilization and must be
conserved by immobilization. This process involves the assimilation of
ammonia and nitrate into microbial cells which, when dead, complex with the
soil organic fraction releasing stored nitrogen. Mineralization and immo-
bilization occur simultaneously with microbial fixation of nitrogen from
the atmosphere and nitrate removal by microbial denitrification. Where
conditions are favorable, nitrogen fixation by legumes is an important in-
put to the system. Nitrogen compounds are excreted when nitrogen fixed by
the plant exceeds plant requirements. Nitrogen is also released at the
time of root decay.*
Phosphorus content of most mineral soils ranges from 0.02 to 0.5 per-
cent with 0.05 percent being the general average in most soils. There are
two primary sources of soil phosphorus. The organic compounds present in
plant and animal residues and the products of microbial synthesis are one
source. Inorganic phosphorus compounds are found complexed with calcium,
magnesium, iron, aluminum, and clay; all insoluble forms. Growing plants
depend on inorganic phosphate in the soluble form, chiefly orthophosphate.
Replenishment of available phosphorus to the soil is closely linked to the
activities of microorganisms. These activities include decomposition and
subsequent mineralization of phosphorus bound in organic residues; alter-
ing the solubilities of inorganic phosphorus compounds; and immobilization
of phosphorus into microbial cell matter with subsequent return to the
humus layer upon death. When soluble phosphate is released, there is a
rapid reduction of phosphorus availability to plants known as phosphorus
fixation, due to chemical precipitation of phosphorus by hydrated aluminum,
iron, and/or calcium in the soil.
Forest
Natural Stand—
The cycling of nutrients within the forest ecosystem occurs with a
variety of periodicities; seasonal, annual and longer cycles. Two major
pathways of nutrient flux are discernible; the biologic or "closed" cycle
and the geologic or "open" cycle.
The biologic cycle involves mostly the cyclic transfer of nutrients
between forest soil and plant-animal communities. It includes the phenom-
ena of uptake, retention, and return. Uptake of nutrients occurs princi-
pally through the root system. Retention represents the accumulation of
nutrients within the biomass where they are essentially unavailable. The
return of nutrients to the cycle occurs in the form of litter fall, or
leaching of leaves and trunks by rain water.^ Changes in the biomass and
nutrient content occur during the year and over a long-term basis. In a
relatively mature natural forest, the weight of plant organic matter is
fairly constant year to year: there occurs an equilibrium between
decomposition and production.^* >^»"
1-6
-------
Within the biologic cycle, a number of transfer pathways are of sig-
nificance. The return of nutrients from the forest to the floor is of
prime Importance and occurs primarily through litter fall. Other pathways
include stemflow and leaf wash which carry nutrients released directly from
the foliage by decomposition and leaching. Once on the floor, nutrients
return to the soil by decomposition and leaching. ' ' It is estimated
that as much as 10 percent of the nitrogen and 50 percent of the phosphorus
in the leaf canopy are returned by leaf and litter wash.6
The geochemical "open" cycle involves the input and output of nut-
rients. Nutrient addition occurs with precipitation in a variety of ways;
aerosols are washed from the air, dust is washed from the canopy, and nut-
rients are directly leached from stems and leaves. In a relatively stable
community, net nutrient loss must be compensated for by weathering of soil
and rock materials. Nitrogen input from the atmosphere via nitrogen-fixing
bacteria and legumes is significant. Major output sources are from drain-
age water and harvesting practices.*»3»8
The dynamics of litter fall are vital in understanding nutrient avail-
ability. Biomass in the litter fall or interface increases during the
fall, decreases through winter, peaks again in spring (bed scale and flower
addition) and decreases throughout the summer. Litter fall is approxi-
mately the same in evergreen forests as in deciduous forests. The
forest floor accumulates nutrients in this interface layer at the expense
of the soil. ' The release of nutrients is affected by soil animal
activity involved in decomposition, tree species, precipitation temperature
and nutrient content of the current litter»^»^»^
Maximum nutrient release occurs in the fall and summer, the autumn
loss occurring primarily by physical leaching of the fresh interface layer.
Greatest winter phosphorus losses from the interface are due to leaching ,
although this phosphorus may be retained in lower layers.^ The loss
rate peaks again in late summer when physical disintegration is greatest.
After initial leaching, highest rates of decomposition do not occur until
summer temperatures encourage microbial activity. Nitrogen content tends
to increase due to immobilization within the microbial biomass. As the C:N
ratio approaches 30:1 during the summer, nitrogen is released via mineral-
ization and nitrogen concentration begins to decrease..» In temperate
regions, little organic matter accumulates annually. ' Within coniferous
forests, the interface layer may consist of several years' litter fall,
leading to-the assumption that coniferous litter fall takes 3 to 5 years to
decompose. ' Coniferous litter fall tends to be more acid, discouraging
decomposers but producing an acid leachate which attacks the mineral soil
below.-* Branch decomposition is maximum during the summer. Hardwoods
decompose 3 to 6 times faster than softwoods, the difference being attrib-
uted to water insoluble resins. »
Forest nutrient uptake varies seasonally, reaching a peak in early
summer or about the same time the preceding year's Interface is giving up
its nutrient content. ' Leaf biomass peaks in late spring and decreases
-------
through summer to autumn"; young leaves and current twigs are richer
in nitrogen and phosphorus. During active growth, N and P steadily de-
crease until autumn, when chemical composition of foliage is most stable
and yellowing begins. 2»^»^
Productivity and nutrient uptake of the .herb-shrub stratum is small in
comparison to that of the tree stratum. ' ' Herb-shrub biomass change
is minimal until late summer, and there, is,. little change during growth in
the chemical composition of the shrub. * ' The rate of accumulation of
organic matter in standing trees is high for the first 35 to 40 years,
after which rates decline. Growth and decay are in balance around 50
years. In middle-aged woodlands, 75 percent of the total plant biomass is
in the trees. Root biomass may exceed the canopy, with trunk biomass ex-
ceeding that of the roots and canopy. 3
Within the forest system, nitrogen input comes largely from the atmo-
sphere via rainfall and nitrogen fixation. ' ' Nitrogen fixation may be
as much as 20 to 60 kg/ha/yr. Nitrate and ammonia nitrogen are generally
conserved in the undisturbed forest ecosystem. *' Some researchers have
found a tendency towards nitrogen accumulation ranging from 14 to 60 ,,
kg/ha/yr while others indicate nitrogen depletion as high as 35 kg/ha/yr I
The mechanisms are not well understood. Phosphorus is present in smaller
concentrations, tenaciously held within the system- with small amounts re-
cycled quickly to maintain system equilibrium. ' Research indicates
phosphorus accumulations up to 2.2 kg/ha/yr and losses as high as 6.3
kg/ha/yr. * Geologic weathering occurs in the Hubbard Brook experimental
forest at the rate of 800 kg/ha/yr.8
Assuming a 1:1 ratio of shale to sandstone (predominant rock strata in
Mill Creek), an estimate of nitrogen and phosphorus input by weathering can
be made for the Mill Creek watershed.
Weathering yield rate = 800 kg/ha/yr
18
Shale P content 700 ppm » 0.28 kg/ha/yr
18
Sandstone P content 170 ppm - 0.068 kg/ha/yr
1 8
Rock N content 20 ppm « 0.016 kg/ha/yr
This produces a possible geologic input of 0.35 kg/ha/yr phosphorus and
0.016 kg/ha/yr nitrogen. The estimate is to be compared to the yield rate
for forest runoff which is 3 to 13 kg/ha/yr for nitrogen and 0.03 to 0.9
kg/ha/yr for phosphorus. *'
Table 1 summarizes the available literature data concerning the mean
standing crop of nutrients in various forest types. Tables 2 and 3 give an
estimate of standing crop values (non-growing season) for woody biomass in
the surface vegetation layer (tree trunks only) and an estimate for the
1-8
-------
TABLE 1. TOTAL FOREST: MEAN ANNUAL STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine
Spruce
Douglas Fir
Birch
Oak
Beech
Mixed Oak
Birch-poplar
Oak-pine
Hardwood-pine
Hardwood
Conifers
Temperate Forest
Biomass
kRx!03/ha
17-23
141
-
205
-
156C>
380C<
—
150-250
166
—
156
245C*
-
104-158
47-65
64
97c.
13-18
6-12
-
-
100-500
863/ha
Nitrogen8 '
ke/ha EN
_
- -
750
360 .18
240
406 .026
947
369
_ _
-
283
_
•» w
1157C*
» _
- -
_ ..
-
-
-
1.5b>
53-1200
1150
•. _
1.5b'
Phosphorus8 *
ke/ha £P
-
100
72 0.035
30
32 0.021
63
31
«• ^
— —
38
•• •»
101C*
•• ^
-
^
-
-
- -
0.13b*
40-100
130
•— •—
0.2b'
Ref .
3
3
7
3
2
2
2
2
13
20
2
2
^
9
9
13
13
18
18
4
4
18
9
3
9
18
b* Calculated percentages based on nutrient divided by total biomass,
c* Reported percentages.
Includes root structure.
-------
TABLE 2. FOREST SURFACE VEGETATION: TRUNK WOODY BIOMASS
MEAN ANNUAL STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine
Spruce
Larch
Birch
Alder
Oak
Beech
Chestnut
Poplar
Mixed Oak
Birch-Poplar
Oak-Pine
Mixed Oak
Temperate Forest
Biomass
kf?xlOJ/ha
30
97
97
106
85
196
249
146
134
157
83
188
161
131
232
-
108
—
105
189
40-58
57
112
60-85% live
biomass
77% live
biomass
Nitrogen8
kg/ha
145 0
154 0
-
183 0
123 0
-
—
108 0
213 0
62
220 0
151 0
2
155 0
-
128
2
116 0
116
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
Ava" * 0
Phosphorus
%N ks/ha %P
.112
.159
-
.173
.144
-
-
.074
.158
.265
.080
>
.118
-
>
.107
—
-
-
-
-
-
—
—
7139"
13
18
-
21
16
_
-
13
23
8
26
11
-
16
—
16
6
6
-
-
-
-
-
—
-
Av1
0.010
0.019
-
0.020
0.019
—
-
0.009
0.017
0.020b*
0.031
0.006
0.15b*
0.012
—
0.12b<
0.006
-
-
-
-
-
-
—
—
l' - 0.015
Kpf .
3
3
3
3
3
20
20
3
3
3,22
2
3
3
3
2,23
3
3
2
2,23
3
2
3
9
13
21
2
9
13
'Calculated percen
tages based on nutrient divided b]
r total
biomass.
"Reported percentages (not used to calculate averages)
I- 10
-------
TABLE 3. FOREST INTERFACE; MEAN AKNUAL STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine
Spruce
Douglas Fir
Larch
Birch
Alder
Oak
Beech
Chestnut
Biomass Nitrogen
kgxl03/ha kg/ha %N
13
45
—
-
26
25
117
35
5
-
5
4
37
-
11
-
4
-
409
192
_
-
360
463
119
594
47
264
65
71
-
393
180
285
80
196
A S'
Av
3.2
0.4
-
-
1.4
1.7
0.1
1.7
1.0
-
1.2
1.9
-
-
1.7
-
1.9
-
- T757
«
Phosphorus
ke/ha %P
9
28
15
24
19
20
11
9
25
6
33
5
5
35
35
11
39
6
14
A a-
Av
0.071
0.062
—
-
0.073
0.080
0.009
0.072
0.128
-
0.093
0.135
-
-
0.103
-
0.146
-
- 0.088
Pef.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
2
3
2
3
2
a*Calculated percentages based on nutrient divided by total biomass.
1-11
-------
interface layer. Tables 4, 5 and 6 show the summer increases. Leaf canopy
standing crop and non-woody surface vegetation standing crop are considered
to belong entirely to the summer growth increment. Woody biomass summer
increment (tree trunk increment) is also shown. The root and nutrient
standing crops in the soil layer are estimated in Tables 7 and 8.
Nutrient change in the soil is difficult to estimate. While nutrients
are being taken out to support a season's growth, the previous season's
leaf canopy is in the litter layer returning its nutrient content to the
soil. An estimate of this nutrient transfer is presented in Table 9.
Hydrologic nutrient transfers by precipitation and runoff are presented in
Table 10.
Scrub brush—
Forest ecosystem research has concentrated almost exclusively on nat-
ural stand forests between 20 and 50 years of age. For the purpose of this
inventory, the scrub brush forest ecosystem will be viewed as a combination
of inactive agriculture grassland and forest understory growth. Visual
evaluation of the actual sites confirms the validity of this assumption.
All data in Tables 11 and 12 will apply with the addition of limited under-
story data. Woodwell^ estimated the shrub biomass of an oak-pine
stand at 1430 kg/ha and tree sprout biomass at 1585 kg/ha. Duvigneaud^
estimates the shrub stratum of a mixed oak stand at 2500 kg/ha and all
other ground flora at 2190 kg/ha. Annual Increment is estimated at 216
kg/ha/yr for shrubs and 658 kg/ha/yr for all other ground flora.
Inactive Agriculture
Inactive agriculture can best be approximated as grassland, a plant
community where the dominant species are perennial grasses. There are few
shrubs and trees. The major cycles can characterize this land use. The
biological or "closed" system is composed of producers, consumers and de-
composers. The geochemical or "open" system encompasses the inputs and
outputs in the form of precipitation, nitrogen fixation by bacteria-and
legumes, elevation of elements from subsoil and erosion and runoff. *
Stems and leaves are the primary producers. Biomass estimates of
standing crop at the end of the growing season do not necessarily measure
the total productivity. The mortality from rapid turnover is not measured
and productivity may be higher than standing crops. Consumers affect the
"closed" cycle for nutrients. Large populations of wild herbivores
particularly influence the phosphorus cycle with phosphorus-rich urine and
feces. Records indicate that insects may consume as much as 940
kg/ha of above ground vegetation over one summer.*8 Carnivores com-
plicate the cycle further. Losses from the ecosystem occur through
consumer metabolism; the residue returns to the ecosystem as excreta,
secreta, and dead organic materials. Animal biomass has not been treated
in this text, but further treatment may be found in References 3 and 28.
1-12
-------
TABLE 4. FOREST LEAF CANOPY: GROWING SEASON STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine
Spruce
Douglas Fir
Larch
Birch
Alder
Oak
Beech
Chestnut
Poplar
Mixed Oak
Birch-Poplar
Oak-Pine
Temperate Forest
Biomass
27
20
21.4
-
9.9
6.6
5-6.4
12.55
26.4
23.4
31
29.9
40
43.6C>
29.5
14.1
4.94
-
28C'
3.8
3.5
3.2
2
2.7
7.9
82C'
10.2
1.6%Tot.
4.7%
4.7?
1.5-3%
1.5-3.5%
Nitrogen8*
kg/ha XN
_
124
51
124
—
-
-
-
128
91
-
_
-
357
78
-
-
-
420
218
-
m^
-
155
_
65
-
Forest
"
"
ii
"
.
0.62
0.24
-
-
-
-
-
0.48
0.39
-
—
-
0.82
0.26
-
-
-
1.5
5.7
-
2>
-
5.7
2.0b'
0.08
-
biomass -
-
-
_
-
Av*' - O3
Phosphorus8 "
kp/ha %P
_
11
5
—
-
-
-
-
20
15
-
_
-
31
4
—
-
-
30
21
-
:
-
22
*•"
6
-
-
-
-
_
-
Av8'
.
0.055
0.023
-
-
-
—
-
0.076
0.064
-
_
-
0.071
0.014
-
-
0.2
0.017
0.553
-
0~15b'
-
0.815
oTl2b'
6.007
-
-
-
-
_
-
' - 0.088
Ref.
3
3
3
24
13
13
3
7
3
3
7
3
7
3
3
3
7
23
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
7
2
3
3
9
13
21
9
13
a
'Calculated percentage based on nutrient divided by total biomass.
['Reported percentages.
"Includes some branch material.
1-13
-------
TABLE 5. FOREST SURFACE VEGETATION: NON-WOODY BIOMASS
GROWING SEASON STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine
Spruce
Douglas Fir
Larch
Birch
Alder
Oak
Chestnut
Beech
Poplar
Mixed Oak
Oak-Pine
Pine-Oak
Ferns & Mosses
Flowering Plants
Biomass
kgx!03/ha
7.0
2.6
1.0
0.1
4.6
_
2.0% Forest
2.1
1.6
0.6
3.7
4.7
1.2
-
3.6
9.6% Forest
1.6
18% Forest
-
—
&
Nitrogen
ke/ha TX
40 0.57
- -
-
49 49
-
24
-
50 2.4
24
- -
- -
_
15 1.25
2
-
-
-
-
2.43K
2.37b'
Ava* - T707~
a
Phosphorus
ke/ha ZP
9 0.129
3 0.115
7
-
10
_ _
-
4 0.19
3
_ _
— —
- -
2 0.167
<1
-
-
-
-
0.16b'
0.19b*
Av3' - 0.158
Ref.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
9
13
15
15
15
b.
'Calculated percentages based on nutrient divided by total biomass.
Reported percentages.
I-J4
-------
TABLE 6. FOREST SURFACE VEGETATION: TRUNK WOODY BIOMASS
GROWING SEASON INCREMENT
Forest Type
Nitrogen
kg/ha/yr
Phosphorus
kg/ha/yr
Ref.
Pine
Douglas Fir
Beech
Oak
Birch
Spruce
10
12.1
27.4
10
16
30
27
8
3.0
8
20.6
1
0.9
2.5
3
1.2
2.2
3
0.5
0.3
1.8
7
2
7
2
7
2
2
3
2
2
1-15
-------
TABLE 7. FOREST SOIL: MEAN ANNUAL ROOT STANDING CROP
Forest
Type
Pine
Spruce
Douglas Fir
Birch
Oak
Beech
Mixed Oak
Oak Pine
Biomass
kexlCT/ha
34.1
—
65.4
64.7
12.3
49.8
43.1
38.3
15.0
-
26.2
46.3
6.4
15.1% live biomass
35.0
33.2
Nitrogen
kg/ha %N
184 0.54
184
«. _
-
49 0.40
152 0.31
-
— „ f
- -
127
— —
— -
•
•w —
-
_ _
Av3' *> OI
a
Phosphorus
kE/ha %P
17 0.050
_ —
_ —
- —
11 0.089
7 0.014
- -
^ n
- -
12
^ . _ .
— —
-
_ . ^
-
_ _
Ava* = OT05"l
Ref .
3
24
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
9
2
21
'Calculated percentages based on nutrient divided by total biomass.
I-.16
-------
TABLE 8. FOREST SOIL; MEAN ANNUAL NUTRIENT STANDING CROP
Forest Type
Pine
Spruce
Douglas Fir
Larch
Birch
Alder
Oak
Beech
Chestnut
Soil Depth
cm
70
70
70
70
70
50
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
40
40
70
Nitrogen
ku/ha
7308
-
—
6596
7781
6067
7701
—
6125
1300
2396
7476
6640
24.5(inorg. only)
26. 2( " " )
6863
Phosphorus
k«/ha
107
59
319
102
5
-
4
50
463
230
194
36
42
-
-
39
Ref.
3
3
3
3
3
25
3
3
3
2,3
3
2,3
3
22
22
2.3
1-17
-------
TABLE 9. FOREST NUTRIENT TRANSFER; INTERFACE TO SOIL
Forest Type
Birch
Oak
Beech
Pine
Elm
Ash
Temperate Forest
Oak
Douglas Fir
Nutrient Return
£ Interface Biomass/Yr
83
100
17-26
90
55
70
64
40
100
100
43 N
41 P
65.5 Kg N/ha/yr 5.9 Kg P/ha/yr
4.8 Kg N/ha/yr 0.95 F.p P/ha/yr
Reference
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
9
9
9
6
1-18
-------
TABLE 10. FOREST NUTRIENT TRANSFER BY PRECIPITATION & RUNOFF
Item
Area Yield Rate (Kg/ha/yr)
Nitrogen Phosphorus
Reference
PRECIPITATION INPUT
Temperate Forest
Deciduous (Hubbard Brook)
Mixed Oak
RUNOFF OUTPUT
0.8-4.9
1.1
9.7
4.9
6.5
8.7
0.2-0.6
Neg.
0.4
Neg.
2
5
2
8
8
Deciduous (Hubbard Brook)
(N.C.)
(Canada)
Temperate Woodland (Ohio)
Coniferous Forest (Wash.)
(Wash.)
(Ore.)
Deciduous Forest
(Lake George, N.Y.)
Forest
2.3
2.3
2.5
0.6
1.2-2.7
0.5
2.4
3-13
0.01
0.10
0.16
0.05
0.02
0.07-0.08
0.52
0.07
0.03-0.9
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
19
1-19
-------
In a system thatohasqreached equilibrium, annual decomposition should
equal net production. ' Grasses and legumes are characterized by the
short time a high proportion of the plant lives. Grass plant units or
sward are long lived, on the order of decades, While individual leaves may
last only 8 weeks. With the beginning of warm weather in spring,
mid-April through the end of May, rapid decomposition occurs in the inter-
face layer. From the end of May through mid-October, a balance develops
between decomposition and organic accumulation in the interface. With the
beginning of cold weather in November, dead matter accumulates and reaches
a kg/ha density similar to that found in early spring. Production of
utilizable above ground material continues until mid-September when ...
vegetation growth more or less ceases or is translocated below ground.
The dynamics of below ground matter produce the greatest quantity of
root biomass in spring (March) and late autumn (October). During the
summer, the period of greatest above ground growth, there is a marked
reduction in the quantity of root biomass. This is in part due to more
rapid turnover, less storage or reserve substances and depletion of reserve
substances stored earlier in the spring. Autumn is the period of greatest
root activity as plants build up carbohydrate reserves. Maxima occur also
in the spring during the first Intensive above-ground growth and in late
summer as growth rates begin to slow up.30 Studies are usually con-
fined to the upper 30 cm of soil where 95 percent of the root mass is
located.2^
Total nitrogen is closely correlated with soil organic matter, and is
higher in grassland than in forest soil. ' The amount of inorganic
nitrogen is always small even if total nitrogen is quite large. *
Grasses are very responsive to nitrogen fluctuation. Larger differences
exist in response to nitrogen than to phosphorus.33 Nitrogen recircu-
lates at high rates in grassland, determined by the short time nitrogen is
incorporated in plants and animal bodies. The circulating quantity is ag-
proximately 0.3 percent of the nitrogen in dry soil to a depth of 5 cm.
Total nitrogen content of grasses decreases from May to October.
Above-ground nitrogen is greater than below-ground until October when the
pattern is reversed.3* phosphorus concentration in above-ground forage
shows a peak in spring at about 0.16 percent dry weight and decreases
rapidly until early summer to approximately 0.12 percent. Late summer
begins a slow decline through winter to Q.04 percent. As spring ap-
proaches, phosphorus levels again rise.3
Nitrogen and phosphorus inputs occur via precipitation and animal
immigration. Nitrogen fixation by microbes and symbiotic fixation by
legumes is the most important nitrogen input. 31 Available nitrogen
due to leaf fall may average 0.2 kg N/ha/wk. Most nutrients are returned
to the soil by plant death and decay.*° Nitrogen and phosphorus output
occurs via animal immigration, wind or water-borne organic matter, soil
erosion, leaching and volatilization, particularly of ammonia. Leaching is
the most important source of loss.3* Rainstorm loss of nitrogen may be
slightly less than 0.1 kg N/ha/storm. The release from roots that have
I-r20
-------
been defoliated is approximately the same.28 Runoff from range land
may contain 0.65 kg N, 0.76 kg total P and 0.02 kg soluble P/ha/yr.19
Phosphorus cycling in grassland ecosystems is not yet well defined.
Some studies have shown striking correlation between available phosphorus
34
and grass production while other studies show no correlation. It appears
that phosphorus does not cycle readily. The primary input comes from the
apatite group of minerals. Most of the available phosphorus in the nutri-
ent pool comes from the breakdown of dead organics.35 The phosphate
anion has a strong affinity to clay and rapidly becomes unavailable to
plants. These phosphorus compounds are insoluble, but tend to become some-
what more available with more soil moisture.35,36
Table 11 gives information on nutrient transfer by precipitation and
runoff. Table 12 estimates grass production and percentage composition.
All surface vegetation will be considered part of the summer increment.
Further information on grassland sampling procedures is reported in
Reference 37.
Agriculture
Agriculture lands differ from other land uses in the degree of human
manipulation to which they are subjected. Fertilizers are the primary
source of nutrient input. Harvested crops and livestock products trans-
ported outside the ecosystem are primary sources of nutrient loss or out-
put. There occurs an intra-system cycle of the feed-livestock-manure type,
where, in the simplest case, a fixed amount of nutrients is variously
proportioned among these three components. The only change occurring in
this fixed amount comes from fertilizer input or harvest output.
Fertilizers are generally high in phosphorus due to the fact that
phosphorus rapidly combines with soil elements, becoming unavailable to
plants.31 Estimates of phosphorus recovery range from from 1 to 20
percent and 5 to 10 percent** of total phosphorus applied. Fertilizer
nitrogen recovery varies from 50 to 70 percent.** Generally, no more
than 50 percent of the nitrogen is recovered in the harvested crop, but up
to 80 percent may be recovered by grasses.*9 The normal soil cycles
take place more quickly due to the available nature of the nutrients. The
effects of animal excreta are relatively small due to uneven distribution
of excreted material. Grass growth may recover 25 to 30 percent of the ex-
creted nutrients.28
Table 11 indicates nutrient flux in precipitation and runoff. Crop
and grass biomass and composition are shown in Tables 12 and 13. Chemical
composition and yield rate of manure are shown in Table 14.
Residential
Residential land use nutrient flux is generally concerned with solid
waste handling and fertilizer usage. Table 15 gives literature data
concerning nutrient transfer in wastewater.
1-21
-------
TABLE 11. NON-FOREST AREAS; NUTRIENT TRANSFER BY PRECIPITATION AND RUNOFF3'
Area Yield Rate (kg/yr/ha)
Item COD BOD NO -N Total N Total P
Precipitation Input 124 - 1.5-4.1 5.6-10 0.05-0.05
Runoff Output
Range Land - 0.1-13 0.06-2.9
Agricultural Cropland - 4-13 0.8-2.9
Irrigation Subsurface - - 83 42-186 0.01-0.3
Drainage
Cropland Tile Drainage - 0.3-13 0.01-0.3
Urban Land Drainage 220-310 30-50 - 7-9 1.1-5.6
Seepage From Stacked 3
Manure
Feedlot Runoff 7,200 1.560 100-1600 10-620
a*Reference 28.
1-22
-------
TABLE 12. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE SURFACE VEGETATION:
GROWING SEASON STANDING CROP
Grass Type
Bluegrass
Bromegrass
Clover (all types)
(Ladino)
(red)
(vhite)
Crabgrass
Forage
Forage (Great Plains)
(Calif.)
Grasses
Herbage
Meadow
Mixed grass
Orchard grass
Prairie grass
Ryegrass
Timothy
Wheatgrass
Weeds
Biomass
kgx!03/ha 7,
1.06
3.5-4.0
_
2.5-2.7
3.5-3.6
7.0C'
-
3.2
_
-
2.7
5.5-7.7c'
1.5
4.4
2.2
1.9
2.2
1.4
-
3.4-3.5
3.4
0.5-3.0
0.9-1.6
2.2-2.4
13. 3C'
0.07
1.1
15. 2C'
3.5-4.5
Average biomass
M
Nitrogen
2.4
1.8
3.4
4.0
2.9
4.4
1.6
-
1.2-14b'
2.3B'
•»
1<5b.,c.
—
-
-
-
_
-
1.7
2.2
1.7
-
—
-
2.6
1.8
-
1.7
-
- 2.4 x 103
% Phosphorus
0.38
0.30
0.33
0.37
0.29
0.46
0.23
-
_
-
w
_
-
-
-
-
_
-
0.2
.51
0.43
-
-
-
0.35
0.34
-
0.22
-
kg/ha
Ref.
38
38
38
38
38
38
35
35
35
31
28
30
30
30
31
10
35
38
31
34
39
39
28
28
38
10
3
'All % composition data from Reference 42 except where noted^g
. lated from crude protein values. N x 6.25 * crude protein.
'Reported value.
'Root biomass only.
N calcu-
1-23
-------
TABLE 13. AGRICULTURE SURFACE VEGETATION:
GROWING SEASON STANDING CROP
Crop
Alfalfa
Barley
Beans
Clover (ladino)
(red)
(all types)
Corn
Hay
Meadow hay
Oats
Potatoes
Rye
Soybean
Turnips
Wheat
Biomass
kgxlO^/ha
6.68
7.73-8.18
3.36-8.74
3.9
4.89
4.2
4.3
1.5-2.8
3.2
4.5
22.7
3.36-8.74
2.0
5.2
4.2
3.36-8.74
1.3
a
7 Nitrogen
3.09
3.39
-
4.02
2.91
3.42
1.36
1.2-1.3b'
1.7
2.88
-
3.71
2.66
-
3.62
% Phosphorus
0.31
0.37
0.4-0.5b*
0.37
0.29
0.33
0.22
0.30
0.20
0.37
0.1-0.4b*
0.45
0.53
-
0.35
Ref .
38
40
38
3,23
38
3
24
38
3
3
23,24
38
24
3
3
38
24
a'All % composition from Reference 42 except where otherwise noted
% N calculated from crude protein analysis. % N x 6.25 - Crude protein.
'Reported value.
1-24
-------
TABLE 14. AGRICULTURE: CHEMICAL NATURE OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF MANURE
Animal
Cow
Pig
Sheep
Poultry
Horse
Animal* *
Biomass
kg/individual
500
200
60
2
630
Yield Rateb>
kgxlO /yr per
500 kg live weight
13.5
15.3
6.3
4.3
9.0
% Nitrogen
1.67
3.13
1.87
5.92
1.25
% Phosphorus
0.485
1.37
0.816
2.58
0.546
a.
b.
Reference 41.
Reference 43.
TABLE 15. YIELD RATES OF RESIDENTIAL WASTEWATER
Item and Units
Yield Rate
Remarks and
References
U.S., 1966 (44)
"
U.K., 1960 (45)
U.?., 1969 (46)
Phosphorus
In human waste, gm/person/day 1.6
In detergents, gm/person/day (where legal) 3.4
Organic Carbon
In urine, gin/adult/day 3-7
In faeces, gm/adult/day 12-22
In kitchen wastes, gm/person/day 8
In washing, gns/person/day 7
Nitrogen
Total Organic nitrogen, gm/person/day 12
Ammonia nitrogen, gm/person/day 4.1
Oxygen Demand
Chemical, gm/person/day 160
Biochemical, gm/person/day 65
Mineral Solids,, gm/person/day 70
Organic Solids, gm/person/day 120
Septic Tank Effluent
Total phosphorus, mg/ 1-P 2.9-19
Ortho-Phosphate, mg/ 1-P up to 10.8
Ammonia nitrogen, mg/ 1-N 20.5-60
Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/1 175-575
Biochemical Oxygen Demand, mg/1 182-410
Germany, 1967 (47)
U.S., 1970 (48)
it
1-25
-------
CHARACTERISTICS OF MILL CREEK WATERSHED
Mill Creek is a small stream located in the southwest region of
Rensselaer County, New York (Fig.l). Its Water Index Number is H-224, classi-
fied D class from mouth to tributary 4, C from tributary 4 to 11 and D from
tributary 11 to source. It flows a total distance of approximately
16 kilometers from its origin in the town of North Greenbush south through
East Greenbush, and finally west through the town of Rensselaer to its
junction with the Hudson River. The drainage basin of Mill Creek, upstream
from the gaging station operated by the New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation, covers an area of approximately 2455 ha. A
variety of land uses including agriculture, forested land and residential
development exists within the drainage basin. The population density is
approximately 0.39 parsons per ha and the area may be categorized as rural
agricultural-residential. Located within the watershed are 240 residences
including several farms and one trailer park, two automobile junkyards,
three orchards and two tree nurseries. There is no commercial industry
located within the watershed.*' There are no sewer lines within the
watershed and all residences utilize septic tanks or cesspools as a means
of sewage disposal.
Geology
Rensselaer County, located about midway along the eastern border of
New York State, is bounded on the east by the Taconic Mountains at the
Vermont - Massachusetts border and on the west by the Hudson River. There
are three major topographical divisions within the county. In the east is
a succession of parallel ridges, trending north and northeast, composed of
shale and schist. Bordering the Hudson River on the west side of the
county is a gentle sloping lowland underlain by folded beds of shale and
sandstone which extend east from the Hudson 0.4 to 2 km and includes eleva-
tions up to about 61 m in height. In the center of these two regions is a
broad plateau underlain by coarse grit or graywacke. ' Mill Creek
watershed lies on the western edge of the plateau region. Elevations
within the watershed range from 197 m in the extreme northern portion to
76 m at the New York State Environmental Conservation Department stream
gaging station at the southern end.
Land Use
After a study of existing maps of the watershed, it was concluded that
available topographic maps were not adequate for the purpose of the
project; consequently an enlarged topographic map in the scale of 1:8000
was constructed. The map was made from a mylar enlargement of the U.S.
Geological Survey East Greenbush and Troy south quadrangles (topographic
lines only) of 1957, combined with the New York State Department of
Transportation quadrangles of 1967 (showing roads, houses, power lines,
etc.). Land Use and Natural Resource data, compiled in 1967-1970 by
Cornell University Department of Agronomy and drawn on mylar overlays for
1-26
-------
Washington Co.
Saratoga
Co.
MOHAWK
Albany
Co.
MILL
CHEEK
WATERSHED
HUDSON
RIVER
FIGURE 1. Location of Mill Creek in Renssalaer County, New York.
1-27
-------
U.S.G.S. quadrangles, was obtained and transposed from a scale of 1:24000
to the scale of 1:8000. This data was then recorded on a 91 x 122 cm white
print of the enlarged watershed maps. The areas of each land use, as shown
in Table 16, were then measured by a planimeter. Figure 2 Illustrates the
areas of each of the following land uses; forest (natural stand, brush
cover), inactive agriculture, agriculture, residential, wetland and
miscellaneous (commercial, public use, recreational, etc.).
Soils
As is shown later in this report, the identification of soils is one
of the basic parameters in the sampling and analysis program. Conse-
quently a soils map of the watershed was needed. The most recent completed
soils map of Renssel^er County dates to the early 1930s. This map was con-
sidered unacceptable because of its small scale and lack of detail, as well
as the fact that the Soil Conservation Service has changed and upgraded
many soil classifications in the intervening time. Although a new soil
survey of Rensselaer County, based on 1972 aerial photographs, will not be.
completed until 1977, the area of Mill Creek was completed in early 1975.
The soils data had not yet been published and existed only on aerial photo-
graphs, so it was necessary to trace the soils information from several
photographs and transpose it to a scale of 1:8000 for transfer to the en-
larged watershed map previously described. A photographic copy of the map
is shown as Figure 3. This map shows only the 3 major soils which cover
65.8 percent of the watershed; Bernardston gravelly silt loam, Pittstown
gravelly silt loam and Scriba gravelly silt loam. All three major soils
are deep, coarse-loamy, and exist over glacial till. Twenty-one soil types
belonging to 15 general series were identified in the Mill Creek watershed.
A listing of the soil types and the area of each is contained in Table 17.
A general description of the parent material and drainage class of each of
the 15 major soil series is contained in Table 18. Further discussion of
the three major soils is warranted, due to their importance to the sampling
and analysis program.
Bernardston gravelly silt loam, the soil occupying the largest portion
of Mill Creek watershed, 41.22 percent, is a deep, well drained, medium
textured soil with a very firm fragipan layer. The soil is derived from
glacial till composed of shale, slate and sandstone. The surface horizon
is a dark brown gravelly silt loam 15 cm thick, underlain by a subsoil of
brown friable loam to a depth of 38 cm. A cover subsoil of yellowish brown
friable loam extends to a 66 cm depth, which rests on a fragipan layer of
very firm gravelly loam. In the spring and during wet periods, the water
table is perched on the fragipan layer for short periods. Permeability is
moderate above the fragipan and slow within it. Available water capacity is
moderate to high. This soil is generally found on convex hillsides and
hilltops in the uplands from which the runoff is medium. Many of the soils
have formed in drumlins. Individual areas are elongated and generally less
than 10 ha in size. It is suited to crops, pasture or woodland. The
hazard of erosion is moderate to severe, so erosion control practices are
needed, especially on long slopes.
1-28
-------
TABLE 16. MILL CREEK WATERSHED LAND USE AND NATURAL RESOURCES
% of
Area Watershed
Land Use (ha) (%)
1. Residential
Low Density
High Density
Strip Development
Medium Density
TOTAL
2. Agricultural
Cropland
Pasture
Orchards & Forest
Plantations
TOTAL
3. Inactive Agriculture
& Grassland
4. Forest Land
20
1
1
_2
24
447
137
16
600
445
0.80
0.03
0.05
0.09
0.97
18.3
5.
6.
Forest Brush Cover
Forest Natural Stand
TOTAL
Wetland
Wooded Wetland
Bog, Marsh
Natural Lake
TOTAL
Miscellaneous
Commercial, Public Use
Recreational , etc.
WATERSHED TOTAL
706
622
1328
19
19
__2
40
18
2455
28.8
25.3
54.1
0.78
0.77
0.07
1.62
0.74
100.00
1-29
-------
1500
1250
1000
750
10
500
250
15
TOTAL AREA = 2U.6 kilT
2455 ha
54.U
FORESTLAND
NATURAL
STAND
25.3%
BRUSH
COVER
28.8%
10
VI
01
*••
i
o
L.
n
cr
24.4 %
AGRICULTURE
ORCHARDS
0.67%
PASTURE
5.57%
CROPLAND
18.22
18.1 %
INACTIVE
AGRICULTURE
GRASSLAND.
WETLAND 1.6*
WOODED 0.78%
MARSH 0.77%
LAKES 0.07%
RESIDENTIAL
0.97%
MISC.
0.7 %
COMMERCIAL
PUBLIC USE
ETC.
FIGURE 2. Land use in Mill Creek watershed.
1-30
-------
FIGURE 3. Soils map of Mill Creek watershed.
1-31
-------
TABLE 17. SOILS IN MILL CREEK WATERSHED
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Soil Name
Bernardston gravelly silt loan
Scriba gravelly silt loan
Pittston gravelly silt loam
Bernardston-Nassau shaly silt
loam
Alden silt loam
Nassau shaly silt loan
Hoosic gravelly loam
Limerick silt loam
Chenango gravelly loam
Carlisle muck
Fluvaquents, alluvial land,
loamy
Madalin silt loam
Rayhnam silt loam
Palms muck
Nassau-rock outcrop association
Castile gravelly silt loam
Hudson silt loam
Teel silt loam
Hoosic association
Bernardston-Nassau association
Oakville loamy fine sand
TOTAL LAND AND MARSH
NATURAL LAKES
TOTAL
. a.
ha
1012
307
297
233
173
116
113
39
34
30
27
17
15
12
9
6
4
3
2
2
2
2453
2
2455
% of
Watershed
41.22
12.51
12.09
9.50
7.06
4.73
4.60
1.60
1.38
1.23
1.11
0.67
0.61
0.49
0.38
0.23
0.15
0.13
0.08
0.08
0.06
99.91
0.09
100.00
a
"Top 9 soils occupy collectively more than 90 percent of total watershed
area.
1-32
-------
TABLE 18. SOIL SERIES CHARACTERISTICS
a.
Parent Material
Well Brained
throuph
Excessively
Drained
Soil Drainage Class
Somewhat
Moderately Poorly
Drained Drained
Very
Poorly Poorly
Drained Drained
A. Soils on Glacial Till
1. Shale & slate prominent
a. Shallow, loamy
skeletal
b. Deep, coarse, loamy
c. Deep, fine loamy
B. Soils on Gravelly Outwash
1. Shale, slate, sandstone
quantzite & gneiss
V prominent
o? a. Deep, sandy-skeletal
b. Sandy loam-fine loam
c. Deep, loamy skeletal
C. Soils on Lacustrine Deposits
& Stream Terraces
1. Deep, fine
2. Deep, coarse-silty
D. Soils on Recent Alluvium
1. Deep, coarse-silty
E. Organic Soils
1. Deep, sapric
2. Moderately deep over
loamy material, sapric
Nassau
Bernardston
Pittstown
Scrlba
Alden
Foosic
Chenango
Castile
Hudson
Teel
Raynham
Teel
Madalln Madalin
Raynham
Limerick
Carlisle
Palms
a.
Reference 53.
-------
Scriba gravelly silt loam occupies 12.51 percent of the watershed and
is a deep medium textured soil which is somewhat poorly drained. As is the
Bernardston series, Scriba soil is derived from glacial till of slate,
shale and sandstone. The subsoil from a 30.5 to 46 cm depth is a firm
dense fragipan. In the spring and during wet periods, the water table is
perched on the fragipan 15 to 46 cm below the surface. During these
periods, the soil may be ponded. Permeability above the fragipan is
moderate and very slow within it. Available water capacity is low to
moderate. Plant roots generally do not penetrate the pan. This soil is
found in level areas between hills in the uplands and it receives runoff
from adjacent hills. Surface runoff is slow. Individual areas are oval
shaped and.2 to 6 ha in size. It is suitable for cropping, hay, pasture or
woodland. Muck of this soil has been cleared of forest and stones and is
used for hay and mid-season pasture.
Pittstown gravelly silt loam is a well drained, deep soil very similar
to the Bernardston series except that the pan is shallower and exists from
a 46 to 71 cm depth. The soil is found on gently sloping and sloping hilly
uplands. Runoff is medium and individual areas are, in general, irreg-
ularly shaped and less than 8 ha in size, it is suited to crops, pasture
or woodland."
Since the enlarged watershed map used to measure soil and land use
areas was a flat projection of rolling and irregular terrain, any direct
measure of area upon it will be less than the actual area represented. An
area correction factor derived from the average slope of the watershed was
obtained as follows: Twenty east-west grid lines were drawn across the
watershed map. The slope of consecutive 50.3 meter sections was measured,
working west to east across each grid line, using contour lines with 3.05 m
intervals. This series of slopes, across each grid line was then averaged.
Finally the average slope of each of the twenty grid lines, ranging from
7.08 percent to 13.18 percent was averaged. An overall watershed average
slope of 9.65 percent was obtained. The angle formed by this slope with
the horizontal is equal to the arctan of 0.0965, or 5.512°. The reciprocal
of the cosine of 5.512° is equal to 1.0046. This figure was used as an
area correction factor in the final inventory extrapolation in Section 5.
Measured areas will be multiplied by this factor to compensate for the
actual area of the watershed topography.
Climate
Temperatures in the survey area are typical of those found in the
continental climates of the Northern Hemisphere. Average monthly tempera-
tures range from below zero in the winter to the mid-twenties in the
summer, degrees Centigrade. A noticeable moderating effect is caused by
the area's proximity to the Atlantic Ocean and its associated marine
weather systems that move up the Hudson Valley. Precipitation in
Rensselaer County is about average for the state as a whole, approximately
88.9 cm a year, and it is distributed fairly evenly throughout the year.
1-34
-------
Average snowfall is about 124.5 cm, or approximately 20 percent of the
total precipitation. Table 19 shows the monthly average temperature and
precipitation recorded by the nearest U.S. Weather Bureau Station at Albany
Airport, approximately 12.9 km east of Mill Creek watershed.54
Timber Resources
Based on a forest survey conducted in 1968 , Tables 20 and 21 list
the tree densities in m^/ha of the different forest classes and individ-
ual species for Rensselaer County. The trees included in this survey are
growing stock trees, which are defined as "live trees of commercial species
which are in turn classified as saw timber, poletimber, saplings, and seed-
lings (greater than 2.54 cm diameter at breast height); i.e. all live trees
of commercial species except rough and rotten trees". Table 22 lists the
densities of trees of the Capital District Forest Region (7 counties) by
species including rough or unmillable trees (due to irregular shape) and
rotten trees. The distribution of species in the Capital District is very
similar to Rensselaer County. In the Capital District, rough and rotten
trees account for approximately 17.3 percent of the total timber volume on
commercial land. Table 23 lists volumes (m^) of species of growing stock
trees in the southeast region of New York State (Capital District and
Catskill Hudson District) and average net yearly growth, or the increase in
tree volume minus trees that died or became rough or rotten within the
sapling period. Removal and mortality are also listed by species. Since
all the timber data compiled was based on trees on commercial forestland,
the definition of this term is important; it is "Forestland that is produc-
ing, or is capable of producing, crops of industrial wood and is not with-
drawn from timber utilization (industrial wood Includes all roundwood
products except firewood)," Commercial forestland occupies 47 percent of
the state and 57 percent of Rensselaer County. Within Rensselaer County,
ownership of commercial forestland is as follows; 0.47 percent Federal,
2.60 percent State, 1.33 percent other public, 2.58 percent lumber indus-
try, 2.19 percent other forest industry, 25.87 percent farmer, 64.96
percent other private ownership. In all Rensselaer County, 95.6 percent of
commercial forestland is privately owned.
DESIGN OF FIELD SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PROGRAM
On what basis will sampling sites in the watershed be located and how
many sites are needed to represent the main features of the watershed?
These questions were examined with regard to the objectives and prospective
use of the study as follows:
First; A sampling site for the inventory of nutrient forms is
selected and Identified on the basis of three parameters:
A. Land use
B. Soil type
C. Ground slope
1-35
-------
TABLE 19. AVERAGE TEMPERATURE AND PRECIPITATION DATA8'
Month
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
YEARLY AVERAGE
Average
Temperature
(C°>
-5.17
-4.61
0.56
7.89
14.39
19.61
22.28
21.11
16.44
10.44
3.94
^3.06
8.67
Average
Precipitation
(cm)
6.27
5.59
6.91
7.04
8.81
8.26
8.86
7.79
9.09
7.04
6.86
6.58
89.10
a"Data is from U.S. Weather Bureau Station, Albany Airport, based on
the years 1938-1960, from Reference 54.
1-36
-------
TABLE 20. VOLUME OF GROWING FTOCK TREES ON COMMERCIAL
FORESTLAND IN RENSSELAER COUNTY. BY FOREST TYPE
Forest Type
Area
(ha)
% of Comm.
Forestland
Volume
Growing Stock
fa3 x 10*)
Density1"'
(m3/ha)
White/Red Pine
Spruce-Fir &
other softwood
Oak Pine
Oak & Oak Hickory
Elm-Ash-Red Maple
Maple-Beech-Birch
Aspen-Birch
TOTAL
20939
21.21
4.
3.
98739
.31
.36
14.77
23.26
29.24
3.85
100.00
206.59
38.77
29.72
95.65
111.79
170.65
15.28
668.45
98.66
Avg. Density - 70.40 cr/ha
(all forest types)
Total number trees for entire state greater than 2.6 cm diameter:
softwood
hardwood
TOTAL
N.Y.S. area of commercial
forestland
K.Y.S. total volume timber
(including rough & rotten
trees)
1,359,023 x 10; trees
3,816,925 x 10, trees
5,175,948 x 10J trees
5.783846 x 106 ha
- 4.1751839 x 108 (m3)
Average number trees/ha commercial forestland K.Y.S. * 894.9 o nonj 3/«-
Average density (m3/ha) commercial forestland N.Y.S. - 72.2 u-ueu/ m /cree
b.
'Reference 55.
Based on commercial forest area of 98,739 ha or 57% of total county land
area of 172,449 ha.
1-37
-------
TABLE 21. VOLUME OF GROWING STOCK TREEF ON COMMERCIAL
FORESTLAND IN RFNSSELAER COUNTY, BY SPECIES
a.
Species
1 . Softwoods
White Pine
Red Pine
Spruce
Fir
Hemlock
Other softwoods
TOTAL SOFTWOODS
2. Hardwoods
Select white oaks
Select red oaks
Other oaks
Hickory
Yellow Birch
Sweet Birch
Sugar Maple
Soft Maple
Beech
Ash
Basswood
Aspen
Black Cherry
Elm
Other hardwoods
TOTAL HARDWOODS
3. Total All Species
Volume
(m xlO )
128.48
21.51
6.23
—
87.45
6.79
250.46
15.00
59.43
21.79
17.83
10.76
7.92
87.73
56.32
20.94
30.56
13.30
20.09
9.34
22.92
24.06
417.99
668.45
% of
All Species
19.22
3.22
0.93
_
13.08
1.02
37.47
2.24
8.89
3.26
2.67
1.61
1.18
13.12
8.43
3.13
4.57
1.99
3.01
1.40
3.43
3.60
62.53
100.00
Density1*'
(m3/ha)
13.01
2.18
0.63
-
8.86
0.69
25.37
1.52
6.02
2.21
1.81
1.09
0.80
8.88
5.70
2.12
3.09
1.35
2.03
0.95
2.32
2.44
42.33
67.70
a.
b.
Reference 55.
Based on a commercial forest area of 98,739 ha or 57T< of total county land
area of 172,449 ha.
1-38
-------
TABLE 22. VOLUME OF GROWING STOCK TREES ON COMMERCIAL
FORESTLAND IN THE CAPITAL DISTRICT8*
1.
2.
3.
4.
Species
Softwoods
White Pine
Red Pine
Hemlock
Other Softwoods
TOTAL SOFTWOODS
Hardwoods
Select White Oaks
Select Red Oaks
Other Oaks
Hickory
Yellow Birch
Sweet Birch
Sugar Maple
Soft Maple
Beech
Ash
Basswood
Aspen
Black Cherry
Other hardwoods
TOTAL HARDWOODS
Growing Stock Total
All Species
Rough Trees
Rotten Trees
Total All Timber
Volume
(m xlCT)
609.58
99.06
387.14
59.71
1155.49
76.41
289.23
100.18
81.22
45.28
37.36
385.16 .
255.27
92.81
142.07
58.58
101.88
45.56
243.95
1954.96
3110.45
476.29
172.92
3759.66
% of
All Timber
16.21
2.63
10.30
1.59
30.73
2.03
7.69
2.67
2.17
1.20
0.99
10.24
6.79
2.47
3.78
1.56
2.71
1.21
6.49
52.00
82.73
12.67
4.60
100.00
Densitv
(m3/ha)
12.13
1.97
7.71
1.19
23.00
1.52
5.76
1.99
1.62
0.90
0.74
7.67
5.08
1.85
2.83
1.17
2.03
0.91
4.86
38.93
61.93
9.48
3.44
74.85
a*Reference 55. Capital District includes Albany, Columbia, Montgomery,
Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schenectady and Washington Counties.
'Based on a Capital District commercial forest area of 502,281 ha or
47% of the total district area of 1,064,056 ha.
1-39
-------
TABLE 23. VOLUME, AVERAGE ANNUAL NET GROWTH, REMOVAL AND MORTALITY
OF COMMERCIAL GROWING STOCK TREES IN THE SOUTHEAST REGION3*
Species
Volume
(m
Net,
(m"xlOJ)
%
Growth
Removal
fm xlO 1
Mortality
(m3x!03)
1. Softwoods
White Pine 1075.12 222.35 2.07 109.58 93.19
Red Pine 219.89 81.05 3.68 10.78 10.67
Hemlock 877.02 152.42 1.74 88.72 47.60
Other Softwoods 159.04 39.48 2.48 16.33 30.71
TOTAL SOFTWOODS 2331.07 495.30 2TTT 225.41 182.17
2. Hardwoods
Select white oaks 413.75 50.77
Select red oaks 1026.72 230.42
Other oaks 846.17 179.31
Hickory 291.49 30.71
Yellow Birch 142.63 6.25
Sweet Birch 211.40 45.20
Sugar Maple 826.93 184.88
Soft Maples 1029.84 209.22
Beech 262.06 18.25
Ash 433.27 92.85
Basswood 147.16 17.12
Aspen 177.16 36.87
Black Cherry 183.67 31.31
Other Hardwoods 396.48 51.36
TOTAL HARDWOODS 6388.73 1184.52
1.85
11.83
69.65
8.94
2.86
4.90
50.69
30.39
36.87
32.12
16.44
1.36
18.59
22.44
307.08
22.44
73.44
68.68
11.29
24.20
6.57
34.75
53.20
25.47
24.17
11.01
36.68
17.77
106.52
516.19
3. All Species
8719.80
1679.82
1.93
532.49
698.36
a.
Reference 55
Southeast Region includes the Capital District and the.Catskill Lower Hudson
Region. Total commercial forest area is 1334.677 x 10 ha or 45% of total
land area 2,787.169 x
1(T ha.
1-40
-------
Second; The number of sampling sites should include the various
combinations of the above parameters, reasonably proportional
to the areas represented, and as many as the project staffing
and time permit.
Referring to Table 16, four major land uses comprised about 96 percent
of the total watershed area: cropland 18.2 percent, forestland 25.3 per-
cent, forest brush cover 28.8 percent, and inactive agriculture, grassland
and pasture 23.7 percent. The remaining 4 percent includes residential,
commercial, public use, wetland and orchard plantations. The decision was
then made that the sampling sites should include these four land use cate-
gories which account for 96.0 percent of the watershed area.
With regard to soil types, Table 17 shows the 21 types of soils en-
countered in the project area. As shown in the table, the watershed soils
are mostly varieties of gravelly silt loam, shaly silt loam and silt loam.
Considering the distribution of these soils in the watershed, it was
decided that the survey sampling sites should include the three major soil
categories which account for 65.82 percent of the project area. These
soils are Bernardston gravelly silt loam 41.22 percent, Scriba gravelly
silt loam 12.51 percent and Pittstown gravelly silt loam 12.09 percent. As
shown in Table 17, the remaining 34.18 percent of the area included 18
other types of soils. Sampling from each of the four land uses as it
existed on each of the three major soil types seemed reasonable except for
the case of cropland. Agricultural activities of tilling, soil condition-
ing, and fertilizing should, in the long term, be the dominant factors in
soil characteristics and nutrient content. After field reconnaissance and
consultation with the U.S.D.A. Farmers Agent, Mr. Phillip Bemas in
Wyantskill, it was disclosed that there were fewer than a dozen working
farms remaining in the area, and only the very basic crops were being grown
at any sizable scale (hay for silage, limited oats, corn, alfalfa and a
small amount of miscellaneous vegetable crops). It was finally decided
that sampling site selection on cropland would be carried out according to
the type of crop grown and not on the basis of soil type.
According to topography, sample sites were selected in pairs; one site
with a slope of 20 percent or more (steep) and a comparison site with the
same land use and soil type with a slope of 5 percent or less (flat).
Sites located in cropland are only limited to flat or gently rolling topog-
raphy. Based on the above analysis, Figure 4 shows the parameters in-
volved in the identification of each sampling site.
Table 24 shows the percentage of the total watershed area included in
the sampling program designed on the basis of the four major land uses and
the three main soil types. By this approach, the total area covered by
actual sampling represented 69.06 percent of the total watershed. This
ratio included 50.86 percent on the basis of three land uses and three soil
types, and 18.2 percent on the basis of grown crops in agricultural land on
all soils. Since the percentages in Table 24 are all with respect to total
watershed area, the shown figures for the various land use-soil combina-
tions are in direct proportion to the actual area of each. These areas are
shown in Table 25 and can be used as the basis for proportional sampling
1-41
-------
1
A. TANI)
I
k \t
Forest Forest
Nat'l Stand Brush Cover
H
SOIL &
CROP TYPE
— Soil 1 —
— Soil 2 —
— Soil 3 —
Steep 1 4-
C.
TOPOGRAPHY
Flat 2 •*-
— Soil 1
— Soil 2
— Soil 3
Steep 1 4
Flat 2 «
USE
1, «. \
Inactive Agr. „ , .
and Pasture Cropland etc
_
—
1—
I—
— Soil 1 —
— Soil 2 —
— Soil 3 —
Steep 1 ^_
Flat 2 ^-
•^Cropl
-^•Crop 2
•*"Crop 3
-*CroP4
^etc.
FIGURE 4. Identification of watershed sampling sites.
-------
TABLE 24. WATERSHED AREAS COVERED BY THE SAMPLING SURVEY*'
1
Use
Soil Type
Forest
Nat'l
Stand
7
Forest
Brush
Cover
7
Inactive
Agriculture
& Pasture
of
Janpled
Bernardston g.s.l.
12.59
8.30
11.25
32.14
41.22
Scriba g.s.l.
3.57
2.46
3.25
9.28
Plttstown g.s.l.
2.32
3.84
3.28
9.44
12.09
23.7
Total
Sampled
Total 3 soils
Total 3 uses
Total sampled on basis of uses & soils
+ cropland, based on crops
Total Sampling Survey Area
2
Total watershed area - 24.545 km
2
Area covered by survey g 16.952 km
65.82%
77.807
50,867
18.207
69.06%
a
'All percentages in Table are of the total watershed
1-43
-------
TABLE 25. ACTUAL AREAS FOR LAND USE - SOIL TYPE COMBINATIONS
Land Use on Actual Area
Shown Soil Types (ha)
a. Forest Nat'l Stand on;
1. Bernardston g.s.l. 309
2. Scriba g.s.l. 88
3. Pittstown 57
4. 18 other soils 167
b. Forest Brush Cover on;
1. Bernardston g.s.l. 204
2. Scriba g.s.l. 60
3. Pittstown g.s.l. 94
4. 18 other soils 340
c. Inactive Agriculture on;
1. Bernardston g.s.l. 276
2. Scriba g.s.l. 80
3. Pittstown g.s.l. 81
4. 18 other soils 145
d. Agriculture on;
1. Bernardston g.s.l. 134
2. Scriba g.s.l. 54
3. Pittstown g.s.l. 40
4. 18 other soils 218
TOTAL 4 USES
(96% of watershed) 2356
I-M
-------
from each combination. The distribution of agricultural cropland on
various soils is also shown in the Table even though this type of land use
is sampled according to the types of crops. For the purpose of the present
report, only the three major soils are considered. This is shown in
Table 26 which provides the percentage of each land use located on each of
the three main soil types. By visual examination of soil maps with acetate
land use overlays, the remaining portions of each land use were found to be
scattered on the majority of the 18 other soil types.
Based on the above criteria, a sampling program was designed to cover
69.06 percent of the total watershed area with the following characteris-
tics:
1. The program includes combinations of three land uses (forest
natural stand, forest brush cover, and inactive agriculture)
and three soil types (Bernardston, Scriba and Pittstown gravelly
silt loams). Consequently, there are nine different categories of
sampling areas based on land use and soil type (excluding crop-
land).
2. For each of the nine sampling areas, a minimum of two companion
sampling sites is required; one on a steep slope and another on a
flat slope.
3. The number of sampling sites for each land use-soil type combina-
tion can be determined in proportion to the area covered by this
combination. Referring to Table 27, comparable areas of each land
use are covered by the survey criteria (18.48, 14.6, 17.78 and
18.2 percent of total watershed for natural forest stand, brush
cover, inactive and active agriculture, respectively). Conse-
quently, the same number of sampling sites for each land use can
be adopted. However, the breakdown of each land use over the
three main soils is not uniform. As shown in Table 27, for the
three land uses other than cropland, the areas located on
Bernardston gravelly silt loam are almost twice as big as those
located on Scriba and Pittstown combined. Consequently, if the
minimum number of two sampling sites is assigned to the Scriba and
Pittstown areas, then eight sites should be selected on
Bernardston, with a total of 12 sites per land use. This approach
would have been adopted if the sampled areas represented the total
occupied by each land use. Instead, data from these sites will
have to be extrapolated to the portions of each land use existing
on the other types of soils (27 percent of forest natural stand,
50.8 percent of forest brush cover and 24.9 percent of inactive
agriculture). This extrapolation can be based on the average
characteristics particular to the land use or on those of the
soils. Actual analyses of soil-land use combinations will indi-
cate which factor is dominant for the purpose of extrapolation
(see Section 5). For this reason, it is seen that the more
samples taken from the three major land uses and soil types, the
more reliable the extrapolation results are. As shown in
1-45
-------
TABLE 26. PERCENTAGES OF SURVEYED LAND USES IN VARIOUS SOILS
Soils
Bernardston g.s.l.
Scriba g.s.l.
Pittstown g.s.l.
Total Surveyed
In 18 other soils
%
Forest
Nat'l Stand
49.7
14.1
9.2
73.0
21.0
Of Each Land Use
Forest
Brush Cover
28.9
8.6
13.3
50.8
49.2
In Shown Soils
Inactive
Agriculture
& Pasture
47.5
13.7
13.9
75.1
24.9
Cropland
30.1
12.2
9.0
100.0*
48.7
% of Each
Soil Sampled
91.3
91.9
91.7
*Total cropland was sampled according to grown crops.
-------
TABLE 27. WINTER SURVEY SAMPLING SITE CHARACTERISTICS
% of Land Sampled Soil Type
Use Covered and Corresp. % of No. of No. of Samples No. of Analyses
Land Use to Tot. W.S. Tot. Area Sites8' per Soil Type ' per Soil Type0'
1. Forest, natural stand 18.5
2. Forest, brush cover 14.6
3. Inactive agriculture 17.8
and grassland
4 . Cropland 18 . 2
TOTAL 69.1
Bernards ton
Scrlba
Plttstown
Bernards ton
Scriba
Plttstown
Bernardston
Scrlba
Plttstown
Misc. Soils
12.6
3.6
2.3
8.3
2.5
3.8
11.3
3.2
3.3
18.2
09.1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9
45
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
81
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
72
648
'For soil specific sites (non-agricultural), half the sites are on steep slopes and the companion half
are on flat topography.
'Two composite samples were taken from each site; soil and Interface. (Agricultural crop residue
Interface was not sampled.)
°*There are eight measurements performed on each sample: moisture content, unit weight per volume or
area, total and Inorganic phosphorus: total kjeldahl nitrogen, ammonia nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen and
nitrite nitrogen.
-------
Table 27, four sampling sites have been selected from each of the
major soil types and land use regardless of the area represented,
with a total of 12 sites per land use.
4. Guided by types of crops, sampling of agricultural land was based
on information obtained directly from farm owners. Appendix B
shows a copy of the questionnaire which was directed to all resi-
dents and from which all farmers were identified in addition to
those already identified by field reconnaissance. Other relevant
data concerning nutrients in the residential areas were also ob-
tained. Nine composite samples from farmland growing different
crops were obtained in the winter survey.
5. From each sampling site two composite samples from the soil and
interface were collected (composition of surface life biomass is
obtained from the literature). For each composite sample, eight
determinations were carried out; moisture content, unit weight,
total inorganic phosphorus, total kjeldahl nitrogen, ammonia
nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen and nitrite nitrogen as shown in
Table 27.
The 36 non-agricultural sample sites, selected using acetate land use over-
lay maps placed on top of the enlarged watershed soils map, were chosen so
as to be reasonably accessable to roads, yet as undisturbed and consistent
as possible. A considerable effort was made to spread the sites over all
portions of the watershed, to avoid any regional irregularities. Figure 5
shows a map of the watershed with the location of all sample sites, includ-
ing agricultural sites #37 through 45. It should be noted that although
agricultural sample sites were selected by a combination of map land use
and visual field identification, all non-agricultural sites were selected
solely on the basis of Cornell University Land Use and Natural Resource
((LUNR) maps based on 1967-68 aerial photographs.
Some minor differences between sites of similar soil type and land use
were noted. Physical descriptions of each site's soil and interface mate-
rial are contained in Tables 28 and 29. Visually, forest natural stand
sites were all located in mixed pine and deciduous tree stands and appeared
fairly homogeneous. By nature, the differentiation of forest brush cover
and inactive agriculture sites was often understandably questionable. In-
active agriculture develops into forest brush within a few years. For the
most part, however, forest brush cover sites were well covered with 0.3 to
1.8 m scrubby trees and bushes in addition to high grass and weeds,
although the density of growth varied from site to site. Inactive
agriculture sites also contained brambles and weeds and high grass but
generally no high, heavy bush. Most sites seemed to be pasture or hay
fields not used in several years.
Locating sample sites in the field, staking and collecting samples
from the 45 sample sites in the winter survey required 6 weeks field work
in February and March 1975. After analyses were performed on the winter
samples, the results were examined for trends and correlations (see
Section 5). During this time, extensive literature review of nutrients in
1^48
-------
FIGURE 5. Map of sampling sites in Mill Creek watershed.
1-49
-------
TABLE 28. SOIL PHYSICAL DATA - FEBRUARY-MARCH 1975
i
m
o
Sample
Site
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Date
Sampled
3/14/75
2/1/75
3/10/75
3/10/75
2/1/75
2/1/75
3/14/75
3/14/75
2/1/75
2/1/75
3/22/75
3/22/75
2/29/75
2/29/75
3/14/75
3/14/75
3/4/75
3/4/75
3/6/75
3/6/75
2/26/75
2/26/75
3/10/75
3/10/75
Slope
m
30
5
25
0
19
5
22
0
20
0
25
0
20
0
27
5
31
0
30
0
18
5
21
5
a. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
Moisture
Soil Tvoe (%)
Bernardston
Bernardston
Bernardston
Bernardston
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
b. FOREST BRUSH
Bernardston
Bernardston
Bernardston
Bernardston
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Scrlba
Plttstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
18.1
21.1
25.7
41.7
21.8
25.0
18.9
37.0
23.6
30.4
23.8
19.6
COVER
26.2
27.6
21.4
22.3
25.9
31.3
15.5
27.9
23.8
12.7
21.3
22.9
Field Density a Dry
(k*/m3) (
1950
1886
1730
1979
1604
1743
2158
1896
1652
2304
1708
1825
average dry density «
2044
1%5
1622
1764
1574
1652
1559
2185
2179
2209
2313
1845
average dry density -
Density
1223
1339
1013
1066
1169
1170
1290
1080
1163
1529
1116
1059
1185
1359
1154
952
1192
942
1060
1031
1373
1393
1519
1453
1069
1208
-------
TABLE 28 (continued)
Sample
Site
Number
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Date
Sampled
2/26/75
2/26/75
3/22/75
3/22/75
3/4/75
3/4/75
3/6/75
3/6/75
3/18/75
3/18/75
3/22/75
3/22/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/10/75
4/12/75
ft/13/75
4/13/75
Slope
(%)
27
0
20
7.5
27
0
29
0
24
0
20
7.5
0-5
0-5
0-5
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
0-5
c. FOREST NATURAL STAND
Moisture
Soil Type (%)
Bernards ton
Bernardstoti
Bernards ton
Bernardston
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Scriba
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
Pittstown
d. AGRICULTURE
12.0
10.2
18.5
25.4
23.2
29.6
22.9
26.2
19.4
21.4
24.1
24.4
21.0
21.0
21.9
25.2
24.7
23.2
19.3
20.3
17.5
Field Density a Dry Density
(kg/m3) (kp/m3)
1497
1700
1359
1832
1552
1984
2099
2058
1754
1864
2183
2387
average dry density «
1802
2259
2073
1906
2369
2365
1792
1956
2172
average dry density -
1020
1136
1120
1070
1017
1353
1433
1374
1122
1123
1357
1429
1213
1060
1457
1378
1193
1484
1604
1093
1351
1532
1350
a) Field density » weigbt soil + moisture -4- rocks per m field volume.
3
b) Dry density « weight dry soil without rocks per m field volume.
-------
TABLE 29. INTERFACE PHYSICAL DATA - FEBRUARY-MARCH 1975
a. INACTIVF AGRICULTURE
M
I
Sample
Site
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Interface
Moisture
(%)
36.4
75.0
50.8
56.1
50.2
63.6
40.8
44.0
29.7
68.1
43.3
39.0
Dry Density
(kg/m2)
0.665
0.379
0.892
0.685
1.019
1.098
0.482
0.983
0.564
0.511
0.355
0.794
Remarks
Dead grasses, brambles, herbaceous stalks, clover, slight
decomposition .
Same as 91 with more matted grass.
Long matted dead straw grass, few herbaceous stalks, moderate
decomposition.
Same as #3 with more decomposition.
Long matted dead straw grass, some herbaceous stalks, dead
scrub tree branches.
Adjacent to small stream, subject to innovation during large
flow. Same as #5 with more stalks and scrub branches,
moderate decomposition.
Dead matter straw grass, many bramble and scrub branches and
twigs, medium decomposition.
Same as #7 with heavier grass layer, few branches, twigs.
Dead matted straw grass, scrub branches and twigs, slight
decomposition .
More twigs and branches than #9.
Dead matted straw grass, very few bramble twigs, slight
decomposition .
Same as #11 with milkweed and more bramble twigs.
Average dry density « 0.702
(continued)
-------
TABLE 29 (continued)
b. FOREST BRUSH COVER
Sample
Site
Number*
13
14
15
16
17
M 18
in
19
20
21
22
23
24
Interface
Moisture
(%)
62.6
' 73.8
37.0
46.6
50.7
78.0
55.9
84.2
38.8
52.0
47.6
36.6
Dry Density
(kg/m2)
0.926
0.412
0.505
0.773
0.899
0.524
0.534
0.403
0.579
0.411
0.566
0.705
Remarks
Thick straw grass, many twigs and stalks, moss, very moist,
moderate decomposition.
Same as #13, more moss.
Mostly thick straw grass with brambles and twigs, slight
decomposition .
Same as 915 with more grass.
Some straw grass, many leaves and bramble twigs, medium
decomposition.
Many leaves and herbaceous stalks and twigs, very wet,
medium decomposition.
Half grass and half twigs and branches, moss, moderate
decompos it ion .
Same as #19 with more moss, milkweed and more branches.
Matted grass with many branches and twigs, medium
decomposition.
Same as #21 with more scrub twigs.
Leaves and grass, twigs and branches, moss and sedge,
moderate decomposition.
Same as #23 with less leaves.
Average dry density « 0.603
(continued)
-------
TAF.LE 29 (continued)
c. FOREST NATURAL STAND
Sample
Site
Number
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Interface
Moisture
52.9
58.9
44.0
46.4
59.7
75.4
47.2
66.0
45.9
26.9
32.0
33.7
Average dry density
Dry Density
(kg/m2)
1.016
0.897
0.887
1.230
0.419
0.454
0.442
0.580
0.911
0.877
0.834
1.051
• 0.800
Remarks
Few pine needles and many deciduous leaves and
decomposit ion .
Same as #25.
Mostly pine needles and twigs with a few leaves
branches, moderate decomposition.
Same as #27.
Whole leaves and twigs, very few pine needles,
decomposition .
Same as #29 with slightly more decomposition.
Leaves and twigs, slight decomposition.
Same as #31 with moss and sedges.
twigs, medium
and deciduous
slight
Leaves and twigs with some pine needles, moderate-heavy
decomposition.
Same as #33.
Leaves and twigs, slight decomposition.
Same as #35 with more decomposition.
a) Interface samples were collected at the same sites and on the same dates as soil samples.
-------
terrestrial systems was undertaken. Based on this literature information,
it was conlcuded that the net flow (input minus output) of nutrients
through the soil of unmanlpulated land was a small percentage of the total
amount of fixed nutrients. This fact was also illustrated by the
laboratory soil leaching studies detailed in Section 4. Due to the rela-
tively limited number of sample sites utilized in the study, and the
accuracy of analytical procedures (Appendix A), it was decided that this
net flow of nutrients through unmanipulated land would be more accurately
estimated by literature values than by actual additional sampling. The
simultaneous nutrient uptake by vegetation and nutrient release by decom-
posing interface would make interpretation of summer soil data open to
question. The interface layer is more suitable to this type of measure-
ment however, since the addition of material to the interface between
winter and summer is small and estimatable. In the forest, almost all of
the interface layer material input occurs during full leaf fall. The
effect of additional leaf litter in early spring is small. The only dif-
ference in the nutrient content of the Interface between summer and winter
will be due to leaching by precipitation into the soil or to groundwater,
runoff and decomposition. Using this reasoning, only agricultural soils
and the interface layer were sampled and analyzed in the summer survey. In
all, the summer survey included soil samples from 3 agricultural sites and
interface samples from 4 forest brush cover and 4 forest natural stand
sites. Inactive agriculture sites were considered to be similar to forest
brush cover and were not sampled.
Soil samples were taken in winter and summer with an Oakfield appara-
tus soil auger 3.175 cm in diameter. In order to calculate the inplace
density of each composite sample, the volume of soil taken per sample must
be known. When using a tube corer, this volume is usually taken as the
volume of the tube, and compression of the soil is assumed to be
negligible. Since the winter survey required samples to be taken in frozen
ground, an auger type core had to be used to take soil samples. To
determine the actual volume picked up by the auger, a series of calibration
tests were run in unfrozen ground using a tube type soil core. Ten tube
cores of soil were obtained and weighed. Their volume was taken as the
volume of the inside of the tube. The soil density was then calculated for
each core and the results averaged to obtain an average soil density. This
was followed by taking 10 auger core samples; and based on the weight of
each core, the volume was calculated based on the previously calculated
soil density for that location. The volumes for each auger core were then
averaged. This was done on separate days on 2 separate samples of gravelly
loam soil. Then the final results were averaged. In this way, an average
volume per 30.48 cm section of auger of 120.794 cm^ was calculated. This
volume per core was used to calculate all soil field or inplace densities.
DESIGN OF LABORATORY SOIL LEACHING STUDIES
Six duplicate soil samples of the winter survey, from sites of dif-
ferent land uses, were used in an 8 week leaching experiment to determine
the "leachabillty" of phosphorus, nitrogen and carbon for given rates of
I-.55
-------
water application. They included three agricultural soil samples (#37
corn, #39 alfalfa and #41 hay) and three Pittstown gravelly silt loam
samples (#10 inactive agriculture, #23 forest brush cover, and #33 forest
natural stand). Samples were placed in twelve one gallon insulated plastic
containers. About one kilogram of undried soil with known moisture content
was placed in each container on a bed of clean gravel and 900 ml of dis-
tilled water was added to each sample. To one set of six samples
(Series 2), a limited amount of distilled water, 450 ml (the minimum amount
required for analysis) was drained every 2 weeks and replaced with fresh
distilled water. To the duplicate set of six samples (Series 1), all
available water (750 to 850 ml) was drained every two weeks and replaced.
The leaching vessels were kept in a laboratory room where the temperature
incurred slight fluctuations around an average of 23° C. With the addition
of 900 ml, all samples were completely saturated and submerged.in water and
were undisturbed except at start-up and bi-weekly leachate sampling periods
when the soil and water were gently mixed with a glass rod prior to
leachate removal. Dissolved oxygen and pH of the leachate was measured
immediately by probe and the sample was frozen until it was analyzed for
ammonia nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, nitrite nitrogen, total phosphorus,
inorganic phosphorus, chloride, dissolved organic carbon and total
dissolved carbon. A description of the analytical methods used is
contained in Appendix A.
1-56
-------
SECTION 4
RESULTS
RESIDENTS' SURVEY
A resident survey questionnaire was prepared to gather data on activi-
ties which influence the movement of nutrients in the watershed. After as
much personal contact as possible was established and a layman's summary of
the project objectives was delivered to all residents, the questionnaire,
along with a stamped return envelope, was distributed door to door to each
of the 240 residences. Samples of the project summary and the question-
naire are included in Appendix B. Seventy-five questionnaires (31%) were
completed and returned; a reasonable response for the purpose of the 'study.
Table 30 shows the summarized results of this survey. The questionnaire
results were averaged and extrapolated linearly to represent the total
number of watershed residences.
Additional data was needed from residents who managed farmland. Only
farmers who produce and sell crops or livestock products for a major por-
tion of their Income were considered. Five farmers were identified from
the resident questionnaire results and four additional farmers were inter-
viewed in person. Table 31 shows the results of the farmer's survey and
Interviews. As shown in the table, the total area of cultivated cropland
is 373.4 ha. According to the data reported in Section 3, based on the
LUNR reports, the watershed cropland was estimated as 447.1 ha in 1970.
The difference of 73.7 ha, about 16 percent, may be mainly attributed to
the general decline in farming activities within the watershed in the last
five years. This interpretation was supported by personal communication
with the local office of the U.S. Dept. of Agriculture in Wyantskill.
FIELD NUTRIENT SURVEY
During February and March 1975, soil samples were obtained from sites
1 through 45 using a 30.5 cm auger. Plant interface samples were gathered
from sites 1 through 36. Interfaces on cropland sites 36 through 45 were
neglected as insignificant. Throughout the winter sampling period,
temperatures remained at or below freezing during the night. In general,
the ground was frozen to depths of 2.5 to 20 cm. On a few occasions, day-
time temperatures in the 5 to 10°C range would melt the snow cover and top
soil layer, particularly In low protected areas. During most of the winter
survey period, the ground was covered with snow.
1-57
-------
TABLE 30. RESULTS OF RESIDENT QUESTIONNAIRE - MARCH 1975**'
No. £
1. Sample Size
Questionnaires distributed (one per residence) 240
Questionnaires completed by residents 75 31.25
2. Population
Average number of persons per household 3.8
Estimated number of watershed residents 912
3. Lawn
Average size .425 ha
Estimated total watershed lawn 102.1 ha
4. Garden Crops
Watershed residents having vegetable gardens
for their own consumption (non-farmers) 170 70.7
Average garden plot size .38 ha
Estimated total area of vegetable gardens 64.0 ha
Crops grown for personal consumption -
corn, potatoes, tomatoes and miscellaneous
vegetables
5. Sewage Disposal
Surveyed residents with
septic tanks 237 95
cesspools 10 1.25
cesspools and septic tanks 7 3.75
6. Trash and garbage
Residents having both trash & garbage collected 173 72
Residents having trash collected, but compost 67 28
garbage
7. Animals (not including house pets)
Residents keeping animals (non-farm) 35 14.7
No. of animals among surveyed residences (non-farm)
cows 14
chickens 127
pigs 7
horses 15
(continued)
1-58
-------
TABLE 30 (continued)
No. %_
Estimated no. of animals in watershed (non-farm)
cows 45
chickens 406
pigs 22
horses 48
8. Fertilizer-Lawns
Surveyed residents who fertilized lawn - Spring '74 29.3
Surveyed residents who plan to fertilize - Spring '75 * 30.7
Estimated total watershed lawn area fertilized -
Spring '75 31.3 ha
Total weight fertilizer applied to lawns by surveyed
residents.- Spring '74 on 9.4 ha - 869.4 kg
Composition - 82.8 kg phosphorus acid (P 0 ) - 36.1 kg Pc*
79.5 kg N z 5
Estimated tot. weight fertilizer applied to tot. watershed
lawns - Spring '74 115.6 kg P
254.2 kg N
Estimated tot. weight fertilizer applied to tot. watershed
lawns - Spring '75 (4.8% increase) 121.2 kg P
266.5 kg N
9. Fertilizer-Gardens
Surveyed residents fertilizing gardens - Spring '74 79.6
Surveyed residents planning to fertilize gardens - Spring '75 75.9
Total weight fertilizer applied by surveyed res. -
Spring '74 on 5.02 ha « 885.3 kg
Composition 86.1 kg phosphorus acid (P-0 ) « 37.6 kg P '
Z « 60.4 kg N
Estimated weight fertilizer applied to total gardens -
Spring '74 2883 kg
120.3 kg P
193.2 kg N
Est. weight fertilizer applied to total gardens -
Spring '75 (4.6% decrease) 2702.7 kg
125.8 kg P
184.3 kg N
'Results in this table exclude farmers who sell crops or livestock products.
'Approximate, since some residents did not include fertilizer type and/or
application rate. In these cases 5-10-5 fertilizer and 112.1 kg/ha
loading was assumed.
p ftn
'To convert PjO. to P, multiply by -rrr « 0.437.
1-59
-------
TABLF 31. RESULTS OF FARMER QUESTIONNAIRr A?1D PKRSONAT. INTERVIEW - MARCH 1975
Farm Location
1) Snyders Rd.
North Watershed
TOTAL
2) Snyders Lake Rd.
North Watershed
(Dairy Farm)
TOTAL
7* 3) Lape Road
g Northwest Water-
shed (Horse Farm)
TOTAL
4) Sand Lake Road
East Watershed
TOTAL
5) Best Road
West Central
Watershed
TOTAL
6) Michel Road
South Watershed
(Dairy Farm)
TOTAL
Animals
1 cow
1 horse
50 chickens
75 cows
2 horses
30 chickens
75 rabbits
25 horses
1 cow
15 chickens
4 horses
3 cows
2 horses
2 cows
35 chickens
2 horses
65 cows
100 chickens
Crops
corn
hay
alfalfa
mixed veg.
corn
oats
alfalfa
hay
corn
hay
oats
corn
hay
oats
corn
hay
tomatoes
corn
hay
alfalfa
Area
(ha)
12.2
20.3
20.2
4.0
56.7
24.3
6.1
30.4
12.1
72.9
3.2
30.4
6.1 .
39.7
10.5
32.4
4.9
47.8
20.3(a)
20.2
1.6
42.1
20.3(a)
20.2
26.3
66.8
Fertilizer
Appl led
May '74 (Vp.)
681
None
None
227
908
8172
851.3
-
-
9023.3
1089.6
-
2043
3132.6
2951
-
1362
4313
5675
-
-
5675
7264
-
_
7264
(5-10-5)
(5-10-5)
(15-8-12)
(15-8-12)
(15-15-15)
(15-15-15)
(15-15-15)
(15-15-15)
(15-8-12)
(15-15-15)
Crop
retained
Loading Fertilizer for farm use
(kR/ha) May '75 (percent)
56 Same 25
56 Same
(15-8-12)
336 4,770 kg 100
140
-
-
4,770 kg
336 Same 100
-
336 Same
280 Same 50
sell mostly
280 hay
280(a) Same 25
358 Same 100
(continued)
-------
Farm Location
7) Best Road
East Watershed
(Dairy Farm)
TOTAL
8) Luther Road
South Watershed
TOTAL
9) Luther Road
South Watershed
TOTAL
Watershed Totals
Fertilizer composition
Animals
5 horses
50 cows
Hone
2 horses
2 pigs
35 chickens
43 horses
197 cows
265 chickens
2 pigs
75 rabbits
' - 3963.4 kg P,
4837.8 kg IT
All farmers spread livestock manure on
Crops
corn
alfalfa
hay
corn
mixed veg.
corn
hay
alfalfa
mixed veg.
hay
corn
alfalfa
oats
mixed veg.
05 - 1730.4
land.
Area
(ha)
6.1
4.0
10.1
20.3
4.0
2.0
26.3
4.1
2.0
4.0
0.8
10.9
157.9
105.0
84.9
17.1
8.4
k? P
Fertilizer
Applied Loading Fertilizer
Mav '74 (kR) (kR/ha) May '75
1816 (15-15-15) 297 Same
-
1816
_ - -
- -
- -
1135 (8-16-16) 280 Same
- -
-
227 (8-16-16) 280 Same
1362
33494
(33.5 metric tons)
Crop
retained
for farm use
(percent)
100
10(a)
„(.)
(a)
(b)
Estimate.
To convert P,O_ to P, multiply by 62 - 0.437.
2 5 142
-------
Once a sample site had been located using LUNR and topographical maps,
a representative 6.1 m by 6.1 m plot was staked out. Ten soil auger cores
30.5 cm deep were taken in a random zig-zag pattern within the staked area
and composited into one sample. At a few sample sites, only 6 to 8 cores
were taken because the soil was frozen throughout and a lengthy exposure to
the .cold weather could not be tolerated. For the plant interface samples,
a wooden 0.91 m by 0.91 m folding frame was used to outline a ground area
of 0.84 nr. At the sites where interface was unusually dense, a 0.42
m? sample was taken. Only loose material lying on the soil surface was
taken as interface. Living bushes and shrubs were not sampled. An effort
was made to scrape off the thin layer of soil-like humus and include it in
the interface sample, but the frozen soil condition made this difficult.
On sites in forest-natural stand, it was difficult on some occasions to
decide when the surface and humus layer ended and the soil began. Agricul-
tural sample sites were not staked. Instead, 10 soil cores were taken from
random locations spread over the field representing about 1.2 to 2.6 ha.
In mid-July 1975, soil samples were taken in a similar manner from
three agricultural sample sites. Plant interface samples were taken from
four forest-brush cover and four forest-natural stand sites on Bernardston
gravelly silt loam soils. Throughout the acquisition of samples, physical
characteristics of sample and site conditions were recorded.
Tables 28, 29 and 34 shown the results of the physical analyses and
visual observations of the samples and the sites. Results of the chemical
analyses are shown in Tables 32, 33 and 35.
LEACHING STUDIES
Analytical results and interpretations of the Series 1 setup, which
was completely drained and replenished every two weeks, are presented in
Table 36. Series 2 data, which was only partially drained every two weeks,
is shown in Table 37. Based on the observed concentrations of dissolved
oxygen, carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus and chlorides in the drained leach-
ates, the total amounts of oxygen consumed and nutrients removed were
calculated. Only in the case of oxygen consumption was the water volume
remaining in the reactors included in the calculations and assumed to have
similar dissolved oxygen concentrations to that in the leachate. For the
other analyses, the calculated amounts of material removed from the
reactors were based only on leachate volume and observed concentrations.
As shown in the tables, the same samples were used in Series 1 and
Series 2. The main difference between the two series is the amount of
water which was withdrawn and replenished in the course of the experimental
period of 56 days. In Series 1, the reactors were completely drained every
two weeks providing leachate volumes ranging between 640 and 860 ml, while
Series 2 was only partially drained by withdrawing only 450 ml (minimum
amount needed for analyses). At the end of the experiment, both series
were completely drained. Figure 6 Illustrates the water addition and
leaching patterns of the two series. The immediate findings of the
1-62
-------
TABLE 32. SOIL ANALYSES RESULTS - FEBRUARY 1975
Sample
Site
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Phosphorus ^ppm
Pl
440
180
460
410
300
170
460
410
330
220
280
560
320
260
280
210
350
180
280
150
166
106
120
196
P
0
80
200
140
200
200
230
360
80
250
260
260
400
360
280
460
250
330
120
180
230
74
114
160
144
a.
Dry Wt.-P'i
PT
520
380
600
610
500
400
820
490
580
480
540
960
h.
680
540
740
460
680
300
460
380
240
220
280
340
INACTIVE
NH3-N
22
9
106
139
11
16
20
23
S ,
13
41
37
AGRICULTURE
N03-N
3.3
5.8
1.1
2.2
2.2
1.0
0.4
2.8
3.1
3.5
6.5
4.7
Nitrogen
V
25.3
14.8
107.1
141.2
13.2
17.0
20.4
25.8
11.1
16.5
47.5
41.7
fppm Dry
TKN
1507
1275
1835
2419
1211
1467
1335
3231
1060
1852
1809
1609
Wt.-N'i
N
o
1485
1266
1729
2280
1200
1451
1315
3208
1052
1839
1768
1572
NT
1510
1281
1836
2421
1213
1468
1335
3234
1063
1855
1815
1614
FOREST BRUSH COVER
12
2?
78
82
25
30
19
18
16
14
39
34
1.6
2.5
1.9
0.3
1.6
2.0
1.8
3.7
0.8
0.7
2.0
1.4
13.6
31.5
79.9
82.3
26.6
32.0
20.8
21.7
16.8
14.7
41.0
35.4
1068
1515
1078
1373
1619
1433
1594
2059
1247
1191
1667
1643
1056
1486
1000
1291
1594
1403
1575
2041
1231
1177
1628
1609
1070
1517
1080
1373
1621
1435
1596
2063
1248
1192
1669
1644
(continued)
-------
TABLE 32 (continued)
Sample
Site
Number
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
c. FOREST NATURAL STAND
Phosphorus8 (ppm Dry Wt.-P) Nitrogen (ppm Dry Wt,
Pl
270
290
270
240
470
140
160
226
126
100
170
106
P
o
450
410
250
240
190
100
200
94
124
180
170
174
PT
720
700
520
480
660
240
360
320
250
280
340
280
NF.-N
24
10
41
24
24.5
4.5
13
18
38
30
30.5
33
N03-N
0.4
2.8
2.2
1.4
0
5.0
0
2.2
0.3
1.2
1.1
0.7
V
24.4
12.8
43.2
25.4
24.5
9.5
13.0
20.2
38.3
31.2
31.6
33.7
TKN
1532
1724
1125
1108
1340
928
1393
1137
1095
1399
1520
1147
.-N}
N
0
1508
1714
1084
1084
1315.5
923.5
1380
1119
1057
1369
1489.5
1114
NT
1532
1727
1127
1109
1340
933
1393
1139
1095
1400
1521
1148
d. AGRICULTURE
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
140
210
226
190
186
150
330
320
316
240
350
294
310
354
310
210
200
224
380
560
520
500
540
460
540
520
540
15
15
21
18
27
22
18
19
33
4.4
3.1
2.5
0
0,7
0
1.1
5.3
4.9
19.4
18.1
23.5
18.0
27.7
22.0
19.1
24.3
37.9
1451
1270
1527
2209
1510
1540
1766
1714
1332
1436
1255
1506
2191
1483
1518
1748
1695
1299
1455
1273
1529
2209
1511
1540
1767
1719
1337
Total Phosphorus, P « Organic Phosphorus
P - P
* *
a) P. - Inorganic Phosphorus, P
b) NH--N - Ammonia Nitrogen, NO.-N - Nitrate Nitrogen, N
TKN - Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, NR = Organic Nitrogen =
c) Nitrite (NO ) ranged from 0.007 - 0.080 pptn and was neglected as insignificant.
Inorganic Nitrogen « (NH -N) + (NO.-N)
'"" "x " , = Total Nitrogen - NQ + N±
TKN - (NH3-N),
-------
<^
TABLE 33. PLANT INTERFACE ANALYSES RESULTS - FEBRUARY 1975
a. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
Sample
Site
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Phosphorus (ppm Dry Wt.-P)
Pi
300
320
260
220
240
240
220
240
100
110
190
190
P
o
400
240
812
600
440
340
520
580
350
370
930
822
PT
700
560
1072
820
680
580
740
820
450
480
1120
1012
N1T3-N
135
508
364
319
325
190
140
246
112
454
291
610
N03-N
4.2
20.5
7.4
5.6
9.4
18.0
4.4
5.6
5.3
10.7
6.5
7.1
Nitrogen
V
139.2
529
371.4
324.6
334.4
208
144.4
251.6
117.3
464.7
297.5
617.1
(ppm Dry Wt.-N)
TKN
9777
9198
11,699
11,867
6994
7208
5172
9663
4018
8183
11,074
10,925
N
o
9642
8690
11,335
11,548
6669
7018
5032
9417
3906
7729
10,783
10,315
NT
9781
9219
11,710
11,870
7003
7226
5176
9669
4023
8194
11,080
10,932
(continued)
-------
tf>
TABLE 33 (continued)
b. BRUSF COVER
Sample
Site
Number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Phosphorus Cppm Dry Wt.-P)
Pi
90
90
100
140
158
150
124
160
130
156
6H
110
P
o
542
630
720
860
622
530
836
920
510
804
320
390
PT
632
720
820
1000
780
680
960
1080
640
960
380
500
NH3-N
101
269
218
420
258
179
78
90
106
84
123
106
N03-N
3.4
3.2
9.0
12.8
2.5
2.0
3.8
2.5
3.7
5.5
9.0
11.0
Nitrogen fppm Dry Wt.-N}
Ni
104.4
272.2
227.0
432.8
260.5
181.0
81.8
92.5
109.7
89.5
132.0
117.0
TKN
5451
8009
7921
8616
8299
6781
5664
6351
4712
3095
7523
7950
o
5354
7740
7703
8196
8041
6602
5586
6261
4606
3011
7400
7844
NT
5458
8012
7930
8629
8301
6783
5668
6353
4716
3100
7532
7961
(continued)
-------
TABLF 33 (continued)
c. FOREST NATURAL STAND
Sample
Site
Number
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
fl
Phosphorus (ppm
Pi
50
50
120
130
180
100
120
136
78
80
58
20
P
0
530
510
600
570
380
360
500
564
562
340
282
440
Dry Wt,
PT
580
560
720
700
560
460
620
700
640
420
340
460
.-P)
Nitrogen (ppm Dry Wt.-N)
NH3-N NO.-N N "
274
302
101
90
151
190
202
258
84
179
123
577
7.8
10.0
6.5
9.4
7.8
5.8
6.8
5.5
5.3
4.4
5.3
0.3
281
312
107
99
158
105
208
263
89
183
128
577
.8
.0
.5
.4
.8
.8
.8
.5
.3
.4
.3
.3
TKN
7329
8734
5769
6784
5519
7868
5837
7262
6195
5539
7560
7336
N
o
7055
8432
5668
6694
5368
7678
5635
7004
6111
5360
7437
6759
NT
7337
8744
5775
6793
5527
7874
5844
7267
6200
5543
7565
7336
a)
b)
P. • Inorganic Phosphorus, P_ « Total Phosphorus, P »
NH,-N - Ammonia Nitrogen, NO.-N » Nitrate Nitrogen, N.
TKN - Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, NQ » Organic Nitrogen -
Organic Phosphorus » P - P.
- Inorganic Nitrogen - (NH -N) + (NO.-N)
TKN - (KFj-N) , NT - Total Nitrogen - NQ + N£
c) Nitrite (NO.) ranged from 0.007 - 0.080 ppm and was neglected as insignificant.
-------
TABLE 34. SAMPLE PHYSICAL DATA - JULY 1975
a.
Agricultural Soil Samples (July 17, 1975)
a.
Sample Site
Number
Moisture Field Density
Dry Density
a.
Remarks
38
17.7
2109
1424
39
19.0
2006
1244
Corn Field in 1974 growing season.
Fertilized May '74 with 336 kg/ha
15-8-12 & approx. 185 kg cow manure/ha/
month. Alfalfa planted 5/75. Fertil-
ized only with manure.
Alfalfa Field in 1974 growing season.
Fertilized with 185 kg cow manure/ha/
tronth. Corn planted 5/75. Fertilized
41 23.6 2096 1396
M Average dry density = 1355
oo b. Interface Samples
Sample Site
Number Land Use
13 Forest Brush Cover
14 » » "
1C II II It
16 " " "
25 Forest Natural Stand
26
27 " '' "
28 " " "
with 224 kg/ha 15-8-12 in 5/75
Hay Field fertilized only with
185 kg cow manure /ha /month.
•
approx.
Moisture Dry Density
(%)
44.4
25.8
31.4
31.1
Average dry density -
32.5
41.6
42.5
35.1
Average dry density -
(kg/m2)
2.55
1.03
0.68
0.60
1.22
0.72
1.12
1.39
0.80
1.01
,
a. Field density = Weight (soil & moisture & rocks) per unit field voluire.
b. Dry density = Weight dry soil without rocks per unit field volume.
c. All interface samples were taken from sites on Bernardston soil.
-------
TABLE 35. SAMPLE ANALYSES RESULTS - JULY 1975
o*
\0
All figures in pom by dry weight
Phosphorus * Nitrogen
"S^"* pi po "T "V" SV
TKN
No
NT
a. Agricultural
Soil Samples
38
39
41
54
78
140
554
474
308
608
552
448
15.1
21.3
16.8
3.2
11.5
1.5
18.3
32.8
18.3
1090
1234
1270
1076
1213
1254
1094
1246
1272
b. Interface Samples
13
14
15
16
25
26
27
28
a.) P± -
50
60
224
254
36
52
54
148
inorganic phosphorus,
610
372
604
726
464
288
446
332
P = total
660
432
828
980
500
340
500
480
246.4
78.4
162.4
145.6
100.8
100.8
128.8
117.6
phosphorus, P «
V*
9.6
4.3
5.3
11.1
6.3
2.3
1.3
1.8
organic
256.0
82.7
167.7
156.7
107.1
103.1
130.1
11Q.4
phosphorus
7381
4626
8525
7641
5844
5620
6944
6381
B P - P
T i
7135
4547
8363
7496
5743
5520
6816
6263
7391
4630
8530
7652
5850
5623
6946
6383
b.) NH.-N « ammonia nitrogen, NO--N = nitrate nitrogen, N, - inorganic nitrogen - NH,-N -f NO--N
••!•• J _ • _ . _ ^ * *_^<_»_* __»• __?? m» .. f_ c* J- Mrrrr«T ««* *» *» • * ^ §•_*'_ «4
TKN
total kjeldahl nitrogen, N « organic nitrogen • TKN-NH.-N, N » total nitrogen "««''• N.
c.) Nitrite (NO.) ranged from 0.004 - 0.033 ppm and was neglected as insignificant.
-------
TABLE 36. LABORATORY SOIL LEACITLNG STUDIES, SERIES ONE
All ppm and percentage figures are on a dry weight basis
Inactive
Agriculture
Item
A. Initial Conditions
Wet soil sample weight
(gm)
Moisture Content (%)
Dry soil sample weight
(gm)
Soil sample water
content (ml)
Water added initially
(ml)
Total water at time
zero (ml)
Leachate water with-
drawn and replaced
after: 14 days (ml)
28 days (ml)
42 days (ml)
56 days (ml)
Flow-through volume
liters
ml/gin, dry wt.
liter s/gm. Inorg. F
liters/gm. of Tot. N
B. Dissolved Oxygen
D.O. in initial added
water (ppm)
Ave. D.O. at time
zero (ppm)
Sample
#10
1202
28.5
859
343
900
1243
700
740
830
860
3.13
3.64
16.56
1.96
7.8
5.6
Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
1433
18.2
1172
261
900
1161
670
640
720
740
2.77
2.36
19.70
1.42
7.8
6.0
Forest
Natural
Stand
Sample
#33
1308
17.0
1086
222
900
1122
695
720
790
790
2.99
2.76
12.89
2.52
7.8
6.3
Agricultural
Sample
#37
1217
19.3
982
235
900
1135
800
830
820
845
3.29
3.36
23.96
2.31
7.8
6.2
Sample
#39
1308
21.1
1032
276
900
1176
780
790
800
810
3.18
3.08
13.64
2.02
7.8
6.0
Land
Sample
#41
1505
24.1
1142
363
900
1263
740
760
660
640
2.80
2.45
14.59
1.61
7.8
5.6
(continued)
1-70
-------
TABLE 36 (continued)
Item
D.O. after 14 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed
after 14 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
Undrained water (ml)
D.O. in replenish-
ing water (ppm)
Ave. D.O. beginning
day 14 (ppm)
D.O. after 28 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed
after 28 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
Undrained water (ml)
D.O. in replenish-
ing water (ppm)
Ave. D.O. beginning
day 28 (ppm)
D.O. after 42 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed
after 42 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
Undrained water (ml)
D.O. in replenish-
ing water (ppm)
Ave. D.O. beginning
day 42 (ppm)
Sample
no
3.7
2.36
2.75
543
6.3
5.16
1.9
7.02
8.19
503
6.5
4.64
3.6
8.31
9.68
413
6.4
5.5
Sample
#23
3.9
2.44
2.08
491
6.3
5.29
1.25
7.13
6.08
521
6.5
4.15
4.8
7.13
6.08
441
6.4
5.8
Sample
#33
3.6
3.03
2.79
427
6.3
5.27
1.75
6.98
6.43
402
6.5
4.8
3.7
8.21
7.56
332
6.4
5.6
Sample
#37
4.7
1.70
1.65
335
6.3
5.83
2.1
5.93
6.04
305
6.5
5.35
3.8
7.75
7.89
315
6.4
5.7
Sample
#39
4.0
2.35
2.28
396
6.3
5.53
1.75
6.80
6.58
386
6.5
4.94
3.8
8.14
7.89
376
6.4
5.6
Sample
#41
4.1
1.89
1.66
523
6.3
5.39
1.0
7.43
6.51
503
6.5
4.31
3.5
8.45
7.40
603
6.4
5.0
(continued)
1-71
-------
TABLE 36 (continued)
Item
D.O. after 56 days
Oxygen consumed
after 56 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
C. pH
14 days
28 days
42 days
56 days
D. Chlorides
Cone, after 14 days
(mg/1)
Chloride : removed
after 14 days (ing)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Cone, after 28 days
(mg/1)
Chlorides removed
after 28 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Cone, after 42 days
(mg/1)
Chlorides removed
after 42 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Sample
#10
2.0
12.7
14.7
5.7
5.9
6.3
6.2
2.3
1.61
1.87
0.8
2.20
2.56
3.0
4.69
5.46
Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample
f23 #33 #37 #39 #41
2.5
11.0
9.4
6.0
6.2
6.5
6.5
1.8
1.21
1.03
1.3
2.04
1.74
2.0
3.48
2.97
2.3
11.9
11.0
5.5
6.0
6.3
6.2
2.0
1.39
1.28
1.0
2.11
1.94
1.0
2.9
2.67
4.0
9.7
9.9
6.0
6.2
6.3
6.5
1.0
0.8
0.81
3.0
3.29
3.35
1.0
4.11
4.19
2.7
11.6
11.2
6.5
6.5
6.6
6.6
4.8
3.7
3.63
2.0
5.28
5.12
1.0
6.08
5.89
3.0
11.0
9.6
6.2
6.4
6.6
6.5
2.3
1.70
1.49
2.5
3.6
3.15
0.00
3.6
3.15
(continued)
1-72
-------
TABLE 36 (continued)
Item
Cone, after 56 days
(ng/D
Chlorides removed
after 56 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
E. Carbon
Initial soil condition
Initial soil total C
(%)
(gm)
After 14 days
Tot. C cone. (ppm)
Org. C cone. (ppm)
Tot. C removed (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed -C (mg)
ppn of initial soil C
After 28 days
Tot. C cone. (ppm)
Org. C cone. (ppm)
Tot. C removed -C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed -C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
After 42 days
Tot. C cone. (ppm)
Org. C cone. (ppm)
Tot.. C removed -C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed -C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Sample
no
1.5
5.98
6.96
5.2
44.6
8.0
6.0
5.6
126
4.2
94
42.5
30.0
37.0
831
26.4
592
33.0
17.0
64.4
1445
40.5
909
Sample
#23
0.5
3.85
3.28
4.9
58.0
12.0
7.0
8.04
139
4.69
81
21.5
12.5
21.8
376
12.7
219
43.0
20.0
52.8
910
27.1
467
Sample
#33
1.5
4.09
3.76
3.7
40.6
10.0
5.0
6.95
171
3.48
86
25.5
20.0
25.3
623
17.9
440
39.0
21.0
56.1
1382
34.5
849
Sample
#37
0.00
4.11
4.19
6.1
59.9
23.0
18.0
18.4
307
14.4
240
16.0
8.0
31.7
529
21.0
351
16.0
5.0
44.8
748
25.1
420
Sample
#39
0.00
6.08
5.89
3.9
39.9
38.0
13.0
29.6
742
10.1
254
40.0
15.0
61.2
1533
22
551
37.0
11.0
90.8
2274
30.8
771
Sample
Ml
1.5
4.56
3.99
5.3
61.0
29.0
12.0
21.5
352
8.88
146
35.0
13.0
48.1
788
18.8
308
33.0
12.0
69.8
1145
26.7
437
(continued)
1-73
-------
TABLE 36 (continued)
Item
After 56 days
Tot. C cone, (ppm)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed-C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
Org. C removed-C- (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
F. Ammonia Nitrogen
Initial Soil Conditions
Initial soil N (Inorg.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil NH.-N
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil NO (Org.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil NO.-N
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil N (tot.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Carbon/nitrogen ratio
Cone, after 14 days (ppm)
Tot. NE, removed (yg)
Tot. NH. removed
% initial soil NH,
•*
% initial soil N
ppm of initial soil N
Sample
#10
12
6
74
1677
45
1024
16
14
13
11
1839
1580
3
3
1855
1594
28
0
77
0
0
48
.0
.0
.8
.7
.5
.2
.2
.5
.01
.0
.11
.7
.5
.3
Sample
#23
9
7
59
1024
32
556
41
48
39
45
1628
1908
2
2
1669
1956
29
0
563
1
1
288
.0
.0
.4
.3
.0
.1
.7
.0
.34
.7
.84
.2
.2
Sample
#33
9
6
63
1557
39
966
38
41
38
41
1057
1148
0
0
1095
1190
34
0
4€
C
0
40
.0
.0
.2
.2
.3
.6
.3
.3
.33
.1
.07
.6
.1
.1
.9
Sample
#37
6
5
49
833
29
490
19
19
15
14
1436
1410
4
4
1455
1429
41
0
632
4
3
442
.0
.0
.9
.4
.4
.1
.7
.4
.32
.9
.79
.3
.3
Sample
#39
9
6
98
2459
35
894
23
24
21
21
1506
1554
2
2
1529
1578
25
1
874
4
3
553
.0
.0
.1
.7
.5
.3
.7
.5
.58
.3
.12
.0
.6
Sample
#41
17.0
12.0
80.7
1323
34.4
563
24.9
28.4
24.5
28.0
1500
1714
0.35
0.40
1525
1742
35.0
1.23
910
3.2
3.2
522
(continued)
1-74
-------
TAELE 36 (continued)
Item
Cone, after 28 days
(ppm)
Tot. NH3 removed (yg)
Tot. NH. removed
% initial soil NH,
% initial soil N J
ppm initial soil i?_
Cone, after 42 days
(ppm)
Tot. NH- removed (yg)
Tot. NH, removed
% initial soil NP.
% initial soil N
ppm of initial soil NT
Cone, after 56 days
(ppm)
Tot. NH, removed (yg)
Tot. NK. removed
% initial soil NH.
% initial soil N£J
ppm of initial soil N_
G. Nitrate Nitrogen
Initial soil conditions
(see ammonia nitrogen)
Cone, after 14 days
(ppm)
Tot. NO, removed (yg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO.
ppm initial soil N.
ppm initial soil N*
Sample
#10
0.19
218
1.9
1.5
136
1.12
1147
10.3
8.1
720
OQ-J
. r j
1947
17.4
13.7
1220
0.02
14
0.5
988
8.78
Sample
#23
0.84
1100
2.4
2.3
563
1.43
2130
4.7
4.4
1089
IflA
• u*?
2900
6.3
6.0
1480
0.05
33.5
1.4
697
17.1
Sample
#33
1.77
176
0.4
0.4
148
5.41
4450
10.8
10.7
3741
OQA
• Q*t
5114
12.4
12.3
4300
0.00
0.00
o.on
0.00
0.00
Sample
#37
0.37
939
6.4
4.9
657
0.37
1242
8.4
' 6.5
869
01Q
. iy
1403
9.5
7.4
980
0.15
120
2.8
6299
84.0
Sample
#39
1.4
1980
9.1
8.2
1254
1.59
3252
15.0
13.4
2060
1 21
X . £1
4232
19.5
17.4
2680
0.03
23.4
0.9
965
14.8
Sample
#41
0.75
1480
5.3
5.2
850
1.31
2345
8.4
8.3
1346
0 78
\J * 1 V
2844
10.2
10.0
1630
0.02
14.8
3.7
522
8.5
(continued)
1-75
-------
TABLE 36 (continued)
Item
Cone, after 28 days
(ppm)
Tot. Vg N03 removed (vg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO-
ppm initial soil R.
ppm initial soil N*
Cone, after 42 days
(ppm)
Tot. NO. removed (vg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO,
ppm initial soil N.
ppm initial soil N*
Cone, after 56 days
(ppm)
Tot. NO- removed (vg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO-
ppm initial soil N.
ppm initial soil N_
H. Phosphorus
Initial soil P. (inorg.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil P (org.)
(ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil P (tot.)
(ppm)
(og)
Sample
#10
0.02
28.8
1.0
2032
18.1
000
• v/U
28.8
1.0
2032
18.1
0.00
28.8
1.0
2032
18
220
189
260
223
480
412
Sample
#23
0.09
91.1
3.9
1896
46.6
Don
«uu
91.1
3.9
1896
46.6
0.15
202
8.6
4206
103
120
141
160
187
280
328
Sample
#33
0.07
50.4
15.5
1212
42.4
01
. X
129
39.7
3111
108
0.21
295
90.6
7100
248
126
137
124
135
250
272
Sample
#37
0.05
161
3.7
8477
113
o m
\J • VJ J
186
4.3
9769
130
0.28
423
9.8
22188
296
140
137
240
236
380
373
Sample
#39
0.03
47.1
1.8
1942
29.8
0 0*5
\J *V«/
87.1
3.4
3591
55.2
0.36
379
14.7
15615
240
226
233
294
303
520
536
Sample
/'41
0.03
37.6
9.4
1325
21.6
0 00
\J • \J\J
37.6
9.4
1325
21.6
0.18
1528
38.2
5384
87.7
168
192
332
379
500
571
(continued)
1-76
-------
TABLE 36 (continued)
Item
After 14 days
Tot. P cone, (ppm)
Inorg. P cone, (ppm)
Tot. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P
Inorg. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P.
After 28 days
Tot. P cone, (ppm)
Inorg. P cone, (ppm)
Total P removed (yg)
ppm of initial soil P
Inorg. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P.
After 42 days
Tot. P cone, (ppm)
Inorg. P cone, (ppm)
Total P removed (pg)
ppm of initial soil P
Inorg. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P.
After 56 days
Total P cone, (ppm)
Inorg. P cone, (ppm)
Total P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P
Inorg. P removed (vg)
ppm of initial soil P.
Sample
#10
0.17
0.019
119
289
13.3
70
0.06
0.025
163
397
32
168
0.36
0.12
462
1120
131
695
0.12
0.03
565
1371
157
830
Sample
#23
0.18
0.10
121
367
67
477
0.00
0.04
121
367
93
659
0.56
0.10
524
1597
139
989
0.20
0.05
672
2048
176
1252
Sample
#33
0.16
0.08
111
410
55.6
406
0.07
0.025
161
594
74
538
0.32
0.20
414
1524
232
1696
0.04
0.01
446
1641
240
1754
Sample
#37
0.63
0.15
504
1350
120
873
0.09
0.006
579
1551
125
909
0.28
0.08
809
2167
191
1386
0.12
0.03
910
2439
216
1573
Sample
#39
0.17
0.019
133
247
14.8
64
0.05
0.025
173
321
35
148
0.48
0.04
557
1038
67
287
0.08
0.03
622
1159
91
392
Sample
#41
0.41
0.006
303
531
4.4
23
0.05
0.00
341
597
4.4
23
0.00
0.00
341
597
4.4
23
0.04
0.04
367
642
30
156
1-77
-------
TABLE 37. LABORATORY SOIL LEACHING STUDIES. SERIES TWO
Item
Inactive
Agriculture
Sample
#10
Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
Forest
Natural
Stand
Sample
#33
Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
Sample Sample
#39 Ml
A. Initial Conditions
Wet soil sample wt.
Moisture content
Dry soil sample wt.
Soil sample water
content
(gm)
(Z)
(gm)
(ml)
Water added initially (ml)
Tot. water at time
zero
Leachate water with-
drawn and replaced
after 14 days
after 28 days
after 42 days
after 56 days
Flow-through volume
mls/gm dry wt.
liters/gm Inorg. P
liters /gm Total N
B. Dissolved Oxygen
(ml)
(ml)
(ml)
(ml)
(ml)
(1)
D.O. in initial added
water
(ppm)
Av. D.O. at time zero (ppm)
D.O. after 14 days
Oxygen consumed
after 14 days
As ppm of sample dry
dry. wt.
Water withdrawn and
replaced after
14 days
Water remaining
D.O. in replenishing
water
(ppm)
(ppm)
(ml)
(ml)
(ppm)
1095
29.7
770
325 '
900
1225
450
450
450
450
1.80
2.34
10.6
1.26
7.8
5.7
4.8
1.10
1.43
450
-
775
6.3
1297
18.8
1053
244
900
1144
450
450
450
450
1.80
1.71
14.2
1.02
7.8
6.1
3.7
2.75
2.61
450
694
6.3
1322
17.4
1092
230
900
1130
450
450
450
450
1.80
1.65
13.1
1.51
7.8
6.2
4.0
2.49
2.28
450
680
6.3
1214
20.3
968
246
900
1146
450
450
450
450
1.80
1.86
13.3
1.28
7.8
6.1
4.5
1.83
1.89
450
696
6.3
1493
20.3
1190
303
900
1203
450
450
450
450
1.80
1.51
6.69
0.96
7.8
5.8
3.9
2.29
1.92
450
753
6.3
1365
19
1093
272
900
1172
450
450
450
450
1
1
9
1
7
6
4
1
1
450
722
6
.9
.80
.65
.80
.08
.8
.0
.3
.99
.82
.3
(continued)
1-78
-------
TABLE 37 (continued)
Item
Forest Forest
Inactive Brush Natural
Agriculture Cover Stand
Agricultural Land
Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample
MO *»23 *33 137 039 #41
Av. D.O. beginning
day 14 (ppm)
D.O. after 28 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed after
28 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
Water.withdrawn at
28 days (ml)
" Water remaining
D.O. in replenishing
water
Av. D.O. beginning
day 28 (ppm)
D.O. after 42 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed
after 42 days (mg)
As ppm of sample
dry wt. (ppm)
Water withdrawn at
42 days (ml)
Water remaining (ml)
D.O. replenishing
water (ppm)
Av. D.O. beginning
day 42 (ppm)
D.O. after 56 days
(ppm)
Oxygen consumed after
56 days (mg)
As ppm of sample dry
wt. (ppm)
5.35
2.0
6.75
450
3.65
4.5
450
2.0
5.06
6.57
4.72
4.92
5.21 4.80 5.25
2.25 1.8
3.0
1.5 1.75
5.20 5.58 6.02 4.36 6.26 6.09
5.30
5.51
4.50 5.26 5.57
450
450
450
450
450
775 694 680 696 753 722
6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
3.92
3.2
3.67 4.37 3.37 3.57
4.16 6.40
3.8
5.87
2.5
3.5
4.0
6.50 6.10 5.59
5.40 6.08 5.38 6.71 5.13 5.11
450
450
450 450
450
775 694 680 696 753 722
6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
5.20 4.46 4.84 4.03 4.58 4.92
3.0
7.75
2.2
6.86
3.5
2.9
2.5
8.08 7.41 6.72
7.36 6.28 8.34 6.22 6.14
(continued)
1-79
-------
TA*LF. 37 (continued)
Inactive
Agriculture
C. pH
14 days
28 days
42 days
56 days
D. Chlorides
Cone, after 14 days
(mg/1)
Chloride removed
after 14 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (pptr)
Cone, after 28 days
(mg/1)
Chloride removed
after 28 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Cone, after 42 days
(mg/1)
Chlorides removed
after 42 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
Cone, after 56 days
(mg/1)
Chlorides removed
after 56 days (mg)
As ppm of dry
sample wt. (ppm)
£. Carbon
Initial Soil Condition
Initial soil total
carbon (%)
(gm)
Sample
#10
5.8
6.0
6.2
6.3
1.0
0.45
0.58
1.25
1.01
1.31
1.0
1.46
1.90
1.5
2.13
2.77
5.2
40.0
Forest Forest
Brush Natural
Cover Stand
Sample Sample
#23
6.0
6.2
6.6
6.5
0.5
0.23
0.22
0.75
0.57
0.54
2.0
1.47
1.40
0.0
1.47
1.40
4.9
52.1
#33
5.7
6.1
6.1
6.3
0.75
0.34
0.31
1.75
1.13
1.03
5.0
3.38
3.10
0.0
3.38
3.10
3.7
40.8
Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
6.1
6.4
6.7
6.6
2.25
1.01
1.04
2.5
2.14
2.21
5.0
4.39
4.54
14.5
10.91
11.28
6.1
59.0
Sample
#39
6.4
6.6
7.0
6.5
3.75
1.69
1.42
2.0
2.59
2.18
5.0
4.84
4.07
2.0
5.74
4.82
3.9
46.0
Sample
#41
6.3
6.5
6.8
6.7
1.5
0.68
0.62
1.5
1.36
1.24
0.00
1.36
1.24
2.0
2.26
2.07
5.3
58.4
(continued)
I--80
-------
TABLE 37 (contlimed)
Inactive
Agriculture
After 14 days
Tot. C cone, (ppm)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
Org. C removed (mg)
ppm of initial soil C»
After 28 days
Tot. C cone, (ppm)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed C (mg)
ppm of initial soil C
After 42 days
Tot. C cone, (ppm)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed CT (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Org. C removed C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
After 56 days
Tot. C cone, (ppro)
Org. C cone, (ppm)
Tot. C removed C_ (mg)
ppm of initial soil CT
Org. C removed Cfi (mg)
ppm of initial soil C_
Sample
#10
9.0
7.0
4.05
101
3.15
79
12.0
9.0
9.45
236
7.2
180
10.0
3.0
13.9
349
8.5
214
5.5
3.0
16.4
410
9.90
250
Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
21.0
10.0
9.45
181
4.5
86
31.0
18.0
23.4
449
12.6
242
45.0
16.0
43.6
838
19.8
380
10.0
5.5
48.1
920
22.3
430
Forest
Natural
Stand
Sample
#33
13.0
7.5
5.85
143
3.38
83
20.0
12.0 .
14.8
364
8.8
215
23.0
10.0
25.2
617
13.3
325
20.0
17.5
34.2
840
21.1
520
Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
13.0
10.0
5.85
99
4.5
76
23.0
15.0
16.2
274
11.2
191
23.0
9.0
26.5
450
15.3
259
7.0
5.0
29.7
500
17.5
300
Sample
#39
38.0
13.0
17.1
371
5.85
127
39.0
22.0
34.6
752
15.2
342
37.0
17.0
51.3
1114
23.4
508
17.0
11.5
58.9
1280
28.6
620
Sample
#41
28.0
16.0
12.6
216
7.2
123
41.0
19.0
31.0
532
15.7
270
33.0
17.0
45.9
786
23.4
401
11.5
7
51.1
880
26.5
450
(continued)
1-81
-------
TABLE 37 (continued)
Inactive
Tiam Agriculture
F. Ammonia Nitrogen
Initial Soil Conditions
Initial soil N (ppm)
(inorg.) (mg)
Initial soil NH--N (ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil N (ppm)
(org.) (mg)
Initial soil NO -N (ppm)
(mg)
Initial soil N (ppm)
(tot.) (mg)
Carbon/nitrogen ratio
Cone, after 14 days (ppm)
Total NH_ removed (yg)
Total removed
% initial soil NH
% initial soil N J
ppm initial soil N
Cone, after 28 days (ppm)
Total NH. removed (yg)
Total removed
% initial soil NH
% initial soil N
ppm initial soil N
Cone . after 42 days (ppm)
Tot. NH removed (yg)
Total removed
% initial soil NH
% initial soil N.J
ppm initial soilXN
Cone, after 56 days (ppm)
Samole
#10
16.
12.
13
10.
1839
1416
3.
2.
1855
1429
28.
0.
202
2.
1.
142
0.
486
4.
3.
340
0.
612
6.
4.
428
0.
5
7
0
5
70
0
45
0
6
63
8
8
28
1
8
53
Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
41
43
39
41
1628
1714
2
2
1669
1757
29
0
445
1
1
253
1
927
2
2
527
1
1665
4
3
947
0
.0
.2
.1
.0
.11
.7
.99
.1
.0
.07
.3
.1
.64
.0
.9
.64
Forest
Natural
?tand
Sample
#33
38
41
38
41
1057
1154
0
0
1095
1196
34
2
913
2
2
764
1
1701
4
4
1422
2
2902
7
6
2427
1
.3
.8
.5
.3
.33
.1
.07
.2
.2
.71
.1
.1
.67
.0
.9
.26
Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
19
18
15
14
1436
1390
4
4
1455
1409
41
0
211
1
1
150
0
400
2
2
284
0
661
4
3
469
1
.4
.8
.5
.4
.26
.9
.47
.5
.1
.42
.8
.1
.58
.6
.5
.39
Sample
#39
23
28
21
25
1506
1792
2
2
1529
1820
25
0
189
0
0
104
1
972
3
3
534
1
1642
6
5
902
2
.5
.0
.0
.5
.98
.3
.42
.8
.7
.74
.4
.5
.49
.6
.9
.15
Sample
24.9
27.2
24.5
26.8
1500
1640
0.35
0.38
1525
1667
35.0
0.76
342
1.3
1.3
205
2.33
1390
5.2
5.1
834
1.96
2272
8.5
8.4
1363
1.90
(continued)
1-82
-------
TABLE 37 (continued)
Inactive
Agriculture
Tot. NH removed (yg)
Total removed
% initial soil NH
% initial soil N J
ppm initial soilTN
G. Nitrate Nitrogen
Initial soil conditions
(See ammonium nitrogen)
Cone, after 14 days (ppm)
Tot. NO, removed (yg)
Tot . removed
% initial soil NO
ppm initial soil N.
ppm of initial soil N
Cone, after 28 days (ppm)
Tot. NO removed (yg)
Tot. removed
% initial soil NO,
ppm initial soil N
ppm of initial soil N
Cone, after 42 days (ppm)
Tot. NO, removed (yg)
Tot . removed
% initial soil NO
ppm initial soil N
ppm of initial soil N
Cone, after 56 days (ppm)
Tot. NO- removed (yg)
Tot . removed
% initial soil NO,
ppm initial soil N.
ppm of initial soil Nm
Sample
#10
850
8.
6.
595
0.
9
0.
709
6.
0.
54
1.
4250
37.
0.
113
3.
8894
79.
0.
347
12.
27300
243
5
7
02
3
3
10
8
8
13
7
1
52
8
Forest
Brush
Cover
Sample
#23
1953
4
4
1111
0
9
0
208
5
0
18
0
417
10
0
41
1
949
23
0
198
9
4600
113
.8
.5
.02
.4
.1
.02
.8
.2
.05
.7
.3
.35
.4
Forest
Natural
Stand
Sample
#33
3469
8
8
2923
0
4
1
108
3
0
27
8
646
22
0
68
20
1627
56
0
126
38
3000
106
.4
.3
.01
.5
.4
.8
.05
.2
.6
.09
.6
.9
.13
.3
Agricultural Land
Sample
#37
1287
8
6
913
0
90
2
4787
63
0
176
4
9362
124
0
307
7
16330
217
0
392
9
20850
278
.9
.8
.20
.1
.9
.19
.1
.9
.29
.1
.9
.19
.2
Sample
#39
2610
10
9
1434
0
18
0
643
9
0
36
1
1286
19
0
81
3
2893
44
0
414
13
14800
227
.4
.3
.04
.7
.9
.04
.4
.8
.10
.1
.5
.74
.9
Sample
#41
3127
11.7
11.5
1876
0.03
13.5
3.4
496
8.1
0.07
45
11.2
1654
38.6
0.14
108
27.0
3971
64.8
0.03
121
32.0
4500
72.9
(continued)
1-83
-------
TABLE 37 (continued)
Item
H. Phosphorus
Forest Forest
Inactive Brush Natural
Agriculture Cover Stand
Sample
#10
Sample
#23
Sample
#33
Agricultural Land
Sample Sample Sample
#37 #39 #41
Initial soil conditions
Initial soil T±
(inorg.)
Initial soil PQ
(org.)
Initial soil P_
(tot.)
After 14 days
Total P cone.
Inorg. P cone.
Total P removed
ppm initial soil
Inorg. P removed
ppm initial soil
After 28 days
P cone.
P cone .
Tot. P removed
ppm initial soil
Inorg. P removed
(ppm)
(rag)
(ppm)
(in?)
(ppm)
(mg)
(ppm)
(ppm)
(yg)
?T
(yg)
Pi
(ppm)
(ppm)
(yg)
PT
(yg)
ppm of initial soil P.
After 42 days
P cone.
P. cone.
Tot. P removed
ppm initial soil
Inorg. P removed
ppm initial soil
After 56 days
P_ cone.
P . cone .
(ppm)
(ppm)
(yg)
PT
(yg)
pi
(ppm)
(ppm)
220
169
260
200
480
370
0.101
0.006
45
121
2.7
16
0.045
0.025
65
176
14
83
0.08
0.02
101
273
23
136
0.12
0.02
120
126
160
168
280
295
0.27
0.044
122
414
20
158
0.045
0.025
142
482
31
245
0.20
0.05
232
787
54
427
0.08
0.04
126
138
124
135
250
273
0.068
0.031
31
114
14
102
0.034
0.025
51
187
25
182
0.20
0.06
141
516
52
378
0.08
0.06
140
135
240
232
380
368
0.203
0.160
91
247
72
531
0.045
0.019
106
288
81
598
0.28
0.14
232
631
144
1063
0.12
0.05
226
269
294
350
520
619
0.203
0.031
91
147
14
521
0.045
0.013
111
179
20
74
0.12
0.01
165
267
25
93
0.04
0.02
168
184
332
363
500
546
0
0
315
576
45
245
0
0
366
670
51
278
0
0
465
851
74
403
0
0
.70
.10
.113
.013
.22
.05
.08
.02
(continued)
1-84
-------
TABLE 37 (continued)
Forest Forest
Brush Natural
Agriculture Cover Stand Agricultural Land
em Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample
#10 »23 #33 137 #39 HI
Tot. P removed (yg) 155 268 177 286 183 501
ppm initial soil PT 420 910 710 780 300 920
Inorg. P removed (ug) 3? 72 79 166.5 34 83
ppm initial soil P± 190 570 570 1230 130 450
1-85
-------
SAMPLE #10
SERIES 1
\
WATER REMOVED AND
REPLENISHED
1.0
0.75
0.5
0.251—t
It J
[
\
INITIAL WATER
ADDITION
jr
L SAMPLE MOISTURE
. ^ CONTENT
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1
1
10 15
20 25 30
DAYS
35 40 45 50 55
FIGURE 6. Leaching patterns of Series 1 and 2.
1-86
-------
leaching studies are the cumulative amounts of leached materials over the
experimental period. These amounts are shown in Tables 36 and 37 and are
represented graphically in Figures 7 through 22. As expected, the amounts
of materials leached or oxygen consumed increased with time. More
materials were encountered in Series 1 than in Series 2 because of higher
application rates of water and increased drainage. Overall, the graphical
representations are self-explanatory and can be interpreted and correlated
in a multitude of ways. For the purpose of the present study, the leaching
properties of phosphorus and nitrogen are of special interest. Compared to
other land uses, it is noted that the samples from agricultural land did
not exhibit high nutrient content or high rate of leaching. For almost all
samples, a distinct increase in nitrate nitrogen leaching rate occurred
during the latter experimental period due to nitrification. However, the
rates of ammonia-nitrogen leaching were essentially linear throughout the
monitoring period. Only in the case of phosphorus leaching was a levelling
off trend observed at the end of the experiment. This phenomenon was also
encountered in the leaching patterns of carbon and chlorides.
From the leaching results, it is concluded that there is a character-
istic removal rate of each nutrient that is also dependent on water appli-
cation. An attempt to quantify these rates and dependence was made by
approximating the leaching curves by the best straight line fit (zero order
kinetics) which seems to apply to most of the cases. Tables 38 and 39
show the straight line intercept and slopes obtained by a computerized
least square analysis (Appendix C). The slopes represent the characteris-
tic leaching rate of each component. These rates are plotted against the
corresponding flow-through water volume applied to each sample in Figures
23 and 24 for phosphorus and nitrogen. These figures illustrate the
leaching characteristics of each soil for varied water application rates
and provide a basis for projecting amounts of leached nitrogen and phos-
phorus given certain water conditions. It should be noted, however, that
laboratory conditions from which this data was obtained are idealized
completely mixed conditions. Plotting the phosphorus and the associated
nitrogen leaching values reveals a direct proportionality between the
release of the two components for each soil. This is shown in Figure 25.
1-87
-------
14
12
10
6
IS
o
W
O
E
(X
n
Q
to
o
o
u
o
>H
X
o 12
Q
M
o in
co «v
to
A. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
SAMPLE #33
(FOREST NAT'L
STAND)
8
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 7. Oxygen consumption in leaching studies - Series 1.
55
1-88
-------
I
u,
o
O
u
§
W
O
fc
O
W
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
14
12
10
8
A. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
(HAY)
10 15
20 25 30 35 40
LEACHING DAYS
45 50 55
FIGURE 8. Oxygen consumption in leaching studies - Series 2.
1-89
-------
7
6
5
CO
M
u
E.
ex
.0
A. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
O SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
o
W
O
i
tn
u
o
4
3
2
I
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41
(HAY)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 9. Chloride removal in leaching studies - Series 1.
50 55
1-90
-------
7
6
£3
o
a
a 0
W
O
£
ri •*
K •
to
3
o
6
I
A. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
x SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
O SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 . 55
B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
0 5 10 15 20
FIGURE 10. Chloride removal in leaching studies
25 30 35
LEACHING DAYS
40 45
Series 2.
50 55
1-91
-------
1600
1400
1200
^1000
M
O
j 800
M
5600
1400
200
0
§
CQ
IOOOH
O
Q
U
8 800
CO
600
400
200
TOTAL .DISSOLVED CARBON REMOVED
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
O SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L
STAND)
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
DISSOLVED ORGANIC CARBON REMOVED
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE'
40 45 50 55
X
O
SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH
COVER)
SAMPLE #33
(FOREST NAT'L
STAND)
15 20
25 30 35 40
LEACHING DAYS
45 50 55
FIGURE 11. Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 1,
inactive agriculture and forest soils.
1-92
-------
1600
1400
1200
o
to
M
H
800
S 600
o
400
a
a.
200
m
u
1000-
§ 800
600
400
200
0
TOTAL DISSOLVED CARBON REMOVED
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
x SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
^SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
10
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
DISSOLVED ORGANIC CARBON REMOVED
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
OSAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
0 5 10 15 20
25 30 35
LEACHING DAYS
40 45 50 55
FIGURE 12. Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 2,
inactive agriculture and forest soils.
1-93
-------
3200-
2800
'2400
o 2000
1600
a
a
Q
U
O
1200
800
400
§
«
a:
o
C/D
in
a
0
1000
800
600
400
200
TOTAL DISSOLVED CARBON REMOVED
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
x SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
50 55
DISSOLVED ORGANIC CARBON REMOVED
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
O SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
10 15
20 25 30 35
LEACHING DAYS
40 45 50 55
FIGURE 13. Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 1,
agricultural soils.
1-94
-------
3200-
2800-
2400-
§
03
PS
« 1000
w
g
I 800
i—i
a
600
400
200
0
TOTAL DISSOLVED CARBON REMOVED
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
5 10 15 20 25 30
DISSOLVED ORGANIC CARBON REMOVED
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
O SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
35 40 45 50 55
10 15 20
25 30 35 40
LEACHING DAYS
45 50 55
FIGURE 14. Dissolved carbon removal in leaching studies - Series 2,
agricultural soils.
1-95
-------
4000
3500
3000
2500
|-H
!*ooo
1500
o 1000
&
o
u
500
A. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
K SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
0 SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
O SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
8
K
E-
M
< 3000
o
1 2500
2000
1500
1000
500
10 B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 15. Ammonia nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 1.
1-96
-------
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
S 500
fe
E,
M
O
I 3500
2
W
1 3000-
M
5S
| 2500
O
< 2000
1500
1000
500
A. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND]
B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
O SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
V0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 16. Ammonia nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 2.
1-97
-------
280
240
200
160
J20
t™*
is
I 80
£ 40
320
W
s
280
8240
OS
H
M
w200
<
K
A. INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
^ SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
10
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
B. AGRICULTURAL SOIL
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
I60
120
80
40
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 17. Nitrate nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 1.
1-98
-------
S5
-3
M
O
LO
280
240
200
160
120
80
40
U.
*0
g280
o
s 24°
8
&200
A.
O
X
INACTIVE AGRICULTURE AND FOREST SOILS
SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
B. AGRICULTURAL SOILS
O
X
O
SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
40 45 50 55
K) 15 20 25 30 35
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 18. Nitrate nitrogen removal in leaching studies - Series 2.
1-99
-------
o
u
2000
1750
1500
Ou
,J
S 1250
o
w w
§ J
g £1000
S5 S
g g
• J O
I g.
750
500
250
1750
1500
* £1250
to o
I SIOOO
W EI
I S
o I! 750
t-H O
I a 500
250
TOTAL PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
O SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
* SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
OSAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND
I
I
I
I
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 19. Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 1, inactive
agricultural and forest soils.
1-100
-------
2000
1750
1500
H
4
' 1250
o
to to
I < 1000
IX E-
0
u
g
750
U,
O
£ 500
250
a
u
1750
1500
S '250
g u
O J
I giooo
S S
OH HH
U Cu
M O
I I
§ 500
750
TOTAL PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
O SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
250
°0
FIGURE 20.
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
O SAMPLE #10 (INACTIVE AGRICULTURE)
X SAMPLE #23 (FOREST BRUSH COVER)
O SAMPLE #33 (FOREST NAT'L STAND)
10 15 20
25 30 35
LEACHING DAYS
40 45 50 55
Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 2, inactive
agricultural and forest soils.
1-101
-------
2250
2000
1750
O
W H
1 ri'500
OS O
to
I <'250
I f-
O, M
to 2
§ "1050
'&, U
O
I I 750
500
250
0
1500
O -H
z: —
1250
cc,
I I "ooo
CJ CM
£ o
< €
TOTAL PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #H1 (HAY)
I
I
I
I
5 10 15 20 25 30
INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
JC SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
O SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
35 40 45 50 55
750
500
250
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 21. Phosphorus removal in leaching studies - Series 1, agricultural
soils.
1-102
-------
2250
2000
'- 1750
E -1500
« O
W
to
=> J
I S|250
a. M
10 2
I u
g a750
500
250
0
8 1500
O "i-i
SE CM
M
TOTAL PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
O SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
5 10 15 20 25 30
INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS REMOVED
O SAMPLE #37 (CORN)
X SAMPLE #39 (ALFALFA)
SAMPLE #41 (HAY)
35 40 45 50 55
ou, 750
1 g.
Ia500
250
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
LEACHING DAYS
FIGURE 22. Phosphorus removal ±n leaching studies - Series 2,
agricultural soils.
55
1-103
-------
TABLE 38. LEACHING RATES OF SERIES 1 SAMPLES USING BEST STRAIGHT LINE FIT
Curve
y * mx + b
Dissolved Oxygen
m » mg/kg - day
b «= mg/kg
Chlorides
m * mg/kg - day
b - mg/kg
Tot. Carbon
m = ppm C_/day
b = ppm CT
Org. Carbon
m = ppm C /day
b * ppm CT
Inorg. Nitrogen
m * ppm N /day
b - ppm NT
Ammonia Nitrogen
m » ppm N /day
b * ppm NT
Nitrate Nitrogen
m - ppm NT/day
b - ppm NT
Tot. Phosphorus
m « ppm PT/day
b - ppm PT
Inorg. Phosphorus
m » ppm P. /day
b = ppin P.
Inactive
Agriculture
10
0.27
-0.515
0.13
-0.33
37.6
-297
22.2
-122
29.5
-485
29.3
-494
0.20
8.8
28.3
-198
20.0
-261
Forest
Brush
Cover
23
0.16
0.42
0.06
0.26
22.8
-185
11.9
-87
31.2
-183
29.4
-172
1.8
-11
44.8
-473
19.0
180
Forest
Natural
Stand
33
0.18
0.51
0.06
0.37
35.1
-296
21.8
-177
122.7
-2137
116.9
-2034
5.8
-103
33.0
-113
37.2
-202
Agricultural Land
37 39 41
0.19
-0.28
0.08
0.39
12.8
155
5.8
170
26.3
-128
13.1
280
4.7
-7
27.7
906
18.4
541
0.20
-0.03
0.05
3.2
42.1
279
15.3
82
56.4
-250
51.3
-160
5.0
-90
24.7
-172
8.0
-58
0.18
0.12
0.05
1.1
23.4
84
9.9
18
29.0
106
27.3
131
1.7
-24
2.4
508
2.8
-43
I-J04
-------
TABLE 39. LEACHING RATES OF SERIES 2 SAMPLES USING BEST STRAIGHT LINE FIT
Curve
y « mx + b
Sample Number
Dissolved Oxygen
m = mg/kg - day
b = mg/kg
Chlorides
m = mg/kg - day
b « mg/kg
Tot. Carbon
m « ppm C /day
b = ppm CT
Org. Carbon
m » ppm C /day
b = ppm CT
Inorg. Nitrogen
m » ppm N /day
b = ppm NT
Ammonia Nitrogen
m « ppm N /day
b = ppm NT
Nitrate Nitrogen
m = ppm NT/day
b = ppm NT
Tot. Phosphorus
m - ppm PT/day
b - ppm PT
Inorg. Phosphorus
m » ppm P. /day
b » ppm P
Forest
Inactive Brush
Agriculture Cover
10
0.10
1.52
0.05
-0.15
7.4
13
3.9
45
15.7
-82
10.3
14
5.4
-96
7.1
0.25
4.0
-35
23
0.11
1.58
0.04
-0.46
18.7
-56
8.3
-6
23.7
-84
21.4
-38
2.4
-46
12.7
201
10.1
-4
Forest
Natural
Stand
33
0.08
1.89
0.10
-1.31
16.7
-93
10.1
-68
55.9
-24
53.4
13
2.4
-38
13.8
-117
11.5
-94
Agricultural Land
37
0.15
-0.03
0.24
-3.50
9.9
-15
5.2
23
22.9
-177
17.7
-164
5.3
-13
13.8
2.5
18.3
216
39
0.09
1.44
0.09
0.1
22.1
107
11.8
-12
35.9
-439
31.1
-346
4.8
-94
3.8
89
1.7
26
41
0.09
1.54
0.03
0.21
15.9
44.5
8.1
30
41.2
-325
39.6
-316
1.6
-9
8.6
453
5.3
158
1-105
-------
O SERIES 1
SERIES 2
LEACHATE FLOW, LITERS/gm OF INITIAL P.
FIGURE 23. Effect of water rate on leaching of inorganic phosphorus.
1-106
-------
o
•vl
i
w
N)
w
(D
O
g
rt
ID
H
rt
(t)
O
3
(0
P>
s-
H-
3
00
3
O
OQ
P)
3
H-
O
3
O
00
(D
3
RATE OF LEACHED N., ppm OF INITIAL NT/DAY
O'
4k
— ro
o o
01
o
CJI
o
09
O
o z:
o o
ro
o
01
o
o
to
o —
go
H
171
o
•n
ro
Ki
ro
M
CO
IO
•73
M
M
cn
-------
130
120
no
* 100
I
H
55 90
80
e-
ft 70
Q
W
o
3
u.
o
u
60
50
40
30
20
10
O SERIES 1
SERIES 2
I
1
5 IO 15 20 25 30 35
RATE OF LEACHED P, ppm/INITIAL
40 45
FIGURE 25. Relation between phosphorus and nitrogen leaching rates.
1-108
-------
SECTION 5
DISCUSSION AND INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS
Estimates of nutrients inventory in Mill Creek Watershed were obtained
by extrapolating the average concentration values to the total areas and
volumes in the watershed. Concentrations of phosphorus and nitrogen in the
soil and interface were obtained by a sampling and analysis program con-
ducted in this project. Other nutrient components, including input and
output, were evaluated from resident surveys, previous studies on
Rensselaer County and New York State and reported literature on nutrients
and cycles in terrestrial systems. There was only one choice for linear
extrapolation of all data, except for the case of soil (and interface)
nutrients. Soils in the watershed were sampled on the basis of ground
slope, land use and soil type and the decision had to be made as to what
extent each of these parameters should be considered in the process of ex-
trapolation. First, the relationship between soil type (3 types) and soil
phosphorus was examined by plotting organic phosphorus versus inorganic
phosphorus for all 36 non-agricultural soil samples. Samples from each
site were identified with regard to slope and soil type. From the graphi-
cal representations, no distinguishable grouping could be identified. In
another set of plots, the ratio of inorganic phosphorus to total phosphorus
was examined and, again, no distinct relationship or trend was observed on
the basis of soil type. Similar plots were constructed for soil nitrogen
and interface phosphorus and nitrogen with similar observations. It was
then concluded that soil and interface nutrients could not be shown to vary
with soil types, at least with the extent of sampling carried out in this
project. This result should not be unreasonable since the three types of
sampled soils were all certain derivatives from "gravelly silt loam". It
is also noted that visual examination of the watershed soils maps with
acetate land use overlays shows that major soils were evenly spread
throughout a variety of land uses.
The effect of ground slope on soil and interface phosphorus and nitro-
gen was then examined, Figures 26 and 27. Although there is an indication of a
grouping of "flat" sites (enclosed by circles) around 200 ppm P^ and 200
ppm PQ, high slope values are widely scattered. In other words, there is
a narrow range of PQ and P^ for flat land of different land uses, while
on steep ground similar or higher phosphorus content may be encountered.
In general, one may expect that steep land will have less nutrients due to
higher rates of runoff erosion and leaching. However, such expectation is
a function of a variety of factors in addition to the ground slope. Tt is
interesting to note the position of the agricultural sites in Figure 26.
Samples #37 through #42 seem to form one group, and they were all obtained
1-109
-------
CSJ
CO
era
o
x
CL
O3
Q_
OB
O
DTI
O
SOIL PHOSPHORUS
—, 1 1 , 1
(ODDJI-35 A HIGH GROUND SLOPE
(EVENJ2-36 O LOW GROUND SLOPE
37-450 AGRICULTURE
©18 I2
^38
A21
,14
37A
30©
©26
£29 8© £1
• K *a ** ai ox^
INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS PPM X I02 DRY WT.
FIGURE 26. Soil organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic concentra-
tion by slope.
1-110
-------
SOIL NITROGEN
(ODD NO.) I-35A STEEP SLOPE
(EVEN NO.) 2-36O FLAT SLOPE
37-450 AGRICULTURE
A3
O 1 e 34 6 B 7 B B IO TI IB 13 14 15
INORGANIC N ppm dry wt. X 10*
FIGURE 27. Soil organic nitrogen concentration vs. inorganic concentration
by slope.
1-111
-------
from the northern portion of the watershed. Samples #43, #44 and #45 form
another group, and they were all obtained from sites in the central region
of the watershed. The reasons and significance of the similarity between
soil phosphorus and physical location in the watershed are not known or
understood. Figure 27 shows that there is no evident relationship between
soil nitrogen and ground slope.
Figures 28 through 31 show the relationship between the soil and in-
terface nutrients according to land use categories. Based on the apparent
patterns of clustering, it was decided that land use was the best available
criteria for extrapolating soil and interface nutrient concentrations.
Consequently, average values were calculated for each land use with the ex-
clusion of minor samples which gave distinctly dissimilar results from the
range that included most samples. The excluded values were those of sample
sites #3, 4 and 8, Figures 27 and 28.
Extrapolation of data provides the inventory of nutrients in the
watershed during the project period, 1974-75. Superimposed on these
"static" figures are the various cycles within the watershed and the
natural, as well as man-made, inputs and outputs. A conceptual illustra-
tion of the watershed nutrient storage, gains and losses is shown in
Figure 32. This model was the basis for reporting the final inventory
figures shown in Table 40. Inputs included fertilizers, solid wastes and
domestic sewage. Stored nutrients were obtained by extrapolating the
winter sampling and analysis results. The most significant output is
surface runoff which was obtained concurrently by the monitoring of Mill
Creek water quality carried out by the Research and Development Unit of the
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. Although ground
water infiltration is an important and significant output, its estimation
was beyond the scope of this study since it is part of the water system
which was monitored via Mill Creek. An approximate value for nutrient out-
put by the sale of crops was included in the final inventory. Only four
farmers were found to sell crops outside the watershed. The others utilize
crops for animal feed. All crops grown by non-farmers were assumed to be
consumed within the watershed. Lumbering and firewood cutting can be a
significant nutrient output. However, no sizable or commercial scale
lumbering is done within the watershed. Figures on wood removal from
available data for the entire Rensselaer County were included in the in-
ventory as a maximum value.
Table 41 shows the estimates of the annual nutrient inputs into the
watershed. Input of N and P by precipitation is not included in Table 41.
Although several investigations have attempted to measure nutrient addition
by precipitation (see Section 3), reported figures are inconsistent and
variable because of differing local conditions. For this reason, it was
decided that an average of reported figures would not be accurate enough to
estimate precipitation nutrient concentration in the Mill Creek area with-
out supplemental Mill Creek precipitation analysis data, which was not
taken as a part of this study. Addition of nitrogen to the watershed by
nitrogen fixation could amount to a high percentage of total N input.
Although a figure of 20 to 60 kg/ha was quoted in Section 3, it was felt
1-112
-------
SOIL NITROGEN
28
27
26
25
24
CM 23
o
x 22
* 21
>. 20
I '9
-16
S"
< l6
g!5
°I4
13
12
II
10
Q
I-I2A INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
" 13 -24D FOREST -BRUSH COVER
-25-36O FOREST -NATURAL STAND
_ 37-45y AGRICULTURE
A4 "
$40
-
B20
-
A43 A"
© A ,«• >i A3
_ ^9A W^^ —
4.9 Tff D23
6**^»^ ^\ ^W*1^
" 31© ^~^*l
4ft©oo A^ig ^IA
O A A f ^f*TW Q 1 0
^322
©32 @36
QI5
©^^ i i i i i i i i 1 l i i i i
01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15
INORGANIC N ppm Dry wt. X 10
I
FIGURE 28. Soil organic nitrogen concentration vs. inorganic concen-
tration by land use.
1-113
-------
SOIL PHOSPHORUS
7
•
I-I2A INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
I3-24D FOREST BRUSH COVER
25-36O FOREST NATURAL STAND
- 37-450 AGRICULTURE
— 5
x
17
BI8 A |2
°- *2«
O
3
BI4
O
cc
O
36
- 34 . 270A2
35© 23B
©25
310 ©32 A3
300® Q22
°28
I 234567
INORGANIC P PPM X 102 DRY WT.
FIGURE 29. Soil organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
concentration by land use.
1-114
-------
INTERFACE NITROGEN
©36
_ 1-12 ^INACTIVE AGRICULTURE
13-24 DFOREST BRUSH COVER
25-36 O FOREST NATURAL STAND
.8
h-
o3
CD
(£.
O
2
£?
Q
m
'26
X
CM •»
m
-14
AIO
©34 A 6
029
BIS
23EP27 ©28
210 013 24G©33
022 190
3I0QI4
—' ©30
035
©25 £4
©32
! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' ' ' '
234 56 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17
ORGANIC N LB./FT2 X IO"4 DRY WT.
FIGURE 30. Interface inorganic nitrogen concentration vs. organic nitrogen
by land use.
1-115
-------
7
Q5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.S
INORGANIC PHOSPHORUS(ppmxIO2) DRY WT.
FIGURE 31. Interface organic phosphorus concentration vs. inorganic
phosphorus concentration by land use.
1-116
-------
NUTRIENT INPUTS
Fertilizers Solid Wastes Domestic Sewage Precipitation Nitrogen
Fixation
V
Growth
Death
WATERSHED STORAGE
Conversion•
Farm Crops £ G.W.
Livestock Products Infilt.
Surface £
Stream Runoff
Forest
Lumber
NUTRIENT OUTPUTS
FIGURE 32. Model for nutrient flow and storage,
Denitrification
1-117
-------
TABLE 40. MILL CREEK WATERSHED NUTRIENT INVENTORY
Nitrogen , 10 ke/vear
Item
ANNUAL INPUT
a. Fertilizer
(chemical)
b. Solid Waste
c. Domestic
Sewage
TOTAL INPUT
WINTER STORAGE
a. Soil
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
Agriculture
TOTAL SOIL
b. Interface
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
TOTAL INTERFACE
c. Woody Bionass
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
TOTAL WINTER
STORAGE
Inorganic
Nitrogen
*1
5.29
-
3.83
9.12
37.2
59.2
66. A
57.6
220
0.993
1.08
0.749
2.82
—
_
223
Organic
Nitrogen
"o
-
2.55
0.456
3.0
2322
2916
3866
3876
12080
26.7
33.0
27.9
87.6
39.5
5.63
13113
Total
Nitrogen
NT
5.29
2.55
4.29
12.13
2359
2975
3933
3933
13200
27.7
34.1
28.7
90.4
39.5
5.63
13113
Phosphorus, 10 kR/vear
Inorganic
Phosphorus
Pi
1.98
-
0.012
1.99
568
494
570
567
2199
0.688
0.467
0.524
1.678
-
-
2200
Organic
Phosphorus
Po
-
0.638
0.547
1.19
358
497
588
683
2126
1.67
2.35
2.74
6.76
4.08
0.608
2138
Total
Phosphorus
PT
1.98
0.643
0.559
3.18
925
991
1158
1251
4325
2.36
2.81
3.26
8.43
4.08
0.608
4338
(continued)
1-118
-------
TABLE 40 (continued)
Nitrogen, 10 kg/rear Phosphorus, 103 ke/year
Inorganic
Ritrogen
Item *
Organic
Nitrogen
"o
Total Inorganic
Hitrogen Phosphorus
«T Pi
Organic
Phosphorus
P0
Total
Phosphorus
?T
SUMMER INCWMFNT
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
TOT
Woody Bioaass
net growth
Forest Nat' If
Stand (per
y«ar)
Forest Brush
Cover (per
year)
Surface Vege-
tation
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Vat'l.
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover -
Interface Changes
Forest Brush
Cover (-)0.397
Forest Nat'l.
Stand (-) 0.424
Canopy**
Forest Nat'l.
Stand
Crops Grown &
Retained as
Animal Feed
corn
hay
alfalfa
oats
misc. vege.
(human consunp.)
. SOMMM INCREMENT (-)O 822
0.785
0.212
18.1
16.9
4.97
(-)1.55
(-)4.36
112
3.98
4.29
14.23
2.20
0.681
172
0.785
0.212
18.1
16.9
4.97
(-)1.94 0.17<»
(-)4,78 (-)0.075
112
3.98
4.29
14.23
2.20
0.681
172 0.104
0.0824
0.0229
2.13
2.74
0.734
(-) 0.469
(-)0.845
11.4
0.669
0.542
1.43
0.283
0.385
l°.l
0.0824
0.0229
2.13
2.74
0.734
(-) 0.290
(-)0.920
11.4
0.669
0.542
1.43
0.283
0.385
jo.2
1-119
-------
Item
TABLE 40 (continued)
Nitrogen. 10 kg/year
Inorganic Organic Total
Nitrogen nitrogen Nitrogen
Phosphorus, 10 kg/year
Inorganic Organic Total
Phosphorus Phosphorus Phosphorus
P P P
ANNUAL OUTPUT
a. Farm Crops
34,
78,
2 ha corn
1 ha hay
b.
16.2 ha alfalfa
7.5 ha veg.
Livestock
products:
milk
1.93
4.18
3.34
0.078
10.2
1.93
4.19
3.34
0.078
10.2
0.323
0.530
0.335
n.044
0.792
0.323
0.530
0.335
0.044
0.792
c. Forest Lumber
Removal
TOTAL OUTPUT
a.
b.
Growth occurs in spring-summer, death and return to interface-soil in winter.
Nutrients in crops grown as animal feed are returned to the soil as manure.
1-120
-------
TABLE 41. NUTRIENT INPUTS IN MILL CREEK WATERSHED
Unit Loading Multiplier
Item (ke/caoita/vr) (# persons)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fertilizer (chemical)
a. Domestic Cropland
Pi
Ni
b. Residential Gardens
Pi
Ni
c. Residential Lawns
Pi
Ni
d. Total Watershed
Fertilizer
P — -
N -
Solid Waste (garbage) a'
PQ 0.70 912
Nn 2.80 912
b
Domestic Sewage
(excrement) PQ 0.6 912
(detergents) T?± 3.9 (kg/dairy 3 dairy farms
(excrement) NQ 0.5 912
(NH3-N, Urine) K± 4.2 912
Total Input
No
Ni
po
pi
Item Input
(kg/vr) Ref.
1730
4838
126
184
121
266
1978
5289
638
2554
547
11.7
456
3830
3010
9119
1186
1989
Table 31
Table 30
Table 30
43
43
44,47,56
56,57
44
47
1 kg/person/day of refuse with 0.2% P and 0.8% N, Reference 43.
b.
Organic phosphorus is in human excrement and inorganic phosphorus in
detergents (only dairy farms, Ref. 57). Detergent loading for dairy
farms of 45.4 kg detergent per farm obtained by personal communication
with watershed dairy farmers. A maximum value of 8.7% P in detergents
was assumed.
I-J21
-------
that insufficient additional reference data existed to use that figure as a
basis for an N input calculation. Direct measure of nitrification was
beyond the scope of this study. The nutrients in solid waste and sewage
are based on reported unit generations and typical composition. Even
though the watershed residents receive trash collection service, most of
them recycle food waste to the soil and only put out inorganic waste or
trash for pick up. The only inorganic phosphorus included in wastewater is
that from dairy farms' use of detergent. All domestic usage of phosphorus
detergent is banned in New York State.
Tables 42 and 43 summarize total soil storage of phosphorus and nitro-
gen within the watershed to a soil depth of 30.5 cm. Data from the winter
soil survey was extrapolated to obtain these tables. All map area figures
(except agriculture) were corrected for slope, as described in Section 3.
The area covered by the soils extrapolation is 96 percent of the total
watershed. Bogs, marshes, water bodies, residential, and miscellaneous
land uses have been neglected as insignificant or non-terrestrial.
Tables 44 and 45 are similar extrapolations of interface analysis results.
Table 46 is a tabulation of nutrient storage within forest natural stand
woody tree material. In using the timber resource data developed in
Section 3 for this table, the distribution of forest types was assumed to
be the same as that for Rensselaer County. Utilizing literature data con-
tained in Section 3, Table 47 lists the amounts of nutrients stored in year
round woody material on forest brush cover land. Table 48 lists total
yearly crop growth and the percent retained within the watershed for use as
fodder. Growth of tree leaf canopy and surface plants is detailed in
Table 49. Table 50 lists the average net change of the nutrient concentra-
tions in forest brush cover interface and forest natural stand interface
from winter to summer. Table 51 extrapolates these nutrient changes to the
entire watershed. Table 52 lists the nutrient concentration changes in
agricultural soils measured from winter to summer. Table 53 summarizes the
watershed nutrient output calculations as a part of the inventory.
The final figures of the nutrients inventory of Mill Creek Watershed
are shown in Table 40. These figures are based on surveys, analyses and
data representing the specific activities and conditions in the watershed
under investigation. Nutrients parameters, such as nutrient fluxes by pre-
cipitation, nitrification, weathering, Infiltration and runoff leaching not
included in this table would require further studies prior to their appli-
cation in Mill Creek Watershed. Laboratory results of the leaching studies
performed in this project provide a rational basis for estimating rates of
nutrient losses under the watershed meteorological and drainage conditions.
I--J22
-------
TABLE 42. EXTRAPOLATION OF SOIL PHOSPHORUS - FEBRUARY - MARCH 1975
N)
U>
Inorganic Phosphorus, P.
Land Use
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
Agriculture
TOTALS
Avg. Soil
Density
(kg/m3)S-
1,185
1,213
1,208
1,350
(96.7% of
Land,
. b.
Area
(ha)
447
624
709
600
Avg.
(ppm)
352
214
218
230
Cone .
(kg/ha)
1,270
791
803
946
2,380
total watershed)
Inventory
Value
(kgxlO3)
568
494
570
567
2,199
Organic Phosphorus, P_
Avg.
(ppm)
222
215
225
277
Conc.C*
(kg/ha)
801
795
829
1,140
Inventory
Value
(kgxlO3)
358
497
588
683
2,126
a.
b.
All density figures and concentration are on a dry weight basis.
All area figures except agriculture (flat topography) have been corrected for map measurement
inaccuracies by multiplying by a correction factor of 1.0046 (See Section 3). Areas not included
are residential, wetland and miscellaneous land uses.
Avg. concentration in kg/ha is calculated on the basis of 0.305 meters soil depth.
Includes pasture and orchards, forest plantations, as well as cropland.
-------
TABLE 43. EXTRAPOLATION OF SOIL NITROGEN - FEBRUARY - MARCH 1975
Inorganic Nitrogen, N
M
1
G
.e-
Land Use
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
Agriculture
TOTALS
Avg, Soil
Density
(kE/tn3)3-
1,185
1,213
1,208
1,350
(96.7% of
Land,
Areab'
(ha)
447
624
709
600
Avg.
(ppm)
23.1
25.6
25.4
23.3
Cone.1
(kp./ha)
83.3
04.8
93.6
96.1
2,380
total watershed)
Inventory
Value
(kexlO3)
37.2
59.2
66.4
57.6
220.4
Organic Nitrogen, N
Avg.
(ppm)
1,439
1,263
1,480
1,570
Cone.
(ke/ha)
5,196
4,669
5,449
6,462
Inventory
Value
(kexlO3).
2,322
2,916
3,866
3,876
12,980
a.
b.
All density figures and concentrations are on a dry weight basis.
All areas except agriculture (flat topography) have been corrected for map measurement
inaccuracies by multiplying by a correction factor of 1.0046 (See Section 3).
C* Avg. concentration in ppm is an average of all sample sites except sites #3, 4 and 8.
Includes pasture and orchards and forest plantations as well as cropland.
-------
TABLE 44. EXTRAPOLATION OF INTFKFACE PHOSPHORUS - FEBRUARY - MARCH 1975
Inorganic Phosphorus, P Organic Phosphorus,
H
»^
tO
Land Use
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Erush
Cover
TOTALS
Avg . Interface Land,
Density Area
(ke/m2) (ha)
0.702 447
0.800 624
0.603 709
1,780
Avg. Cone.
(pom) (ke/ha)
219 1.54
93.5 0.748
122 0.738
po
Inventory Inventory
Value Avg. Cone. Value
(kexlo3> (oom) (ks/ha) (kgxlO3)
0.688 534 3.75
0.467 470 3.76
0.524 640 3.86
1,679
a* All density figures and concentrations are on a dry weight basis.
* All areas have been corrected for map measurement inaccuracies by multiplying by a correction
1.67
2.35
2.74
6.76
factor
of 1.0046 (See Section 3).
Agriculture, residential and miscellaneous land uses have been neglected as having insignificant
interface material.
-------
TABLE 45. EXTRAPOLATION OF INTERFACE NITROGEN - FEBRUARY - MARCH 1975
ISJ
CTl
Inorganic Nitrogen, N.
Land Use
Inactive
Agriculture
Forest Nat'l
Stand
Forest Brush
Cover
TOTALS
Avg . Interface
Density
OcR/m2)
0.702
0.800
0.603
Land.
. b.
Area
(ha)
447
624
709
1,780
Avg.
(ppm)
317
217
175
Cone.3*
(kR/ha)
2.22
1.74
1.06
Inventory
Value
(kRxlO3)
0.993
1.08
0.749
2.82
Organic Nitrogen, N
Avg.
(ppm)
8,507
6,600
6,524
Cone .
(kg/ha)
59.7
52.8
39.3
Inventory
Value
(kgxlO3)
26.7
33.0
27.9
87.6
a.
b.
All density figures and concentrations are on a dry weight basis.
Area figures have been corrected for map measurement inaccuracies by multiplying by a correction
factor of 1.0046 (See Section 3).
Avg. concentration in ppm is an average of all sample sites except sites #4 and 8.
-------
TABLE 46. FOREST NATURAL STAND WOODY BTOMASS NUTRIENT STORAGE. AMD ANNUAL NET GROWTH
ts>
•vl
Forest Type8'
White-Red Pine
Spruce-Fir &
other softwood
Oak-Pine
Oak-Hickory
Elm-Ash-
Red Maple
Maple-Beech-
Birch
Aspen-Birch
TOTALS
I of
Total
Forest
21.2
4.3
3.4
14.8
23.3
29.2
3.8
,
100.0
. Total
Area Density ' Volume
(ha) (m3/ha) (m3x!03)
132 119 15.7
27 110 2.95
21 108 2.26
92 79.3 7.28
144 58.9 8.51
182 71.5 13.0
24 48.5 1.16
_______^ ^ p— ^_ mf
622 50.9
AVR. " Avg.
Wood Woody Nutrient
Density Biomass Wcipht
(kR/m3) (kexlO5) (kpxlO2)
425 66.8 0.01 P
0.14 N°
550 16.2 0.02 P.
0.16 N£
650 14.7 0.01 P
0.11 Nj
760 55.4 0.01 P
0.08 Ng
673 57.3 0.01 P
0.14 Np
710 92.2 0.01 P
0.14 Njj
640 7.43 0.02 P
0.16 NjJ
310
Nutrient X Net*'
Comp. Annual
(kRxlO2) Growth
10.0
90.9
3.08
25.8 *'
1.62 , ,
15.9 Z:>
8.59 , ,
79.6 2A
12.9
127 ***
1.26 , ,
11.7 x
40.8 Pn
395 N°
Nutrient Increment
Weight (yearly)
(kRxlO2)
0.289
2.618
0.066
0.548
0.038
0.376
0.048
0.647
0.184
1.704
0.178
1.756
0.021
0.198
0.824 Prt
7.847 Nj
a" From Table 20.
Density figures taken from Table 20 and multiplied by a correction factor of 1/0.827 (from Table 21) to account
for rough (unmillable) and rotten trees.
c* Reference 58.
' From Table 2 where species were not given, avg. composition of 0.015% PO» 0.14% N was used.
Table 23, average for major species of each forest type.
-------
TABLE 47. WOODY BIOMASS NUTRIENT STORAGE AND ANNUAL NET GROWTH
FOREST BRUSH COVER
M
1
00
Item
1. Storage
Woody Biomass
Shrubs
Tree sprouts
All other
ground flora
TOTAL STORAGE
2. Yearly Increment
Woody Biomass
Tree shrubs
Density Area
(VR/ha) (ha)
1965b* 706.3
1585C* 706.3
2190d' 706.3
216C* 706.3
Total
Biomass
(kgxlO5)
13.9
11.2
15.5
40.6
1.53
Total
Avg. %a< P Avg. %a*
P (kg) P
0.015 208 0.139
0.015 168 0.139
0.015 232 0.139
608
0.015 22.9 0.139
Total
N
(kg)
1929
1556
2150
5635
212
a.
b.
c.
d.
Average value (Table 2)
Average of 1430 kg/ha (Ref. 21) and 2500 kg/ha (Ref. 2)
Reference 21
Reference 2
-------
TABLE 48. YEARLY CROP GROWTH
ho
vo
Item
Corn
Hay
Alfalfa
Oats
Vegetables
(including
residential
gardens)
TOTAL
Watershed
Area
(ha)
104.9
158
85.1
17
72.5
437.5
Density
(kit/ha)
4300a<
3250b'
6682Ct
4500d'
4500e*
Total
Weight
(kRxlO*)
45.1
51.3
56.9
7.6
33.0
193.9
Total
Avg. Z N
N (ke)
1.3f* 5,909
1.6f* 8,473
3.1f* 17,571
2.9f' 2,203
0.2g< 759
34.915
Z Crop
retained in
Watershed
67.4
50.6
81
100
89.7
Nitrogen
Storage
3,983
4,287
14,233
2,203
681
25.387
Avg. Z
P
0.2f"
0.2f'
0.3f'
0.4f'
O.I8'
Total
P
(kK)
992
1,072
1,763
283
429
4.539
Phosphorus
Storage
(kK)
669
542
1,428
283
385
3.307
Reference 24
Averaged figure, References 37, 3
Reference 38
Reference 3
Reference 3, turnips, beans, corn
Reference 39, Z crude proteln/6.25 - ZN (Reference 30)
References 39, 59 average for corn, potatoes, beans, tomatoes, turnips
-------
TABLE 49. YEARLY CANOPY AHP SURFACE VEGETATION GROWTH
Item
1. Canopy - Forest Nat'l.
Stand
White-Red Pine
Spruce-Fir
Oak-Pine
Oak Hickory
Eln-Ash-Red
Maple
Maple-Beech-
Birch
Aspen-Birch
TOTAL FOREST
2. Surface Vegetation
a. Forest Nat'l. Stand
White-Red Pine
Spruce Fir
Oak Pine
Oak Hickory
Area''
(ha)
132
27
21
92
144
182
24
622
131.8
26.8
20.9
91.8
Bioaaas
Density
ftjfj*in ftff)
14. 7K
30.1
4.7
3.13
17.3
10.7
16.2
4.80C'
0.55
1.59
2.65
Total
Bionass
OcnclO3)
10.4
8.07
1.00
2.87
25.0
19.5
3.87
79.7
6.33
0.147
0.332
2.43
V U *
0.4
0.4
1.8
4.1
l.R
2.0
0.31
0.6
1.1
1.1
1.1
Total
N
(kx)
8,356
3,553
1,797
11,696
45,667
40,018
1.007
112,094
3,607
157
355
2,603
b.
0.08
0.07
0.09
0.35
0.09
0.29
0.11
0.12
0.16
0.16
0.16
Total
P
(kE)
1,516
565
86
1,012
2,196
5,622
414
11,411
772
23
52
384
b.
c.
Oak Hickory
Elm-Ash-Red
Maple
Maple-Beech-
Birch
Aspen Birch
Forest Brush Cover
Inactive Agriculture
91.8
144.6
181.8
23.9
706.3
444.9
2
2
2
2
0
2
.65
.73d'
.73
.73
.658e'
.40f'
TOTAL SURFACE VEGETATION
2.43
3.95
4.96
0.653
4.65
10.7
34.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
.1
.1
.1
.1
.1
.7*'
2,603
4.223
5,309
699
4,972
18.151
40,076
n
0
0
0
0
0
.16
.16
.16
.16
.16
.2"*'
384
624
784
103
734
2.135
5.611
a.
b.
Table 46
Table 4, where % N, P not given for specific forest type, average used.
c* Table 5
' Average all forest types.
Reference 2
f* Table 12
8* Average comp. nixed grasses (Reference 39)
1-130
-------
TABLE 50. INTERFACE NUTRIENT CHANGES FFB-JOLT 1975
a.
Land Use
Sample
Site 1
Winter Feb-March 1975
* * * ^» N m "**.
1010
Sum
'1
ner July 1975
po Ni No
Incremental Change
PPM
Fl 0 "l
N0
1. Forest Braah
Cover
2. Forest Nat'l.
Stand
13 90 542 104 5354
14 90 630 272 7740
15 100 720 227 7703
16 140 860 433 8196
Average 105 688 259 7248
25 50 530 282 7055
26 50 510 312 8432
27 120 600 107 5668
28 130 570 99 6694
Average 87 552 200 6962
50 610 256 7135
60 372 83 4547
224 604 168 8363
254 726 157 7496
Average Change
. «_ !>•
Z Change
(-) 40 (+) 68 (+)152 (+)1781
(-) 30 <-)258 (-H89 <-)3193
(•I-) 124 (-)116 (-) 59 (+) 660
(+M14 <-)134 (-)276 (-) 700
<+) 42 (-)110 (-) 93 (-) 363
40Z 16% 36Z 5Z
36 464 107 5743
52 288 103 5520
54 446 130 6816
148 332 119 6263
(-) 14 {-) 66 (-)
(+) 2 (-)222 (-)209 (-)2912
(-) 66 (-)154 (•»•) 23 (+)1148
(+) 16 (-)238 (») 20 (-? 431
Average Change (-) 15 (-)170 (-) 85 (-) 877
311 43t 131
7 Change
h.
171
** All figures in ppn dry weight
Fro* average winter nutrient content
-------
TABLE 51. EXTRAPOLATION OF INTERFACE NUTRIENT CHANGES
Area
Land Use (ha)
1. Forest Brush Cover
P 706
po
Total
N "
"o
Total
2. Forest Nat'l. Stand
P 622
P "
Total '*
"i
"o
Total
Average
Nutrient Average
Change dry density
(pptr) (V.g/m~)
(+) 42 0.603
(-)110
(-) 68
(-) 93
(-)363
(-)456
(-) 15 0.800
<->170
(-)185
(-) 85
(-)877
<-?Q6? "
Watershed
Nutrient Change
-------
TABLE 52. AGRICULTURAL SOIL NUTRIENT CHANGES APRIL - JULY 1975.
Crop
Fertilizer,
Sample Crop grown Planted Added-5/75 Winter - Feb 1975
Site // Summer '74
5/75
N
N
c c
Summer - July 1975 Incremental Change
p. p
i o
N
P. P
± o
N
38 Corn Alfalfa - - 210 350 18.1 1255 54 554 18.3 1075 -156 +204 +0.2 -179
39 Alfalfa Corn 16.3 19.9 226 294 23.5 1506 78 474 32.8 1213 -148 +180 +9.3 -293
41 Hay - 186 354 27.7 1483 140 308 18.3 1253 -46 -46 -9.4 -229
u>
Sample Sites 38, 39 plowed under 5/75, fertilized and planted; Site 41 not replanted or plowed
under (uncut hay).
Amounts in kg/ha. Sample Sites 38, 39 received approximately 610 kg/ha cow manure (43.6 kg/ha/week
for 14 weeks in between soil samples); Sample Site 41 not spread with manure.
Amounts in ppm.
-------
TABLE 53. NUTRIENT OUTPUT IN MILL CRF.EK FATERSHED
Item
1. Farm Crops Sold
a. Corn PQ
No
b. Hay P0
No
c. Alfalfa PO
No
d. Vegetable PO
No
2. Livestock Products
Cows Milk PQ
3. Forest Lumber Removal
White-Red Pine PQ
Spruce-Fir T
No
Oak-Pine PQ
Oak Hickory PQ
Unit Multipl ier
Loading (7 reroved
(kO from watersbe^l)
P92a* 32.6
590°
1072 49.4
8473
1763 10.0
17571
42° 10.3
750
851250b' O.«oc*
85125^ 1.2d*
1003f* n.76p<
9091 0.76
308 0.°7
25F.2 O.Q7
162 ".56
1587 0.56
332 0.23
Item
Output
O'.g/yr) Ref.
323 Table
1026
530 "
4186 "
335 "
3338 "
44
78
792 Table
10215 Table
7.62
6.Q1
3.0
25.0
0.91
8.80
0.76
47
31
31
(continued)
1-134
-------
TABLE 53 (continued)
Item
3. Forest Lumber
Elm-Ash Maple
Maple-Beech
Birch
Aspen-Birch
TOTAL
Removal
po
No
po
Ko
po
Ko
Unit
Loading
(Vp)
(cont'd.)
85°
7062
1291
12727
126
1174
Multiplier
(7 removed
from watershed
n.37p<
0.37P'
0.76
0.14
0.14
Item
Output
(kp/yr) Ref.
3.18
29.46
9.81
96.72
0.18
1.64
25.46 PQ
178.8 NQ
c.
d.
e.
f.
* Total watershed crop nutrients (Tahle 47)
'" Personal communication with watershed dairy fanner; milk/cow/yr
6810 kg with 125 producinp cows in watershed
Reference 59
Reference 59 gives 3.6% K-compounds, 7N estimated as 1.27
By forest type, maximum value
Tahle 46, for total watershed
Tahle 23
1-135
-------
REFERENCES
1. Pear, F. F., ed. Chemistry of the Soil. Reinhold Publishing Corp.,
New York. New York, 196*.
2. Duvigneaud, P. and P. Denaeyer-deSmet. Biological Cycling of Minerals
in Temperate Deciduous Forests. In: ^coloeical Studies, Vol. 1,
Analysis of Temperate Forest Fcosysteirs. D. E. Keichle, ed. Springer-
Verlag, Berlin, 1°70.
3. Ovington, J. D. Ouantitative Ecology and the Woodland Ecosysteir
Concept. In: Advances in Ecological Research. J. B. Cragg, ed.
Vol. 1, Academic Press, Inc., New York, New vorv, 1062.
4. Newbould, P. J. Methods for Estimating the Primarv Production-Forests.
IBP Handbook No. 2. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1Q67.
5. Spurr, S. P. Forest Ecology. The Ponald Press Co., New vorV, New YorV,
1964.
6. Cole, P. V., S. P. Gessel, and S. F. Dice. Distribution and Cycling of
Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, and Calcium in a Second-Growth Douglas-
Fir Ecosystem. In: Symposium on Primary Productivity and Mineral
Cycling in Natural Ecosystems. P. E. Young, ed. Univ. of Maine Press,
Orono, Maine, 1967.
7. Bakuzis, E. V. Forestry Viewed in an Ecosystem Perspective. In: The
Ecosystem Concept in Natural Resource Management. G. **. van T>yne, ed.
Academic Press, New York, New YorV, 1969.
8. Bormann, F. P. and G. F. Likens. The Vatershed Ecosystem Concept and
Studies of Nutrient Cycles. In: The Ecosystem Concept in Natural
Resource Management. G. M. Van Dyne, ed. Academic Press, New York,
New York, 196°.
9. Johnson, F. L. and P. G. Risser. Eionass, Annual Net Primarv
Production, and Dynamics of Six Mineral Elements in a Post Oak-Blackjack
Oak Forest. Ecology. 55:1246-125?, 1974.
10. Geyger, E. Green Area Indices of Grassland Communities and Agricultural
Crops Under Different Fertilizing Conditions. In: Ecological Studies,
Vol, 2, Integrated Experimental Ecology. P. Ellenherg, ed. Springer-
Verlap, Berlin, 1Q71.
1-136
-------
11. Gosz, J. R., G. F. Likens, and F.. F. Bormann. Nutrient Release from
Decomposing Leaf and Branch Litter in the Pubhard Brook Forest, New
Hampshire. Ecological Monographs. Vol. 43, No. 2, pp. 173-191, 1°73.
12. Edwards, C. A., P. F. Reichle, and T>. A. Crosslev, Jr. The Role of Soil
Invertebrates in Turnover of Organic vatter and Nutrients. In: Eco-
logical Studies. Vol. 1, Analysis of Temperate Forest Ecosystems, P. F.
Reichle, ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1970.
13. Satoo, T. A Svnthesis of Studies by the Farvest Method: Primary
Production Relations in the Temperate Deciduous Forests of Japan.
In: Ecological Studies, Vol. 1, Analysis of Temperate Forest Fcosys-
tems. P. F. Reichle, ed. Springer-Verlap, Berlin, 1970.
14. Likens, G. F. and F. H. Bormann. Chemical Analvsis of Plant Tissues
from the Puhhard *rook Ecosystem In New Hampshire. Bull. No. 79. Yale
University, School of Forestry, New Paver, Connecticut, 1970.
15. Siccama, T. G., F. H. Bormann, and G. E. Likens. The Pubbard Brook
Ecosystem Study: Productivity, Nutrients, and Phytosociologv of the
Ferbaceous Layer. Ecological Monographs, 40(4):38°-402, 1970.
16. Eber, W. The Primary Production of the Ground Vegetation of the Luzulo-
Fagetum. In: Ecological Studies, Vol. 2, Integrated Experimental
Fcology. F. Ellenburg, ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1971.
17. Likens, G. F. and F. F. Bormann. Nutrient Cvcling in Ecosystems. In:
Ecosystem Structure and Function. J. A. Wiens, ed. The Orepor State
University Press, U.S.A., 1972.
18. Fortescue, J. A. C. and G. G. Marten. Micronutrients: Forest Fcolopy
and Systems Analysis. In: Fcological Studies, Vol. 1, Analysis of
Temperate Forest Ecosystems. P. F. Reichle, ed. Springer-Verlag,
Berlin, 1°70.
19. Loehr, R. C. Characteristics and Comparative Magnitude of Non-Point
Sources. J. WPCP, 46(8):1840-1871, 1974.
20. Heller, H. Estimation of Btomass of Forests. In: Ecological Studies,
Vol. 2, Integrated Experimental Ecology. F. Fllenberp, ed. Springer-
Verlag,, Berlin, 1971.
21. Woodwell, G. M. and D. B. Blotkin
by Gas Exchange Techniques:
Studies, Vol. 1, Analysis of
Reichle, ed. Springer-Verlpg
22. Runge, M. Determination of
Vol. 2, Integrated
Verlag, Berlin, 1971.
Experimental
Metabolism of Terrestrial Ecosystems
The Brookhaven Approach. In: Ecological
Temperate Forest Fcosystenrs. D. F.
Berlin, 1970.
Energy Values. In: Ecological Studies,
Fcology. P. F.llenberg, ed. Springer-
1-137
-------
23. Plant Tissues and Organs: Mineral Composition, Sec. 53. In: Biolopy
Data Book, Vol. 1, 2nd ed. P. L. Altman and n. S. Mttmer, eds.
Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology, Bethesda,
Maryland, 1972.
24. Odum, F. P. Fundamentals of Fcology. W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, 1971.
25. Ulrich, G., E. Ahrens, and M. TTlrich. Soil Chenical Differences Between
Beech and Spruce Sites - An Example of the Methods Used. In: Ecolop-
ical Studies, Vol. 2, Integrated Experimental Ecology. P. F.llenherp,
ed. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1971.
26. Likens, G. F. and F. H. Bormann. Linkages Between Terrestrial and
Aquatic Ecosystems. Bioscience, 24(8):447-456, 1°74.
27. Gihble, E. B. Phosphorus and Nitrogen Loading and Nutrient Budget on
Lake George, New York. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, New
York, 1974.
28. Spedding, C. R. W. Grassland Ecology. Oxford Hniversitv Press,
London, 1971.
29. Coupland, R. T., R. Y. Zacharuk, and E. A. Paul. Procedures for Study
of Grassland Ecosystems. In: The Fcosystem Concept in Natural Resource
Management. G. M. Van Dyre, ed. Academic Press, New York, New York,
1969.
30. Speidel, B. and A. Weiss. Primary Production of a Meadow (Trisetetum
flavescentis hercynlcum) with Different Fertilizer Treatments - Prelim-
inary Report. In: Fcological Studies, Vol. 2, Integrated Experimental
Ecology. H. Ellenberg, ed. Fpringer-Verlae, Berlin, 1971.
31. Lewis, J. K. Range Management Viewed In the Fcosystem Framework. In:
The Fcosystem Concept in Natural Resource Management. G. M. Van Dyke,
ed. Academic Press, New York, New York, 196°.
32. Stevenson, F. J. Origin and Distribution of Nitrogen in the Soil. In:
Soil Nitrogen. W. V. Bartholonew and F. F. Clark, ed. American Assoc.
of Agronomy, Inc., Madison, Wisconsin, 19f>5.
33. Davis, G. K. Mineral Problems in Forage Utilization. In: Grasslands.
H. B. Sprague, ed. American Assoc. for the Advancement of Science,
Washington, D.C. 1959.
34. Lunt, 0. R. Problems in Nutrient Availability and Toxicity. In: The
Biology and Utilization of Grasses. V. B. Younger and C. M.. McKall,
eds. Academic Press, New York, New York, 1972.
35. Billings, W. D. Plants and the Ecosystem. Wadsworth Publishing Co.,
Belmont, California, 1966.
1-138
-------
36. Humphrey, R. R. Range Ecology. The Ronald Press Co., New York, New
York, 1962.
37. Milner, C. and R. E. Hughes. Methods for the Measurement of the Primary
Production of Grassland. IBP Handbook No. 6. Blackwell Scientific
Publications, Oxford, 1967.
38. Washko, J. B. The Place and Contribution of Grasslands to the Agricul-
ture in the Northeast. In: Grasslands. P. B. Sprag,ue, ed. American
Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D.O., 1^5°.
39. Weaver, J. Prairie Plants and Their environment. University of
Nebraska Press s 1968.
40. Tesar, M. B. The Place and Contribution of Grasslands to the Agricul-
ture of the Cornbelt. In: Grasslands. P. B. Sprague, ed. American
Assoc. for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D.C., 195°.
41. Properties of and Excretion Products in Urine: Mammals Other than
Sec. 186. In: Biology Data Book, Vol. 3, ?nd ed. P. L. Altman and
D. S. Dittmer, eds. Federation of American Societies for Experimental
Biology, Bethesda, Maryland, 1972.
42. Composition of Cereal Grains and Forage. Committee on Feed Composition
of the Agricultural Board, National Academy of Sciences - National
Research Council, Publication 585, Washington, D.C., 1958.
43. Gotaas, H. B. Compostinp, Sanitary Disposal, and Reclamation of Organic
Wastes. World Health Organization, Geneva, 1°56.
44. Heinke, G. W. and J. D. Norman. Condensed Phosphates in Lake Water and
Waste Water. Paper presented at the 5th International Water Pollution
Research Conference, San Francisco, California, July-August 1970.
45. Pointer, H. A. and Bywaters, A. Composition of Sewage and Sewage
Effluents. Paper presented at the Institute of Sewage Purification,
London, December 1960.
46. Friedlan, A., T. Shea, and P. Ludwip. Ouantitv srd Ouality Relation-
ships for Combined Sewer Overflows. Conference Preprint - Paper
presentee" at the 5th International Water Pollution Research Conference,
f.r.n Francisco, California, July-August 1970.
47. Popel, F. Sludge Digestion and Disposal, Third revised edition.
Techr.ische Hochschule, Stuttgart, Germany, 1967.
48. Barshied, R. and H. M. El-Paroudi. Physical Chemical Treatment of
Septic Tank Effluent. J. WPCF, 46(11), 1<>74.
49. Capital District Transportation and Regional Planning Study. Area Map
RC No. 6952, Sheet J-10, Troy South, Fast Greenbush ouad, 1971.
1-139
-------
50. Natural and Cultural Features Survey, 1968. Fensselaer County Planning
Board, Troy, New York, October 1969.
51. Scavia, D. A Study of Lakes in Rensselaer County with Proposals for
Environmental Management. Fresh Water Institute, Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute, Troy, New York, December 1972.
52. Soil Conservation Service. Unpublished soil data from aerial photo-
graphs of Rensselaer Countv. V.S.D.A. Soil Conservation Service,
Fyantskill, New York, 1974.
53. Soil Survey Interpretations of Soils in New vorv State. Prepared by the
Dept. of Agronomy, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, New York, and U.S.D.A. Soil
Conservation Service, Syracuse, New York, 1972.
54. Climatological Data - New York Annual Summary 1972. U.S. Dept. of
Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 83(13).
55. Ferguson, R. H. and C. E. Mayer. The Timber Resources of New York
Ftate. Bull. NF.-20, U.S.D.A. Forest Service Pesource, 1970.
56. Fetling, L. J. and I. G. Carcich. Phosphorus in Waste Water. Vater
and Sewage Works, 12" (2): 59, 1973.
57. Nev York State Environmental Conservation Law, Section 35-0105.
58. CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 52nd ed. Chemical Rubber Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio, 1971.
59. Lange, N. A. Handbook of Chemistry, 7th ed. Handbook Publishers,
Inc., Sandusky, Ohio,
1-140
-------
APPENDICES
1-141
-------
APPENDIX A
ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL
The principle sources of error in soil sampling are: (1) variability
among different samples drawn from same volume; (2) variability introduced
among subsamples of same soil sample; (3) variability from one chemical
determination to another.
The main source of error is (1). Therefore this variability must be
delineated or reduced. This introduces the concept of composite soil
sampling. A composite soil sample gives a mean analytical value represen-
tative of the soil sampling volume from which the composite sample was
drawn. (Any analytical value is a mean for the individual soil particles,
hence the futility of an argument against obtaining mean-value analyses.)
Analyses for C, N, P and pH made on composite samples have been found to be
equivalent to the mean of analyses of individual cores. Individual cores
tend to be subject to large variations not significant to plant growth
individually (and likewise nutrient distribution).
FIELD SAMPLING
Soil samples were obtained using a 3.175 cm diameter auger. A Number
10 tin can with a 3,81 cm hole in the bottom was used as a dirt catcher.
To obtain a soil core, the can was placed on the ground surface, bottom
down, and the auger inserted through the hole. Any dirt clumps forced out
of the hole during the drilling process were retained inside the can and
composited with the core sample. Since the screw end of the .auger is only
20.3 cm long, 30.5 cm cores were taken in two increments. The major part
of the soil sample was retained in the screws of the auger and was scraped
off by hand and deposited into the composite sample bag.
Ten soil cores were obtained from within a 6.1 meter square staked off
area at each sample site. A zig-zag pattern was employed in locating cores
in order to obtain a random, representative sample, after the sampling pro-
cedures in A.O.A.C. Methods of Analysis, (llth ed.).^ soil cores taken
from agricultural fields were spread over the majority of the field and
taken in the same zig-zag pattern from both crop rows and furrows. All
soil cores from each sample site were composited and transported to the
laboratory in labelled plastic bags.
1-142
-------
Plant detritus samples from the interface layer were obtained from
within a folding wooden 0.9114 meter square frame, comprising 0.836 nr of
ground surface. Live grasses, plants and any snow cover were removed by
hand from within the square and discarded. All dead grasses and decomposed
materials, including twigs and sticks, were collected by hand and with the
aid of pruning shears and a garden hoe. Samples were transported to the
laboratory in labelled plastic bags.
Upon return to the laboratory at the end of a sampling day, soil and
plant detritus interface samples were immediately weighed to an accuracy of
jf 0.1 gm (field weight) and stored at 1.7°C prior to drying and grinding,
which was generally accomplished within a few days although some samples
remained in cold storage (4°C) up to 2 weeks.
SAMPLE PREPARATION
Moisture determination and sample drying were accomplished in the same
operation for soil and plant detritus Interface samples. The entire sample
was dried on tin foil covered trays at 75°C for 48 hours in a forced air
oven. After cooling, sample dry weight was recorded. Moisture was
calculated using field weight and dry weight figures.
Dried soil samples, including rocks, were ground in a Wiley Mill to
pass through a 1.0 m screen within the grinder. When grinding soil
samples, the interior cutting blades of the Wiley Mill were removed so that
clearance -between the revolving blade head and cutting chamber wall was
approximately 2.5 cm. Grinding in this manner reduced dry soil clumps to
0.5 mm size and retained rocks and gravel on the grinder screen. All rocks
and gravel were removed from the grinder after grinding a sample and then
weight was recorded. The 0.5 mm soil sample was then thoroughly parti-
tioned using a riffle and stored in 0.94 liter plastic containers with a
tightly sealed top. About 200 g of 0.5 mm soil was passed through a 0.15
mm screen and stored in 250 ml screw top glass jars prior to analysis. All
samples, once dried and in sealed containers, were stored at room tempera-
ture. Immediately prior to weighing for analysis, samples were re-dried at
75°C for 2 hours and cooled under desslcation.
Dried plant detritus interface samples, including twigs and small
branches, were ground in the Wiley Mill, with cutting blades installed, to
pass through a 1 mm screen. Ground dry samples were thoroughly partitioned
using a riffle and then stored.
Prior to analysis, the sample was re-dried in the same manner as the
soil samples. Plant samples were handled carefully prior to grinding.
PHOSPHORUS EXTRACTION
Phosphorus extraction for soil and detritus interface samples was
accomplished after methods in Jackson (pp. 171-174).!
1-143
-------
Apparatus: centrifuge, 60 ml centrifuge tubes, 250 ml volumetric flasks,
50 ml beakers, drying oven, fume hood, 100 ml volumetric
flasks, pipets
Reagents: 0.5N NaOH, cone, hydrochloric acid (HC1)
Soil Extraction Procedure: 0.5 gm of re-dried soil (passed through 1 mm
screen) is added to a 60 ml centrifuge tube. Add 10 ml cone.
HC1 and heat in a water bath at 70°C for 10 minutes under a
fume hood. Remove from water bath, add another 10 ml HC1 and
stand at room temperature 1 hour. Centrifuge and pour super-
natant liquid into a 250 ml volumetric flask containing 50 ml
distilled H20 (this is acid extract). Add 40 ml 0.5N NaOH to
soil sample in centrifuge tube. Mix and stand 1 hour at room
temperature. Centrifuge and pour supernatant into volumetric
flask containing acid extract. Add 50 ml 0.5N NaOH to centri-
fuge tube cover with inverted 50 ml beaker and heat in 90°C
oven for 8 hours. Centrifuge and add the supernatant liquid to
the 250 ml volumetric flask containing the acid extract. This
solution, now the mixed extract, is then diluted to 250 ml with
distilled water and thoroughly mixed.
Plant Tissue Extraction Procedure: 0.5 g of re-dried interface material
(ground to pass 1 mm screen) is extracted in the same manner as
soil samples. This extract is used for P£ analysis only.
PT analysis is accomplished by dry ashing procedure.
PHOSPHORUS DETERMINATION IN EXTRACTS
Analytical determinations of phosphorus for soil and detritus extracts
were accomplished by procedures detailed in Standard Methods.^
1. Inorganic P Soil Extract: After mixing, the suspended sediment in the
250 ml mixed extract is allowed to settle and 25 ml is care-
fully pipetted into a 100 ml volumetric flask. The sample is
diluted to 100 ml and the remainder of the determination is by.
the stannous chloride method as contained in Standard Methods.
Sample absorbance is read on a Bausch and Lomb Spectronic 20
spectrophotometer at 690 urn after 10 minutes at 24°C using a
path length of 1.0 cm. A standard curve for phosphorus is con-
tained in Figure A-l.
Sample Inorganic Phosphorus is calculated as follows:
Measured cone, (ppm) x (dilution vol (l)/sample vol (1)) x
(total vol (1) of extraction solution/wt soil in kg) - ppm P in
dry soil
Total mg P in sample « ppm x wt sample (kg)
Example: measured ppm x (.100/.025) x (250/.0005 kg) - ppm P
2. Inorganic Phosphorus: detritus interface extract is determined in the
same manner as soil extract inorganic phosphorus.
I-J44
-------
I
I—t
Ui
0.8
0.6
o
JO
JS 0.4
0.2
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T
I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I
0 O.I
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Concentration P(ppm)
0.6 0.7 0.8
FIGURE A-l. Phosphorus standard curve.
-------
3. Total Phosphorus Soil Extract: the flask containing mixed extracts is
shaken thoroughly to suspend all sediments and 25 ml is immedi-
ately pipetted into a 75 ml distillation flask. 10 ml cone.
nitric acid (IWH^) and 2 ml 72 percent perchloric acid
(HCIO^ are added. A microkjeldahl distillation apparatus is
used to heat samples to just boiling for 1 hour. Fumes col-
lected by this distillation apparatus are collected under glass
and drawn through a bubbler of ION NaOH and finally disposed of
in water suction. The entire distillation apparatus is placed
under a hood for safety, to prevent escape of volatile and
dangerous perchloric acid fumes. When cooled, the digested
colorless liquid is transferred to a 100 ml volumetric flask
and 15 ml of 6N NaOH is added to neutralize excess acidity.
The sample if then diluted to 100 ml and analyzed by the
stannous chloride method^ as described previously.
Sample Total Phosphorus is calculated as follows:
(measured cone, (ppm) x 0.100 1 x .250 I/.025 l)/wt sample (kg)
= ppm P in dry soil
Sample Organic Phosphorus is calculated by difference
mg PT - mg Pf - mg PQ
PHOSPHORUS DETERMINATION IN PLANT TISSUE
Total Phosphorus in plant detritus interface is accomplished after ,
methods for total phosphorus determinations in AOAC Methods of Analysis.''
Apparatus: Gooch crucible, pipets (5, 10 ml), muffle furnace, filtering
flask and vacuum, Whatman #42 filter paper, rubber spatula,
100 ml volumetric flasks.
Reagents:
Procedure:
0.5N Mg (OAc)
one liter.
liter.
) made by diluting 53.6 g Mg (C H_0_)_
2N H2S04, made by diluting 56 ml^conC.
4H 0 to
to one
0.5 g of interface sample (ground to pass 1 mm screen) is
placed in a gooch crucible, add 5 ml of Mg(OAc)2 and 10 ml
^0. Bring to boil on a hot plate and allow crucible to dry.
Place crucible in a 600°C muffle furnace for 30 minutes until
ash is uniformly gray in color. After cooling add 10 ml 2N
^30^ to crucible and rotate to bring acid in contact with
entire ash. Add 15 ml t^O and evaporate to 5 ml on a hot
plate. Remove, add 20 ml ^0 and cool. The contents are
then transferred to a 100 ml volumetric flask, rubbing down the
crucible with a rubber spatula and rinsing with distilled HO.
The 100 ml volumetric flask is diluted to the mark with dis-
tilled H20. 5 ml of this volume is then taken and diluted
to 100 ml for analysis by the stannous chloride method in
Standard Methods.^
1-146
-------
Calculations:
(measured ppm x 0.1 1 (dilution volume)) /sample wt mg *
Vg P/g dry soil
TOTAL KJEHLDAHL NITROGEN (TKN) DETERMINATION
Digestion of soil and interface samples follow the procedure' outlined
in Jackson.1 Distillation and tltration follows Standard Methods.-*
Apparatus: All equipment listed in Standard Methods^ for TKN determina-
tion. A 0.15 mm screen (100 mesh), analytical balance, and
11 cm filter paper are also required.
Reagents: Standard 0.02N t^SO^, cone. H-jSO^, granulated zinc.
Indicating boric acid solution is as described in Standard
Methods-* for TKN determination. Sodium hydroxide-sodium
thiosulfate reagent is made by dissolving 72 g Na2S.O~«5H 0
in 300 ml distilled H2° and adding this solution to 600 ml of
50 percent w/w NaOH. Digestion reagent is made in two parts;
solution and powder. Digestion solution: 80 g CuSO, «5H 0
diluted to 500 ml. Mix the two solutions. Powder is maae by
mixing 6 g HgO with 2 g Se powder.
Preparation: 4.5 g soil sample (0.5 plant tissue) is ground to pass a
0.1 mm screen and weighed into an 11 cm filter paper. 0.16 g
digestion powder is added. The sample-powder mixture is wrap-
ped and dropped as a packet into an 800 ml Kjeldahl flask.
40 ml distilled 1^0 and 10 ml digestion solution are added.
(Soil samples only, soak 30 minutes.) Add 35 ml cone. H SO,
down side of flask, avoiding packet. Add boiling chips.
Digestion: .Digest over very low heat 30 min, until frothing stops, rotat-
ing flask at intervals. Digest for 1 hour + 0.25 hour after
solution has cleared (light yellow-green or gray color). At
end digestion, heating is stopped, fume exhaustion continues
until fuming stops. Cool just until crystals start to form
then add 300 ml distilled H20.
Distillation: Use 25 ml indicating Boric acid in 500 ml Erlenmeyer. Start
cooling I^O, and have tube end below surface. Mix flask, add
several pieces zinc and boiling chips, then add 125 ml NaOH-
Na-S-O, solution down side of flask without mixing. Attach to
still, mix thoroughly, heat to boiling. Distill 150 ml. If
bumping is a problem transfer contents to another flask, leav-
ing residue, and continue with procedure. 100 ml NaOH-Na?S_0
solution may be used.
Determination: Titrate with 0.02N H2SO^. At end point, green color
disappears. One drop excess turns solution purple.
Calculations: % N in dry soil - (ml sample titration - ml blank titration)
x (normality of acid, this case - 0.02N) x (1.4 /sample wt g)
I-K7
-------
AMMONIUM DETERMINATION
The extraction procedures for soil and plant tissue samples are after
Jackson. 1 Determination of ammonia by distillation follows the procedure
for TKN in Standard Methods.3
Apparatus: Balance and 500 ml Erlenmeyer are needed for sample prepara-
tion. An 11 cm Buchner funnel, filter flask, Whatman #42
filter paper and vacuum pump are needed to separate the leach-
ate from the sample. 800 ml Kjeldahl digestion flasks and
distillation apparatus are required.
Reagents: Extraction solution is a 10 percent NaCl solution acidified to
pH 2.5 with cone. HC1. Ammonia is distilled into indicating
boric acid as described in Standard Methods3 for TKN determi-
nations. Distillate is titrated with standard 0.02N H SO^.
Extraction of Ammonium: Weigh out 100 g fresh soil sample into 500 ml
Erlenmeyer (5 g plant tissue). Make separate moisture determi-
nation (1 mm fraction). Add 200 ml acidified NaCl solution and
shake thoroughly at first, then intermittently for 0.5 hours.
Moisten filter paper and seat by suction on filter, add NaCl
sol. through filter. Add 250 ml more NaCl in increments, first
increment to rinse out flask.
Determination: Transfer NaCl leachate to 800 ml digestion flask. Add
80 ml 50 percent w/w NaOH down side of flask and distill about
125 ml into 25 ml boric acid. Titrate with 0.02N H2S04 until
green color turns purple.
Calculation: % N determined as in TKN determination. Organic N - TKN
minus
NITRATE AND NITRITE DETERMINATION
The extraction of nitrate and nitrite nitrogen is after Jackson.1
Determinations follow Standard Methods.3
Extraction Apparatus: 500 ml wide-mouth Erlenmeyers with stoppers, filter-
ing flask, Whatman #42 filter paper, Buchner funnel, and a
balance are required.
Extraction Reagents: Ca(OH)2» MgC03, activated charcoal, IN CuSO^,
0.6 percent Ag2S04 solution (6g/l). Extraction solution is
made by adding 200 ml CuS04 solution to 1 1 Ag2S04 solu-
tion and diluting the result to 10 liters.
Preparation: 50 g soil sample is ground to 0.5 mm. 10 g plant tissue
sample is ground to 1 mm.
1-148
-------
Extraction: 50 g soil (10 g plant tissue) is weighed and placed in 500 ml
bottle. 250 ml extraction solution is added. Shake 10 minutes
and add 0.4 g Ca(OH)2» shake 5 minutes more. Add 1 g
MgC03> mix thoroughly and filter on dry filter paper, discard
first 20 ml. Color development follows.
Colored Extracts: Add 1 g activated charcoal to filtered extract. Shake
15 to 30 minutes and filter again.
Nitrate Determination: Nitrate was determined using the brucine-sulfanilic
acid method as described in Standard Methods^ and compared to
the standard curve shown in Figure A-2.
Nitrite Determination: Nitrite analysis followed Standard Methods^ but
nitrite was rarely found in measurable concentrations.
Soil and Leachate Analyses
1. Total Carbon, Soil: was measured by ignition in a Leco carbon analyzer
following manufacturer's instructions. 25 mg of soil was added
to a ceramic crucible. One scoop each of iron accelerator and
tin copper catalyst was added. The crucible was ignited in a
stream of oxygen (1.5 liters/min) for 6-10 minutes. C02
produced was absorbed in an ascarite bulb and determined
gravimetrically by the following formula:
Weight absorption Bulb (mg) 07 ,Q .
w,_ . . * / \ X t.l»t.y = A W>
Weight sample (mg)
The error of 6 glucose and 6 steel standards analyzed ranged
from 1.7 to 4.9 percent.
2. Total Dissolved Carbon: measured on a Beckman Carbonaceous Analyzer
Model #137879 using 20 ul liquid sample. A calibration curve
is shown in Figure A-3.
3. Dissolved Organic Carbon: measured on a Beckman Carbonaceous Analyzer,
following manufacturer's instructions. 0.2 ml of 2N NCI was
added to 20 ml sample, and bubbled with N2 gas for 10 minutes
prior to analysis.
4. Chlorides: measured by silver nitrate metnod as described in Standard
Methods. 50 ml of sample were used.
5. pH: measured on a Fisher Accumet pH meter, Model 320.
6. Dissolved Oxygen: D.O. was measured with a Delta Scientific Oxygen
Meter and probe, Model 75.
1-149
-------
Ul
o
10
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Concentration Total Dissolved C (ppm)
90 100
FIGURE A-2. Total dissolved carbon standard curve.
-------
0.8
0.6
o
M
<0.4
0.2
Concentration NO^-N
0.6 07
— (ppm)
FIGURE A-3. Nitrate nitrogen standard curve.
-------
7. Inorganic Phosphorus: 100 ml leachate sample was used without dilution
in the procedures previously described for P^ determination
on phosphorus extract.
8. Total Phosphorus: 25 ml sample was used without dilution in the pro-
cedure previously described for P^. determination on digested
phosphorus extract.
9. Nitrate Nitrogen: 10 ml sample was used without dilution in the pro-
cedure previously described for nitrate determination on
nitrate extract.
10. Ammonia Nitrogen: 350 ml sample or total volume remaining after other
analyses was used without dilution in the procedure previously
described for ammonia determination of ammonia extract.
1-152
-------
REFERENCES
1. Jackson, Marion L. Soil Chemical Analysis. Prentice Hall, Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1958.
2. Assoc. of Official Agricultural Chemists. Official Methods of
Analysis, llth ed. Assoc. of Official Analytical Chemists, Washington,
D.C., 1970.
3. APHA, AWWA, WPCF. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Waste-water, 13th ed. American Public Health Association, Washington,
D.C., 1971.
1-153
-------
APPENDIX B
1. Sample Resident's Survey Form, with cover letter and two completed
forms.
2. Layman's Summary of Project with Area Map and cover letter.
1-154
-------
RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE
TROY, NY 12181
March 25, 1975
STUDY OF MILL CREEK WATERSHED LAND NUTRIENTS
conducted by the Department of Chemical and Environmental Engineering for
the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, United States
Environmental Protection Agency, and the International Joint Commission
Project Advisor: Dr. Hassan El-Baroudi, Associate Professor of
Environmental Engineering, Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute
Dear Resident:
You may remember the summary of the above project which we delivered
to you a few weeks ago. Since that time we have been working hard on
sampling and analyzing soils and calculating the amount of nutrients in
forested and other land. Good progress has been made, but in order to cover
the residential and farmland areas of the watershed WE NEED YOUR HELP in
obtaining the necessary information.
Enclosed is a questionnaire which we think is suitable for our study.
We hope that you will find it reasonable to fill out and mail it in the
enclosed envelope. If you have any suggestions or questions, do not
hesitate to call or write.
Best regards and gratitude.
Yours very truly,
Kevin Walter
Graduate Student (270-6367)
Deborah James
Graduate Student
1-155
-------
March 25, 1975
TO THE RESIDENTS OF MILL CREEK WATERSHED
1. Name •
2. Address
3. Number of persons in your household
4. Type of land included in your property Lawn acres
(approximate): Forested acres
Grassland acres
Cropland acres
5. Do you have a septic tank, cesspool, or sewer connection?
(please circle)
6. How do you dispose of your household garbage? (please circle)
garbage disposal in sink compost pile
collected and hauled away other (please specify)
7. Do you keep animals other than house pets on your property?
horses - number pigs - number
cows - number chickens - number
other (please specify) number
How do you dispose of manure?
8. Do you have a vegetable garden or grow crops for your own consumption?
Yes No
If yes, please list crops acres
acres
acres
9. Do you grow crops beyond your own consumption? Yes No
10. Did you apply fertilizer to your lawn last year? Yes No
If yes, please describe amounts and types
11. Did you apply fertilizers to your garden last year? Yes.... No
If yes, please describe amounts and types
12. Do you plan to fertilize this spring? Lawn - Yes No,
Garden - Yes No,
If so, will you use more, less, or the same amount?
(Use back for further comment)
1-156
-------
March 25, 1975
TO THE RESIDENTS OF MILL CREEK WATERSHED
1. Name
2. Address
3. Number of persons in your household
4. Type of land included in your property Lawn acres
(approximate): Forested acres
Grassland acres
Cropland. acres
5. Do you have a septic tank, cesspool, or sewer connection?
(please circle)
6. How do you dispose of your household garbage? (please circle)
garbage disposal in sink compost pile
collected and hauled away other (please specify)
7. Do you keep animals other than house pets on your property?
horses - number pigs - number
cows - number chickens - number
other (please specify) number
How do you dispose of manure?
8. Do you have a vegetable garden or grow crops for your own consumption?
Yes No.....
If yes, please list crops acres
acres
acres
9. Do you grow crops beyond your own consumption? Yes..... No
10. Did you apply fertilizer to your lawn last year? Yes No
If yes, please describe amounts and types
11. Did you apply fertilizers to your garden last year? Yes.... No....
If yes, please describe amounts and types
12. Do you plan to fertilize this spring? Lawn - Yes...... No,
Garden - Yes No,
If so, will you use more, less, or the same amount?
(Use back for further comment)
1-157
-------
RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE
TROY, NY 12181
January 20, 1975
Dear Resident:
The attached summary describes a research project currently planned
for the Mill Creek area. This research will be conducted by two graduate
students, Kevin Walter and Deborah James, from the Environmental Engineer-
ing Department at R.P.I, in conjunction with the New York State Department
of Environmental Conservation.
In the near future we will be seeking from the residents of Mill Creek
Watershed, permision to obtain soil samples from forest, cropland and
grass- land areas. We would greatly appreciate your cooperation in helping
us obtain these soil samples and providing us with some information either
personally or by a forthcoming questionnaire.
We are looking forward to a productive research assignment in which
your help and interest are greatly needed and appreciated.
With best wishes (and a Happy New Year).
Sincerely yours,
(270-6369) Hassan M. El-Baroudi,
Faculty Advisor
(270-6367) Deborah James,
Graduate Student
(270-6367) Kevin Walter,
Graduate Student
1-158
-------
A Research Project Conducted by R.P.I. in Rensselaer County
Faculty Advisor: Hassan El-Baroudi - Environmental Engineering
Research Engineers: Kevin Walter and Deborah James - Graduate Students
INVENTORY OF NUTRIENTS IN MILL CREEK WATERSHED
(Oct. '74 - Sept. '75)
The soil of our planet is very important to us because it stores, con-
ditions and provides all living things with nutrients. During the animal
and plant cycles of life and death, the soil, together with water, air and
solar energy are responsible for dispersing, converting and transporting
various materials such that continuation of life becomes possible. It is
mainly through understanding these transformations and interactions that
the hope of our future welfare and survival lies. As a starting step,
engineers and scientists divide the total environment into separate units
or ecosystems, each of which has its specific activities within its bound-
aries and particular relations with adjacent units. Examples of these
ecosystems are the fresh water lakes, the swamps, forestlands and stream
watersheds. This project has the objective of studying the environmental
activities and cycles in Mill Creek Watershed which are responsible for
adding, losing or transforming three essential elements in plant and animal
nutrition: carbon, nitrogen and phosphorus. It is hoped that quantities
of these nutrients and their forms will be evaluated for the winter and the
summer seasons.
Mill Creek Watershed in Rensselaer County covers an area of about
10 square miles which is divided between the towns of North Greenbush and
East Greenbush. According to recent statistics, 55.4 percent of the water-
shed is forestland, 40.7 percent is used for agriculture and the remaining
area is occupied by water bodies, residential, recreational and urban
facilities. Small streams in the watershed join until they form Mill Creek
which crosses the City of Rensselaer and discharges into the Hudson River.
The inventory of nutrients in Mill Creek Watershed is only one part of
a larger study sponsored by the International Joint Commission, the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency and the New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation. The Department will concurrently sample and
analyze Mill Creek on a daily basis. In addition, a research team from
Civil Engineering at R.P.I, will study the sediments in the streams. The
project is designed for the main purpose of providing knowledge and testing
techniques that are needed in the current studies of water quality in the
bordering lakes between the U.S. and Canada, and in the many similar set-
tings nationally and Internationally. Examples of the questions for which
the study is seeking answers are: How often should streams be sampled for
identifying water quality with a desired precision? How can the stream
sediments be sampled effectively and how do they interact with water
quality? What are the effects of the various activities and nutrients in
the drainage area and their seasonal fluctuations on the quality of stream
water?
1-159
-------
Needless to say, the task of inventory-taking of the nutrients on the
land can benefit greatly by the interest, input and communications with the
residents of the watershed. This contribution from residents will be
sought and welcomed by the Project team throughout the period of study.
1-160
-------
APPENDIX C
FORTRAN PROGRAM;
BEST STRAIGHT LINE FIT USING
LEAST SQUARES ANALYSIS
DIMENSION ICARD(80),X(4),Y(4)
DATA ISTAR /'*'/
IN-5
IOUT-6
120 READ (IN,100,END=300) ICARD
100 FORMAT (80A1)
IF (ICARD(l) .EQ. ISTAR) GO TO 200
BACKSPACE IN
N»4
SUMX=0.0
SUMY=0.0
SUMX2=0.0
SUMXY=0.0
READ (IN,110) (X(J),Y(J),J=1,4)
110 FORMAT (10X,4(F5.2,F10.4)
ICOUNT-ICOUNT+1
IF (X(4) .EQ. 0.0)N=3
DO 130 1=1,N
SUMX=SUMX+X(I)
SUMY=SUMY+Y(I)
SUMXY=SUMXY+(X(I)*Y(I))
SUMX2=SUMX@+X(I)**2
130 CONTINUE
CDET=(N*SUMX2) - (SUMX**2)
IF(ABS(CDET) .LT. l.OE-10) GO TO 190
YINT=((SUMY*SUMX2) - (SUMXY*SUMX))/CDET
SLOPE=((N*SUMXY) - (SUMX*SUMY))/CDET
WRITE (ICUT,140) ICARD
140 FORMAT (///,' DATA READ WAS: ',80A1,/)
GO TO 210
190 WRITE (IOUT,220)
220 FORMAT (' COEFFICIENT DETERMINANT .LT. l.OE-10, PROBABLE DATA ERRO
1R')
GO to 120
210 WRITE (IOUT,150) N,SLOPE,YINT
1-161
-------
150 FORMAT (' THE NUMBER OF POINTS IS f,Il,5X,'THE SLOPE IS ',
1F10.A, 5X,'THE Y-INTERCEPT IS \F10.4,
GO TO 120
200 WRITE (IOUT.160) ICARD
160 FORMAT ('I1,1X,80A1)
GO TO 120
300 WRITE (IOUT.170) ICOUNT
170 FORMAT(////,f PROCESSING COMPLETED - ',15,'SETS OF POINTS ANALYZE
ID1)
STOP
END
1-162
-------
REPORT II
EVALUATION OF THE BOGARDI T-3 BEDLOAD SAMPLER
by
Thomas F. Zimmie
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Young S. Paik
Graduate Assistant
Carsten H.L. Floess
Graduate Assistant
Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute
Civil Engineering Department
Prepared for
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation
and
United States Environmental Protection Agency
-------
REPORT II
CONTENTS
Abstract *
Figures ii
Tables , iv
Acknowledgements • v
1. Introduction 1
Background 1
General 1
Bedload samplers 3
2. Conclusions 6
3. Laboratory flume experiments 7
Introduct ion 7
Equipment • 8
Procedure 10
Laboratory results and discussion \i
4. Field testing 39
General 39
Procedure 41
Analysis of field data 44
Comparison with bedload formulas 5g
References 65
Appendix: Field methods for fluvial bedload measurement using the
Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler 68
-------
ABSTRACT
This study consists of three parts:
I) Evaluation of the Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler in laboratory flume tests;
2) Field sampling using the Bogardi T-3 sampler;
3) Comparison of the field data .with theoretical values.
The Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler, designed by Professor Bogardi, was studied
in a non-circulating flume. Efficiency and selectivity of this pressure
difference-type sampler were evaluated at various water velocities and with
different bed sediment materials. Although the efficiency varied with
different velocities and bed materials, an overall efficiency of 40 percent
was found adequate for practical use. The selectivity of the sampler was
negligible, and the material sampled was representative of the bedload being
transported.
The sampler was used to measure the bedload transport in Mill Creek, which ~
is located-in eastern New York State. The watershed was approximately 26 km
in area above the sampling station.
Although the Bogardi T-3 sampler was originally designed for use in small
streams, it can also be used in large rivers.
The sediment-discharge relationships of bedload trensport versus water dis-
charge and bedload transport versus water velocity were obtained from field
sampling and USGS hydrological data for Mill Creek. The total amount of bed-
load transport was also computed.
Field measurements were compared with bedload formulas. The Schoklitsch for-
mula, the Meyer-Peter formula and the Einstein formula were examined. As for
most cobble-bedded streams, the mean size of the bed material in Mill Creek
is too large to give adequate amounts of bedload as computed by the formulas.
Reasonable agreement between computed results and actual field data could be
obtained by using the mean diameters determined from bedload samples instead
of the mean diameter of the bed material.
Il-i
-------
FIGURES
Number Page
1 Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler 5
2 Flume arrangement 9
3a Grain size distribution - Grit #2 22
3b Grain size distribution - Grit #1 22
3c Grain size distribution - Grit #1/2 23
3d Grain size distribution - Grit #40 23
3e Grain size distribution - Mixture 24
4a Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Grit #2 26
4b Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Grit #1 26
4c Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Grit #1/2 27
4d Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Grit #40 27
4e Total sediment movement vs. velocity - Mixture 28
5 Total sediment movement vs. D-0 size. 28
6a Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #2 30
6b Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #1 30
6c Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #1/2 31
6d Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #40 31
6e Velocity vs. efficiency - Mixture 32
7a Grain size distribution - Test #64 35
7b Grain size distribution - Test #68 35
Il-ii
-------
FIGURES (continued)
Number Page
7c Grain size distribution - Test #71 36
8 Mill Creek watershed, Renssalaer County, New York AO
9 Method of bedload sampling for low flow periods... 42
10 Method of bedload sampling for high flow periods 42
11 Bedload sediment-discharge relation for Mill Creek 45
12 Bedload sediment-discharge relation for Clearwater River 45
13 Bedload sediment-velocity relation for Mill Creek 52
14 Bedload sediment-discharge relations for Mill Creek: field
data and bedload formulas •. 64
-------
TABLES
Number Page
1 Laboratory data 12
2 Material characteristics 1?
3 Efficiency of the Bogardi T-3 bedload sampler -
statistical summary 33
4 Bedload data '. 46
5a Rating table for Mill Creek (11/7/74 - 4/2/75) 53
5b Rating table for Mill Creek (from 4/2/75) 54
6a Discharge occurrence (1/23 - 4/2/75) 55
6b Discharge occurrence (3/3/75 - 6/2/76; missing 8/22-
8/27/75) 56
Il-iv
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors wish to thank M. Comer, who was involved with the early labora-
tory and field testing, J. Murray and K. Nagel, who carried out the labora-
tory calibration tests, Drs. L. Hetling and G.A Carlson, New York State
Department of Environmental Conservation, and many members of the Water
Resources Division, Albany Office of the United States Geologic Survey, who
cooperated on this project. The authors also wish to thank Betty Alix who
typed this report.
This study was carried out as part of the Task C activities of the Pollution
from Land Use Activities Reference Group, International Joint Commission'and
was funded through the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the
State of New York.
II-v
-------
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
BACKGROUND
The International Joint Commission (IJC), consisting of Canadians and
Americans, has established various reference groups to study specific USA -
Canada water quality problems. These problems deal either directly or
indirectly with the Great Lakes. A number of watershed studies are being
carried out as part of the activities of the Pollution from Land Use
Activities Reference Group (PLUARG). This study was carried out as part of
the Genesee River Watershed Project.
Sedimentation investigations are an important part of the watershed
studies. In order to measure total sediment transport in a watercourse,
both suspended sediments and bedload sediments must be sampled. The -
specific aim of this research was to evaluate and calibrate a bedload
sampler for use in the sedimentation studies. Although this research was
performed as part of the Genesee River Watershed Study, the intent is to
utilize the bedload sampler in other USA - Canada watershed studies also.
GENERAL
Total sediment load in a stream can be considered to consist of two
types of sediment, bedload and suspended load. Bedload can be defined as
sediment that is transported in a stream by rolling, sliding, or skipping
along the bed or very close to it. Einstein (1948) suggested that the
thickness of the layer within which bedload moves is different for each
watercourse; it should be at least equal to the diameter of the largest
grain. The suspended load may be defined as that sediment which does not
spend any time on the bed of the channel. These sediments are carried
along at approximately the same velocity as the water phase. The
separation between bedload and suspended load is rather artificial, since
in reality there will be interchanges between the two. The behavior of a
particle of sediment in a stream is dependent both on the characteristics
of the sediment (weight, size, shape, etc.) and the fluid flow conditions
(velocity, direction, turbulence, etc.) (Graf, 1971). In a quiet water
zone suspended particles will settle and become part of the bedload,
whereas after storm events, high stream flow velocities will place bedload
sediments in suspension. Nevertheless, for a given sampling event at a
given sampling station, the concept of bedload and suspended load Is
practical.
II-l
-------
Bedload sediment investigations have not been as numerous in the
United States as those of suspended load because many of the important
rivers have beds composed of fine material and therefore carry much more
sediment in suspension than along the bed (Carlson and Miller, 1956). For
those watercourses, the bedload portion of the stream sediments usually
accounts for only a small percentage of the total sediment discharge
(Colby, 1964). In streams where the sediment load consists primarily of
silt and clay sized particles, the suspended sediment discharge is very
nearly equal to the total discharge (ASCE, 1969). However, the ratio of
bedload transport to total sediment transport is highly variable, and
depends on the character of the watercourse. For example, on the Middle
Loup River at Dunning, Nebraska, more than 50 percent of the total is
bedload whereas on the Milk River near Nashua, Montana, the bedload is
estimated at 5 to 10 percent of the total transport (Carlson and Miller,
1956).
In some streams, the sediment discharge can be measured in a
contracted section of a channel where the velocity and the turbulence are
sufficient to suspend all the particles in transport. Such a section is
sometimes called a natural turbulence flume. In small streams, it may be
practical to install an artificial turbulence flume (ASCE, 1969). For
other methods of measuring sediment discharges, see (ASCE, 1969).
This study is concerned only with the measurement of bedload sediment.
Movement of bedload is largely responsible for changes in the geometry of
alluvial channels. Thus it is virtually impossible to plan, design, and
maintain river basin projects without quanitifying bedload transport rates
(ASCE, 1969).
Assessment of pollution effects requires not only knowledge of the
efficiency of the sediment as a carrier, but also knowledge of quantities
and rates of sediment transport (Tywoniuk, 1972). In order to estimate the
amount of polychlorinated biphenyls trapped on bedload sediments in the
Hudson River, some samples were obtained using the Bogardi sampler.
The current trend in determining the total sediment-transport rate of
a watercourse is to combine an analytical method with a suspended sediment
sampling program. The transport rate of coarse particles (bedload) is
computed according to the existing theories, and the measured results
(suspended sediments) are used to determine the transport rate of fine
particles (Chien, 1954). Thus there have been many more measurements of
suspended load than of bedload. One of the reasons is the large number of
practical problems and difficulties in obtaining satisfactory bedload
samples.
Several computational methods for determining bedload or total load
have been developed, but none is universally acceptable to all sediment
sizes, bed configurations, and flow regimes (Graf, 1971). Also, there are
complications in the actual application of these formulas. These methods
include both analytical and empirical relations. Thus, direct measurements
are necessary to determine the amount of sediment load or to check these
computational methods (Graf, 1971).
11-2
-------
Bedload samplers for the direct measurement of bedload have been
developed and used in many countries in Europe, including Switzerland,
Germany, Hungary, Russia, and Poland. Calibration of these samplers have
indicated a mean efficiency of about 45 percent for basket or pan types of
samplers and about 70 percent for the best designed pressure difference
type. The efficiency of a sampler is the ratio of trapped sediment to that
actually moved as bedload per unit time. The efficiency varies with
sampler characteristics, method of supporting the sampler, hydraulic
conditions, particle size, bed stability, and bed configuration (ASCE,
1969).
Development of bedload samplers in the United States has been largely
limited to minor changes in design of some of the European models without
calibration tests (Hubbell, 1964). However, the USGS has recently devel-
oped a bedload sampler primarily intended for California coastal streams
(Helley and Smith, 1971). Thus the need for the development and calibra-
tion of bedload samplers is apparent.
BEDLOAD SAMPLERS
Bedload samplers come in a large array of types. Each type has been
developed to serve satisfactorily under slightly different conditions.
Usually the difference among the samplers lies in the type of sample it
will efficiently catch. Some samplers catch primarily large size
sediments, while others trap a broader range of sizes, Including the
smaller size particles.
The basic types of samplers are: the box- or basket-type, the
pressure difference-type, the pan- or tray-type, and slot- or pit-type.
The box or basket samplers operate by retaining sediment that is
deposited in the sampler because of a reduction in the flow velocity and
(or) that is screened from the flow (Hubbell, 1964). The basket-type only
catches material larger than the mesh of the basket, while the box-type is
able to catch a large number of fines in its baffled settling chamber. In
general, the basket-type has been adopted in preference to the box-type,
and the average efficiency of a basket sampler is about 45 percent
(Hubbell, 1964). The basket samplers were used not only for solving
specific river problems but also for checking the validity of bedload
formulas.
Due to the flow resistance of the box- or basket- type samplers, a
velocity decrease and pressure increase at the entrance are produced. As a
result, efficiencies are extremely variable and samples are unrepresenta-
tive. To remedy these disadvantages, pressure difference-type samplers are
designed so that the entrance velocity and the stream velocity are approxi-
mately the same. The bedload settles out of the water as it passes through
the low pressure area towards the rear of the device. The low pressure is
caused by an expansion in a flow chamber. The details and geometry vary
-------
with the type of sampler. The efficiencies of these samplers may approach
70 percent, depending on site conditions (Graf, 1971).
The Helley-Smith Sampler is an example of the modified basket type and
the Bogardi is a modified box-type. The Bogardi is similar to that devel-
oped by Karolyi (Graf, 1971) in design and concept, although the model used
in the present tests is much smaller than Karolyi's 90 kg device. A
refinement of this sampler, called the VUV by Novak (Graf, 1971) has a
higher effficiency, closer to 70 percent. This refinement was attained by
studying the exact flow characteristic inside the box to determine the best
shape for the plates. It has been found that these samplers will also
provide improved performance when provided with flexible bottoms and extra
weight for stability on the stream bottom.
The pan-type is designed for small quantities of bedload in streams of
low velocity. This type consists of a flat pan placed on the bed which may
or may not have vertical baffles to hold the bedload material which passes
over the top of the pan (Graf, 1971).
The pit-type is a very simple type of sampler and consists of an exca-
vation in the stream bed. This pit is allowed to fill up with bed
materials over a specified length of time. At predetermined intervals, the
pit is re-excavated and the sample recovered. This type of sampler is most
accurate in larger rivers with very high flows and sediment loads, where
the errors inherent in such a measurement would be insignificant (Hubbell,
1964). However, in spite of their high and relatively constant efficiency,
the use of pit-type samplers is limited to the shallow rivers because they
must be placed into the stream bed. In order to overcome this deficiency,
a diver-operated bedload sampler has been developed for deep rivers. A
scuba-equipped diver places a portable pit-type sampler into the stream
bed. According to Waslenchuk (1976), this type sampler is technically and
economically feasible. For a further discussion of bedload samplers see
Hubbell (1964) or Report 2, "Equipment Used for Sampling Bed Load and Bed
Material," of the Federal Inter-Agency River Basin Committee (1940).
The bedload sampler that was evaluated in this project was the Bogardi
T-3 Bedload Sampler (Figure 1), developed by Professor J. L. Bogardi of
Hungary. The sampler belongs to a family of similar pressure difference-
type bedload samplers developed by Karolyi (Hubbell, 1964). Novak (1959)
found in laboratory calibration tests that the sampling efficiency of these
samplers was about 45 percent. Although this efficiency may be considered
low, one of the advantages of this type of sampler is that the sampling
efficiency does not vary radically with velocity or particle size as does
the efficiency of most other trap-type samplers (Hubbell, 1964). Novak's
results were similar to those found in this project for the Bogardi
sampler, as will be discussed later.
The sampler was constructed of 1.6 mm sheet aluminum plates and 6.4 mm
plexiglass walls. The sampler is 51 cm long, 14 cm wide, and 23 cm high
(not including the stabilizing fin). The front opening is 10.2 cm high by
14 cm wide. The sampler weighs only 2.3 kg; however, weights can be added
II-4
-------
to increase the sampler stability in high water velocities. In this
project the maximum amount of weights used was 13.6 kg, which increased the
total sampler weight to 15.9 kg. More weight can be added if necessary.
The Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler has been used to a limited extent in
North America, primarily by Agriculture Canada to determine the amount of
pesticides on bedload sediments. In addition, a number of other organiza-
tions involved with IJC Great Lakes research projects have utilized the
sampler on occasion. However, the sampler had not been calibrated
previously, since these research projects did not deal with sedimentation
per se.
Ah*
Figure 1. Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler.
II-r5
-------
SECTION 2
CONCLUSIONS
From this report, the following conclusions may be drawn:
The Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler is primarily intended for use in small
streams and rivers. However, it is a versatile sampler and can be used in
large rivers also. It is very lightweight and highly portable.
The use of an overall sampling efficiency of 40 percent is justified
for field work with the Bogardi sampler.
No evidence of sample selectivity was indicated with the Bogardi
sampler, and the sample obtained can be considered to be a representative
portion of the bedload sediment being transported.
The sampler has been successfully used in water velocities of 2.4 m/s,
and can be used in higher velocities.
A bedload sediment-discharge relation was obtained for Mill Creek
using the Bogardi sampler.
Satisfactory bedload sediment-discharge relations can be obtained for
Mill Creek by the use of bedload formulas if the appropriate sediment size
parameter is obtained from bedload samples rather than from bedload
material.
Total bedload transport for Mill Creek was about 100,000 kg during the
period January 23, 1975, to June 2, 1976, an average daily value of about
240 kg/day. However, bedload transport is very event-dominated, and about
65 percent of the bedload movement occurred during the 10 days of highest
flows.
II-6
-------
SECTION 3
LABORATORY FLUME EXPERIMENTS
INTRODUCTION
The laboratory experiments were primarily concerned with the
controlled calibration of the Bogardi Bedload Sampler as used in the field
tests. Such measurements require the use of a flume to simulate the stream
conditions, since the calibration cannot be determined in natural streams
because the actual transport rate is unknown (Helley and Smith, 1971).
Therefore, in order to calibrate the sampler, a flume was required which
develops the characteristics critical for bedload movement in a manner
similar to that of the stream to be measured.
The important parameters that affect bedload movement can usually be
limited to sediment size characteristics, sediment transport rate, water
discharge, mean velocity, depth, bed slope and roughness. Determinations
of the parameters to be controlled must be made by the experimenter in each
type of experiment. True independence or dependence of variables is dif-
ficult to determine, as the interaction among them is not well understood
(Williams, 1967 and Yalin, 1972). In some reported experiments (Williams,
1967, 1970) the independent variables were the sediment characteristics,
water depth and sediment transport rates, while the dependent variables
were water discharge (mean velocity), slope and bed roughness. These types
of experiments' were done using a non-recirculating-type flume (see Williams
(1970) and Guy, Simons and Richardson (1966) for additional explanation and
diagrams). Other experimenters have used a recirculating-type flume
(Simons, Richardson and Haushild, 1963). The discharge rate, sediment size
and sediment load were chosen, and the slope, depth and bed roughness were
allowed to change in accordance with each other. In general, the flume
arrangement, the selection of variables and experimental procedure are
governed by the results to be obtained.
The flume in which the experiments were conducted allows a number of
hydraulic variables to be controlled. However, for the efficiency deter-
mination required for this project, the effects of water velocity (hence
discharge rate) and sediment size characteristics were considered. It was
found that the water depth had no effect on efficiency, as long as the
depth of the water was sufficient to completely cover the sampler. This is
an important point, since the efficiency is essentially zero if the sampler
is not covered completely. Thus, a minimum water depth of 25-30 cm is
required to sample.
II-7
-------
Five different kinds of sediment were used. These included four sands
of fairly uniform size, and one sand that was an equal mixture of the four
uniform sands. The V$Q sizes of the sand varied from 0.49 mm to
1.65 mm. A maximum water velocity of 0.82 m/s was used in the flume.
After each test, the amount of bedload sediment trapped in the sampler and
the total amount of bedload movement was determined. Efficiency, expressed
in percent, was calculated by dividing the weight of sampler sediment by
the total weight of bedload sediment movement. For example, if 4.5'kg of
bedload sediment passes by a 14 cm width of stream bed (the width of the
sampler) in a given time, and 2.3 kg of sediment is trapped in the sampler
during the same unit of time, the efficiency is 50 percent.
EQUIPMENT
The flume was a non-recirculating-type (sediment did not recirculate)
with a usable length of approximately 7.3 m and a width of 74 cm. The
flume arrangement is shown in Figure 2. The bottom was horizontal (no
slope) and non-adjustable. Two pumps were used to circulate water. One
pump had a rated capacity of 2.66 m^/min and fed a 15.2 cm diameter line.
The other pump had a rated capacity of 9.5 m-Vmin and fed a 26.7 cm line.
The pumps discharged into a stilling area and then went through a baffled
chamber, to reduce excess turbulence before entering the mainstream.
At a distance of 137 cm downstream of the last baffle, a plywood board
97 cm long and extending the entire width of the flume was secured to the
flume bottom. A small metal strip acting as a ramp was placed in front of
this board, and the board had a sand coating affixed to it to give it a
rough surface. The purpose of the board and the metal strip was to have
the flowing water approach and impact the sand bed in a relatively uniform
manner. The Bogardi T-3 Sampler was placed on a similar plywood board
51 cm long, with a rough finish and sand particles affixed to it. This
board was added to the flume to decrease the degree of observed scour.
Between these two boards was the sand bed. The sand bed had an overall
length of 2.57 m and a depth of 4.4 cm (this depth was equal to the
thickness of the plywood boards). The collection box was placed directly
behind the sampler. This box was constructed of aluminum, and consisted of
two pieces to facilitate its handling and removal from the flume. When in
place, the box had an overall length of 180 cm and a width of 30 cm. Since
it was desirable to negate effects created at the flume edges, the width of
the collection box was less than the overall flume width. The aluminum
utilized for the collection box was 0.8 mm thick.
To adjust the velocity and height of the water, three weirs were used.
The heights of these weirs were 38.1, 25.4 and 17.8 cm. Either of these
weirs could be placed in the slots at the extreme end of the flume.
A Price-type current meter was used to measure water velocity rates
and determine discharge rates. This is a cup-type current meter used
throughout the country by the USGS for stream gaging (Grover and
Harrington, 1966).
II-8
-------
PUMP
DISCHARGE
PIPES
BAFFLES
METAL STRIP
PLYWOOD
BOARD
SAND BED
REMOVABLE
METAL PLATE
PLYWOOD
BOARD
BOGARDI T-3
SAMPLER
COLLECTION
BOX
WEIR
W+4+-
T
104 cm
137 cm
97 cm
257 cm
51 cm
180cm
15. cm
FIGURE 2. Flume arrangement.
II-9
-------
PROCEDURE
The first step in a test was to prepare the sand bed. The sand ac-
cumulated behind the sampler from a previous test was removed and placed in
the bed area. This was done by using a trowel and shoveling the sand into
the bed area. When using a mixture, the sand was mixed thoroughly before
being smoothed out into a level and uniform layer. The collection box was
then secured in place by placing it into pre-cut notches in the plywood on
which the sampler rests. The collection box also had some lead weights
placed in it so that it would not move while the water was flowing.
Next the sampler was placed on the center of the plywood board and
secured in place. The sampler was placed so that its upstream opening
coincided with the edge of the plywood board. Thus, the sampler was
located at the edge of the sand bed. A piece of sheet metal measuring
25.4 cm by 30.5 cm was placed on the bed directly in front of the sampler
and a small weight was used to secure it to the sand bed. The purpose of
this piece of metal was to help reduce scour which occurred as the initial
wave of water reached the sampler.
It was necessary to fill the flume with water before a test could be
run. The filling operation was performed slowly to prevent disturbance of
the sand during this period of constantly changing flow conditions across
the sand surface. First, the area behind the sampler was filled using a
1.9 cm hose. When the water started to flood the sand bed, the 2.66
m^/min pump was started in a throttled down condition, to fill the flume
from the opposite direction. These opposing flows prevented disturbances
and wash-outs of the sand near the sampler.
Once the water level reached weir height, the 9.5 m/min pump was
started and the other pump was throttled to its desired position. The
timer for the experiment was started and the small metal plate in front of
the sampler was removed from the flume. The water was circulated for a
predetermined length of time. At the conclusion of the test, the pumps
were shut down and the sampler removed from the flume. Some of the water
in the flume was allowed to drain by raising the weir. Sand found on the
plywood board directly in front of the collection box was shoveled into the
box. This sand was considered to be part of the overall sample, since it
passed the cross section containing the upstream opening of the sampler.
Since the collection box was constructed in two pieces, it was necessary to
collect the sand into one box while the box was still in the flume. This
was done by tilting one box and washing the sand into the other half. This
half was then removed from the flume and the sand was trowelled, brushed,
and washed into pans and bowls. The sample obtained in the Bogardi T-3
Sampler was also placed into pans and bowls through a similar procedure.
These pans and bowls were then placed into an oven and the sand was allowed
to dry. With unifom sands it was only necessary to weigh the dried samples
from the Bogardi T-3 Sampler and the collection box, to compute the effi-
ciency. If a mixture was being tested, sieve analyses of both samples were
conducted, in addition to the calculation of overall efficiency. The sieve
analyses were performed in accordance with ASTM standards (ASTM Designation
11-10
-------
C136-46) using U.S. Standard Sizes #10, 20, 40, 60, 100 and 200 sieves.
LABORATORY RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The laboratory data is presented in Table 1. The most common test
velocities were 0.427, 0.595 and 0.824 m/sec. These velocities corre-
sponded to maximum pumping rates using the 38.1, 25.4, and 17.8 cm weirs
respectively. It was preferable not to take velocity measurements during
every test, since the presence of the current meter could have a signif-
icant effect upon the efficiency measurement. However, the velocities were
verified routinely during the experimental phase and remained fairly con-
stant. The water velocity was measured near the upstream opening of the
sampler and the recorded velocity is an average of the velocity readings.
Table 1 also lists depth of water, weight of material found in the sampler,
total weight of bedload movement, rate of bedload movement, and a computed
sampler efficiency. The efficiency is computed from:
width of collection box weight in sampler
Efficiency = width Qf sampler « total bedload weight
where: width of collection box « 30.48 cm,
width of sampler - 13.97 cm.
Then, as shown in Table 1:
ws
E •
.458 x Wt
where: E = efficiency
Wg • weight in sampler
Wt = total bedload weight.
Material size characteristics of the sands used in the tests are shown
in Table 2. The data was obtained from mechanical sieve analyses. The
sieve size openings are shown in the table just below the sieve number.
Also shown are the results obtained utilizing the sand mixture, including
size analyses of material retained in the sampler, material obtained in the
collection box, and the material in the sand bed. For each sand analyzed,
the D , D , and D sizes are shown. The D size is defined as the soil
particle diameter at which 60 percent of the soil weight is finer, DSQ
is the diameter at which 50 percent of the soil weight is finer, and
D,Q is the corresponding value at 10 percent finer (Lambe and Whitman,
1969). The uniformity coefficient (C ) is the ratio of the D60 size
to the DIQ size (Lambe and Whitman, 1969), and is also shown in
Table 2. All of the sand used in the tests will pass a #4 sieve. Complete
grain size curves for the mono-sized sands and a typical bed sample of the
mixture can be found in Figures 3a-3e.
11-11
-------
TABLE 1. LABORATORY DATA.
Test
*
1-7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Date
1976
1/8
1/9
1/11
1/11
1/11
1/11
1/11
1/14
1/14
1/14
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/19
1/19
Grit
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Time
(min)
5
9
30
6
6
6
26
32
31
10
10
10
5
8
15
Vel.
(mps)
0.59
0.59
0.41
0.64
0.64
0.64
0.52
0.45
0.46
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.58
Depth
(m)
PILOT
0.34
0.34
0.34
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.32
0.31
0.31
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.34
0.23
Sample wt.
V (gin)
8
TEFTS
198.5
681.0
17.2
754.0
1218.0
2198.0
725.0
17.0
0.0
1276.0
3749.0
1796.0
903.0
58.0
—
Tot. wt.
1351.5
3004.0
1042.5
4421.0
5015.0
830.9'
3840.0
464.0
237.0
7433.0
10820.0
7236.0
6073.0
1642.0
—
Rate
(gm/min)
269.6
333.7
34.8
736.8
985.8
1384.8
133.8
14.5
7.6
743.3
1082.0
723.6
1214.6
205.3
—
Efficiency
W /.458W
s t
32.1
49.5
3.7
37.2
45.0
57.8
45.5
8.0
0.0
37.5
75.7
54.2
32.5
7.7
—
(continued)
-------
TABLE 1 (continued).
Test
1
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Date
1976
1/19
1/19
1/20
1/20
1/21
1/21
1/21
1/28
1/28
1/28
1/28
1/20
1/30
2/2
2/2
2/2
Grit
1
1
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
40
40
40
Time
(min)
15
15
15
10
7
20
5
7
20
30
40
-
35
10
10
10
Vel.
(mps)
0.58
0.58
0.59
0.59
0.82
0.59
0.82
0.82
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.82
0.46
0.50
0.59
0.82
Depth
0.23
0.23
0.34
0.34
0.27
0.34
0.27
0.27
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.24
0.29
0.34
0.34
0.27
Sample wt.
W (gm)
S
—
—
615.0
305.0
2110.0
1808.0
2680.0
2358.0
110.0
307.0
270.0
—
0.0
621.0
491.0
990.0
Tot. wt.
—
—
4670.0
3490.0
8172.0
8142.0
8969.0
10334.0
1886.0
1692.0
2426.0
—
0.0
4696.0
3031.0
6881.0
Rate
(gtn/min)
—
—
311.3
349.0
1167.4
407.1
1793.8
1476.3
94.3
56.4
60.7
—
0.0
469.6
303.1
688.1
Efficiency
W /.458W
S t
—
—
28.8
19.1
56.4
48.5
65.2
49.8
12,7
39.6
24.3
—
—
28.9
35.4
31.4
(continued)
-------
TABLE 1 (continued).
Test
#
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Date
1976
2/4
2/4
2/4
2/6
2/6
2/6
2/9
2/9
2/9
2/9
2/10
2/10
2/11
2/11
2/11
2/16
Grit
f
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Time
(min)
15
10
17
15
15
25
20
15
15
15
20
10
10
6
5
30
Vel.
(rops)
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.59
Depth
(tn)
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.34
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.34
Sample wt.
W (BB)
9
2063.0
1130.0
3252.0
912.0
112.0
449.0
81.0
1387.0
455.0
2814.0
2358.0
1225.0
655.0
305.0
496.0
1716.0
Tot. wt.
Wt(*m)
12182.0
6774.0
11147.0
4242.0
780.0
2748.0
1108.0
6044.0
4978.0
12494.0
8080.0
5621.0
3528.0
2200.0
2893.0
6983.0
Rate
(ptn/min)
812.1
677.4
655.7
282.8
52.0
110.0
55.4
456.3
331.9
832.9
404.0
561.2
352.8
366.7
578.6
232.7
Efficiency
W /.458W
s t
37.0
36.4
63.7
46.9
31.4
35.7
16.0
44.2
20.0
49.2
63.7
47.7
40.5
30.3
37.4
53.7
(continued)
-------
TABLE 1 (continued).
Test
f
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
Date
1976
2/16
2/16
2/18
2/18
2/18
2/18
2/20
2/20
2/20
2/25
2/27
2/27
2/27
3/1
3/1
3/7
Grit
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Time
(min)
15
30
32
30
22
135
10
10
15
10
15
20
30
45
60
30
Vel.
(mps)
0.59
0.59
0.59
0.43
0.82
0.43
0.82
0.82
0.59
0.82
0.59
0.59
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.59
Depth
(in)
0.34
0.34
0.34
0.43
0.27
0.43
0.27
0.27
0.34
0.27
0.34
0.34
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.34
Sample wt.
W (gm)
s
—
401.0
2175.0
0.0
4225.0
0.0
3156.0
5586.0
278.0
3515.0
154.0
1277.0
51.0
745.0
874.0
2946.0
Tot. wt.
Wt(pn)
—
3408.0
6327.0
0.0
16690.0
0.0
11755.0
17195.0
3536.0
11940.0
4106.0
7510.0
1396.0
3363.0
3453.0
10939.0
Rate
(gm/min)
—
113.6
197.7
0.0
758.6
0.0
1175.5
1719.5
235.7
1194.0
273.7
375.5
46.5
74.7
57.6
364.6
Efficiency
W /.458W
S t
—
25.7
75.1
—
55.3
—
58.6
70.9
17.2
64.3
8.5
37.1
8.0
48.4
55.3
58.8
(continued)
-------
TABLE 1 (continued).
M
M
1
1— i
Test
t
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
Date
1976
3/7
3/12
3/12
3/12
3/12
3/19
3/19
3/19
Grit
1
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Time
(min)
20
15
12
7
10
40
50
30
Vel.
(mps)
0.59
0.59
0.82
0.82
0.82
0.52
0.52
0.52
Depth
(m)
0.34
0.34
0.27
0.27
0.27
0.30
0.30
0.30
Sample wt.
Wg(gm)
1987.0
798.0
2069.0
403.0
463.0
170.0
309.0
112.0
Tot. wt.
Wt(gm)
9316.0
4252.0
11233.0
3833.0
6186.0
2762.0
2939.0
1602.0
Rate
(gm/tnin)
465.8
283.5
936.1
547.6
618.6
69.1
58.8
53.4
Efficiency
W /.458W
8 t
46.6
41.0
40.2
23.0
16.3
13.5
23.0
15.3
-------
TABLE 2. MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS.
Grain Size
Analysis
Grit #2
Grit #1
Grit #1/2
Grit #40
Test #61
Sample
Test #61
Box
Test #62
Sample
Test #62
Box
Test #63
Sample
Test #63
Box
Test #64
Sample
Test #64
Box
# 10
(2.00)*
63.02
99.60
99.87
99.91
92.71
91.21
93.19
90.04
92.68
89.64
93.13
89.15
Percent
1 20
(0.84)
2.16
22.23
65.39
72.03
49.48
45.78
48.35
44.65
46.68
42.12
46.57
40.24
Passing
# 40
(0.42)
1.04
1.10
0.66
38.28
12.04
10.62
11.11
11.15
16.89
10.58
10.66
7.79
Sieve #
# 60
(0.25)
0.47
0.29
0.10
9.81
3.22
2.77
2.77
2.71
8.50
7.98
2.49
1.37
Size in mm.
#100
(0.15)
0.13
0.11
0.05
0.07
0.09
0.05
0.02
0.00
0.07
0.04
0.03
0.05
#200
(.074)
0.03
0.09
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.03
0.01
0.00
0.03
0.03
0.00
0.04
Pan
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.02
D
max
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
D
60
1.90
1.28
0.75
0.57
1.03
1.10
1.05
1.15
1.03
1.13
1.08
1.17
D
50
1.65
1.15
0.65
0.49
0.86
0.91
0.87
0.95
0.89
0.97
0.90
0.95
D
10
1.02
0.57
0.45
0.26
0.37
0.41
0.40
0.40
0.28
0.39
0.40
0.47
C
u
1.86
2.24
1.68
2.23
2.78
2.68
2.65
2.91
3.68
2.90
2.70
2.49
(continued)
-------
TABLE 2 (continued).
Percent Passing Sieve #
Grain Size
Analysis
Test #65
Sample
Test #65
Box
Test #66
Sample
Test #66
Box
V Test #67
55 Sample
Test #67
Box
Test #68
Sample
Test #68
Box
Test #69
Sample
Test #69
Box
# 10
(2.00)*
96.38
95.76
95.66
91.40
90.97
90.34
91.74
88.66
91.28
90.26
# 20
(0.84)
45.41
37.92
52.97
43.47
54.85
41.82
43.53
41.95
48.48
46.78
I 40
(0.42)
19.21
8.65
12.68
10.33
31.80
11.67
12.20
12.16
15.03
16.56
# 60
(0.25)
9.44
2.05
3.20
2.42
15.86
3.59
2.90
3.16
4.30
5.10
#100
(0.15)
1.35
0.22
0.38
0.22
1.94
0.45
0.27
0.26
0.03
0.30
#200
(.074)
0.00
0.00
0.10
0.02
0.02
0.09
0.03
0.03
0.41
0.03
Pan
0.00
0.00
0.08
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.01
D
max
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
Size in mm.
D
60
1.00
1.12
0.96
1.15
0.95
1.18
1.15
1.19
1.10
1.05
D
50
0.85
0.97
0.79
0.96
0.72
1.00
0.96
0.98
0.89
0.86
D
10
0.26
0.44
0.37
0.40
0.21
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.31
0.34
C
u
3.85
2.55
2.63
2.88
4.52
3.10
3.07
3.13
3.54
3.08
(continued)
-------
TABLE 2 (continued).
Grain Size
Analysis
Test#61-69
Bed
Test #70
Sample
Test #70
Box
Test #71
Sample
V Test #71
S Box
Test #70-71
Bed
Test #72
Sample
Test #72
Box
Test #73
Sample
Test #73
Box
# 10
(2.00)*
90.52
97.21
95.13
96.88
96.88
96.81
96.14
94.18
96.43
95.25
Percent
# 20
(0.84)
40.77
43.47
37.98
45.02
46.49
43.32
42.22
39.24
45.34
41.78
Passing
# 40
(0.42)
10.70
9. 15
7.38
9.64
10.30
7.94
7.94
7.80
8.54
6.64
Sieve #
# 60
(0.25)
2.68
1.94
1.27
1.89
1.53
1.03
1.64
1.30
1.23
0.86
Size in mn.
#100
(0.15)
0.22
0.19
0.12
0.15
0.10
0.07
0.08
0.10
0.08
0.07
#200
(.074)
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.02
0.00
0.02
0.00
0.00
Pan
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
D
max
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
D
60
1.10
1.12
1.18
1.10
1.07
1.10
1.14
1.19
1.10
1.15
D
50
0.95
0.95
1.02
0.93
0.89
0.92
0.97
1.00
0.93
0.96
D
10
0.39
0.46
0.45
0.44
0.42
0.44
0.43
0,46
0.42
0.46
C
u
2.82
2.43
2.62
2.50
2.55
2.50
2.65
2.59
2.62
2.50
> _ . . . , j i - M
(continued)
-------
TABLE 2 (continued).
Percent Passing Sieve #
Grain Size # 10 1 20 # 40 I 60 #100 #200
Analysis (2.00)* (0.84) (0.42) (0.25) (0.15) (.074) Pan
Test #74 94>28 4Q>60 9>18 1>92 oao 0>QO Q>00
Sample
Test #74 95>91 40>77 6>6? 0>?7 Oi04 0>f)0 0>00
Box
Test #75 96>14 52>26 13<20 1>% 0>20 0>OQ 0>OQ
Sample
Test #75 9fi 5g 42>81 6>Q2 0>63 Q>05 0>OQ 0>00
Box
M
.i, Test#72-75 97_lg 49>Q9 g>86 1>y6 0>53 0>03 0>00
o Bed
Test #76 96<87 4g>71 u<22 1<83 0>12 0>OQ 0<00
Sample
Test #76 %>59 39<29 6>2? Q>60 0>Q3 Q<01 0>00
Box
Test #77 97.06 43.65 7.14 0.42 0.03 0.00 0.00
Sample
Test #77 96>52 39>16 5>59 Q>65 0>39 0>09 0>no
Box '
Test#76-77 g5 ?9 43>Q4 g>38 1>43 0>Qg n>01 0>00
Bed
Size in mm.
D D D D
max 60 50 10
2.00 1.15 0.98 0.44
2.00 1.14 0.97 0.45
2.00 0.97 0.79 0.36
2.00 1.11 0.97 0.47
2.00 1.03 0.85 0.42
2.00 1.03 0.86 0.40
2.00 1.18 1.00 0.46
2.00 1.11 0.95 0.45
2.00 1.17 1.00 0.46
2.00 1.12 0.96 0.56
C
u
2.61
2.53
2.69
2.36
2.45
2.58
2.56
2.47
2.54
2.00
(continued)
-------
TABLE 2 (continued).
Percent Passing Sieve v
Grain Size # 10 # 40 # 60 # 60 #100 #200
Analysis (2.00)* (0.84) (0.42) (0.25) (0.15) (.074) Pan
Size in mm.
D D D D C
max 60 50 10 u
Test #78
Sample
Test #78
Box
Test #78
Bed
95.80 41.81 6.87 0.69 0.10 0.00 0.00
98.27 38.57 6.02 0.54 0.03 0.00 0.00
96.00 43.53 10.41 2.41 0.23 0.00 0.00
2.00 1.12 0.96 0.45 2.49
2.00 1.15 1.00 0.48 2.40
2.00 1.11 0.95 0.40 2.78
* Sieve sizes are in mm.
M
I
NJ
-------
H
NJ
100
a:
ui
80
1.0 .8 .6 .4 .3 .2
PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
100
or so
Id
60
oc
ui
40
UI
£20
UI
a.
1.0 .8 .6 .4 .3 2
PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
FIGURE 3a. Grain size distribution - Grit #2,
FIGURE 3b. Grain size distribution - Grit #1,
-------
100
N)
U)
o:
UJ
80
u.
_i 60
tr
UJ
40
UJ
O 20
£E
UJ
O.
1.0 fl .6 .4 .3 .2
PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
2.0 1.0 B .6 .4 .3 .2
PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
FIGURE 3c. Grain size distribution - Grit #1/2.
FIGURE 3d. Grain size distribution - Grit #40.
-------
0 [•
2.0 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .3 .2
PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
FIGURE 3e. Grain size distribution - Mixture.
11-24
-------
In Figures 4a-4e plots of bedload sediment movement rate versus
velocity are shown for the different sediment materials. The plotted rate
of movement is the average obtained in the tests. For all grain sizes, the
rate of bedload movement increased with velocity. All the curves have the
same general shape and rates of bedload movement are increasing at an in-
creasing rate.
There is a critical velocity below which bedload movement will not
occur and above which sediment movement will commence. This critical
velocity will be different for different grain sizes (assuming cohesionless
material) and is higher for larger sized sediments (ASCE, 1975). In tests
using the Grit #2, It was found that a velocity of 0.42 m/sec was below the
critical velocity. This result is consistent with Figure 2.46 of the ASCE
Manual (1975) which shows that for a sediment size of 1.65 mm, the critical
velocity should be between 0.21 and 0.46 m/sec.
Figure 5 is a plot of bedload movement rate versus the grain size for
different velocities. The characteristic grain size used for the V$Q
size and bed sediment transport rates were obtained from the results
plotted in Figures 4a-4e. With the exception of Grit #40, which has the
smallest grain size, the bedload movement rate increased with decreasing
grain size, in the range tested.
The amount of total bedload movement obtained using Grit #40 at a
velocity of 0.82 m/sec is less than that obtained from using the next
larger sand. At a velocity of 0.82 m/sec some of the particles are enter-
ing the suspended load. At lower velocities the results are consistent
with the linear relations, since at these lower velocities less particles
are entering the suspended load. In order for a particle to enter the
suspended load, the maximum upward velocity component must be greater than
the settling velocity of the particle (Graf, 1971). From Figure 4.4 of
Graf (1971), the settling velocity of a Grit #40 is found to be
approximately 50 mm/sec. The maximum upward velocity component is computed
from formula 8.7 of Graf (1971):
(Vmax = °'17 (" D)°'46
where (Uy)max * maximum upward velocity component
U * mean water velocity
D = depth of flow
The upward velocity component is computed to be 49.3, 46.6 and 44.9 mm/sec
for the 0.82, 0.60 and 0.43 m/sec velocities respectively. Thus, for
Grit #40 and a velocity of 0.82 m/sec, some of the particles are entering
the suspended load. For larger sized particles, the settling velocity is
much greater than the upward velocity component and the coarser sediments
will remain as part of the bedload.
11-25
-------
1200
o>
1200
UJ
UJ
800
I-
UJ
UJ
o
800
M
I
N5
400
o
UJ
(O
UJ
o
UJ
CO
400
<
o
0.4 O.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
o
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
FIGURE 4a. Total sediment movement vs. velocity
- Grit #2.
FIGURE 4b. Total sediment movement vs. velocity
- Grit #1.
-------
1600
E
v.
E
1200
KJ
vj
til
UJ
2 800
h-
UJ
5 400
UJ
CO
O
1200
0.4 O.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
UJ
UJ
O
UJ
5
UJ
CO
£
O
600
400
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
FIGURE 4c. Total sediment movement vs. velocity
- Grit #1/2.
FIGURE 4d. Total sediment movement vs. velocity
- Grit #40.
-------
82-11
C5
I H
H- 0>
X M
rr
C CO
i-( (D
m a.
I
n>
3
01
O
n
TOTAL SEDIMENT MOVEMENT (gm/min)
o
o
o
o
8
O
m
P
H ^
^ P
3 oo
•o
(0
"^ p
I
w
H
O
(0
a.
(D
ca
Ul
o
N
m
TOTAL SEDIMENT MOVEMENT (gm/min)
o o
o o
.- o
01
s
O K
CM Ol
o
N
rn o
II
o
O
O
s
o
-------
Similar results were obtained for the tests utilizing the mixture. At
higher velocities the smaller grains became suspended, while at lower
velocities all the material remained as part of the bedload. At lower
velocities the results from the mixture are consistent with the observed
linear relations.
Plots of sampler efficiency versus water velocity are presented in
Figures 6a-6e. In general, sampler efficiency increases with velocity.
The increase in efficiency is large for lower velocities but decreases at
higher velocities. This behavior was observed in most of the tests. For
the Grit #1/2 size, the plot of the data appears to be of a slightly dif-
ferent shape, but follows the same general trend. Considering the highly
variable nature of bedload movement, the results shown in Figures 6a-6e are
quite consistent.
A statistical summary of efficiencies based on test results is
presented in Table 3. The two most important statistical summaries of
experimental data are the mean and the variance (Myers and Walpole, 1972).
The mean is the summation of all measurements divided by the number of
measurements. The variance quantifies the variability of the observed data
about the mean. The positive square root of the variance is defined as the
standard deviation, and the non-dimensional ratio of the standard deviation
to the mean is called the coefficient of variation (Myers and Walpole,
1972). The mean, standard deviation, and coefficient of variation for
sampler efficiency are presented in Table 3. Tests 22, 23, and 24 were not
included in the computations for Table 3 since there was insufficient depth
of water to cover the sampler in these tests. Tests 58 and 60 were also
not included since the velocity was too low to move the Grit #2 particles.
The variability of efficiency as measured by the standard deviation is
about one-half the mean value for most tests. Differences in coefficients
of variation are significant when comparing results for different grain
sizes. Coefficients of variation for the different grain sizes varied from
.341 for Grit #40 to .714 for Grit #1/2. With increasing velocity, more
consistent results were obtained and the variability decreased. For tests
at the lowest velocity, the coefficient of variation is extremely high
(.860), a value close to unity. However, the variability decreased at
higher velocities.
The mean efficiencies obtained for all tests using the sand mixture
were within 1 percent of each other. Also, the difference between the
coefficients of variation was less than 0.05.
To stimulate a typical bedload measurement in which the stream would
be moving at a constant velocity and in which the bed material would be a
graded sand, a series of tests were run using a velocity of 0.82 m/sec with
the sand mixture. The results show a mean efficiency of about 45.5 percent
with a coefficient of variation close to 0.5, This illustrates the kind of
variability to be expected when taking a bedload sample in the field.
11-29
-------
i
OJ
o
50
40
y 30
O
u_
(O
£5 10
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
70
2 60
>-
O 50
UJ
Ul
30
oc
UJ
-120
<0
10
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
FIGURE 6a. Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #2.
FIGURE 6b. Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #1.
-------
CO
70 r
60
50
UJ
S240
u.
u.
UJ
flC
UJ
30
20
I0
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
70
60
UJ
O
C 40
u.
UJ
a:30
UJ
a! 20
10
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
FIGURE 6c. Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit //1/2.
FIGURE 6d. Velocity vs. efficiency - Grit #40.
-------
70
geo
O 50
UJ
040
U_
U.
W 30
cc
3 20
0.
< 10
CO
7
KEY
— — MIXTURE
TOTAL
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 OB 0.9
FLUME VELOCITY (mps)
FIGURE 6e. Velocity vs. efficiency - Mixture and total.
11-32
-------
TABLE 3. EFFICIENCY OF THE BOGARDI T-3 SAMPLER - STATISTICAL SUMMARY*
DESCRIPTION
Tests Using
Grit 12
Tests Using
Grit #1
Tests Using
Grit #1/2
Tests Using
Grit #40
Tests Using
Mixture
All Tests
Tests At
Vel. - 0.43mps
Tests At
Vel. - 0.60mps
Tests At
Vel. = 0.82mps
Tests Using
Grit #2 at
Vel. - 0.82mps
Tests Using
Mixture at
Vel. " 0.82mps
NUMBER
OF TESTS
12
14
11
10
18
65
13**
22***
27
9
6
MEAN
EFFICIENCY^
45.24
34.74
31.31
36.28
35.89
36.65
21.78
38.46
44.50
43.15
45.55
STANDARD
DEVIATION
15.82
22.65
22.35
12.38
20.70
19.50
18.74
16.75
18.00
13.09
22.61
COEFFICIENT
OF VARIATION
.350
.652
.714
.341
.577
.532
.860
.436
.404
.303
.496
* Tests 22, 23, 24, 58, 60 not entered into statistics.
** Includes Tests 10, 15, 16.
***Includes Tests 8, 9, 11, 12, 13.
N-l Weighing Used.
11-33
-------
The high variability of the results obtained was expected. Helley and
Smith (1971) state that bedload transport is extremely variable in time and
space. They found a great deal of scatter in their data, with standard
deviations in some cases equal to the mean value. The standard deviations
obtained in this project were somewhat less. Considering the nature of
bedload movement, the variabilities obtained in this testing program appear
very reasonable.
One of the reasons for the high variability in the test results can be
attributed, in part, to the presence of scour and sand waves. Some degree
of scour and sand wave activity was observed in all of the tests. If a
test was concluded at a time when scour was prevailing near the sampler
opening, the corresponding efficiency was usually low. On the other hand,
if a test was concluded at a time when a sand wave had just reached the
sampler, the corresponding efficiency was high. The problems of sand waves
and scour are likely to occur in the field as well as the laboratory,
making the sampler efficiency at least as variable in the field as was
found in the laboratory.
To investigate the possibility of sampler selectivity, several grain
size curves were plotted. Selectivity is defined as the condition when the
sampler collects a limited range of particle sizes while allowing other
particle sizes of the total bedload to pass through the sampler. For
example, if the sampler allows fines to pass through while continuing to
catch coarser sized particles, the sampler is being selective. Complete
results of the sieve analyses for all tests can be found in Table 2. Using
representative grain size curves from the test results (see Figures 7a-7c),
a comparison was made between those of the total bedload transported and
those of the sampler material.
As shown in Figures 7a to 7c, which represent typical results, slight
differences in the grain size distribution curves were obtained for the
sediment collected in the box and the sediment collected in the sampler.
However, total bedload movement is the addition of the box material and
sampler material. Thus, differences in grain size curves between the bed-
load sediment movement and the sediment trapped in the bedload sampler are
even less than shown in Figures 7a to 7c.
Therefore, it Is concluded that the Bogardi Bedload Sampler collects a
representative portion of the total bedload transported. For the range of
sediment sizes and velocities utilized in these experiments, sampler
selectivity is not a problem.
As a result of the flume tests, some general conclusions can be made
relative to the efficiency of the Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler. For
velocities at or above 0.92 m/sec an efficiency of approximately 45 percent
was measured. Between 0.61 and 0.92 m/sec an efficiency of approximately
40 percent was obtained. These results are consistent with other tests
utilizing the Karolyi sampler (which is similar in design, but much larger
than the Bogardi T-3), in which Novak (1959) concludes that the average
efficiency is 45 percent. At velocities much below 0.61 m/sec the results
11-34
-------
100
KEY
— SAMPLE
— BOX
— BED
2.0 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .3 .2
PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
FIGURE 7a. Grain size distribution - Test #64.
100
— — SAMPLE
2.0 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .3 .2
PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
FIGURE 7b. Grain size distribution - Test // 68,
-------
100
— — SAMPLE
2.0 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .3 .2
PARTICLE SIZE (mm)
FIGURE 7c. Grain size distribution - Test #71.
11-36
-------
obtained were highly variable and an accurate general conclusion can not be
made. From a practical standpoint this may not be serious, since the
associated amount of bedload movement is small at low velocities.
Variability of sampler efficiency was an expected problem. For tests
conducted at velocities above 0.61 m/sec, coefficients of variation of the
resulting efficiencies were on the order of 0.4 to 0.5. The observed trend
indicates that the variability is reduced at higher velocities, however
this should be verified by further tests.
At significantly higher velocities than those tested, the sampler
efficiency may decrease markedly, as sediment may be able to wash through
the sampler without having a chance to be retained as part of the sample.
Additional tests to verify this possibility should be performed in a flume
where higher velocities can be attained (approximately 1.83 m/sec).
It is recommended that the sampler not be allowed to fill more than
one-third of capacity. When the sampler was filled beyond this amount, a
significant amount of scour was observed near the upstream opening of the
sampler causing a subsequent decrease in efficiency. Novak (1959) also
found that efficiency changes when bedload samplers are filled to more than
25 to 30 percent of their volume.
At the higher test velocities the sampler was not stable and moved
downstream if not restrained. In the laboratory, the sampler was provided
with a handle and was secured by wedging the handle against an overhead
discharge pipe. This solution to the stability problem is not feasible
under field conditions. Field sampling procedures are discussed in
Section 4 and the Appendix.
Some field sampling has been accomplished in Mill Creek and in the
Hudson River with water velocities approaching 2.4 m/sec. Under these
conditions the Bogardi T-3 Sampler had to be provided with 11 to 14 kg of
lead weights which were placed in the collection chamber.
Within the range of sediment sizes tested, the sampler was not ob-
served to be selective in obtaining a bedload sample. The sample obtained
was an accurate representation of the actual bedload movement.
Some general conclusions can also be made regarding the rate of bed-
load movement. An increase in water velocity or decrease in grain size
results in a large increase in the rate of sediment movement* Bedload
movement increases at an increasing rate with velocity while increasing
linearly with decreasing grain size (provided all the sediment remains part
of the bedload).
As noted previously, the results of the laboratory experiments using
the Bogardi Sampler are similar to those of Novak (1959), who used similar
types of bedload samplers. The sampling efficiency does not vary radically
with velocity or particle size. In addition, sampler selectivity does not
appear to be a problem with the Bogardi Sampler. Overall sampler
11-37
-------
efficiency values obtained were also very similar, i.e., about 45 percent
from Novak's experiments and about 40 percent for the Bogardi Sampler.
IIr38
-------
SECTION 4
FIELD TESTING
GENERAL
Although this project was part of the Genesee River Watershed Study,
the field testing program was conducted in a small pilot watershed in
eastern New York State. A number of other IJC-PLUARG studies were also
being conducted in the same watershed. The selection of the watershed
location was based on practical and economical considerations, since many
of the studies required intensive field efforts.
The Mill Creek watershed is located in the southwestern part of
Rensselaer County in eastern New York State (Figure 8), and lies in the
towns of North Greenbush and East Greenbush. It is a few miles south of
Troy, New York, and a few miles east of Albany, New York. It is a rela-
tively small watershed, approximately 26 knr in area above the sampling
station, semi-rural in character, and contains no significant point sources
of pollution. The water quality in Mill Creek is excellent. Additional
information about the watershed can be found in the detailed report by
El-Baroudi (1975).
The sampling station was located at the intersection of a roadway
bridge and Mill Creek. All samples were collected on the downstream side
of the bridge. A sampling platform was attached to the roadway bridge.
This allowed sampling during peak flow periods when personnel could not
enter the stream.
It was imperative that continuous discharge records be available, both
for this project and others being conducted at the sampling station.
United States Geological Survey, Albany Office, Installed and main-
tained a continuous recording gage station at the sampling station. The
stream was gaged at frequent intervals, and an excellent stage-discharge
relationship was available.
Field sampling was conducted over an 18-month period, January 1975
through June 1976. Samples were collected on a routine basis (typically
weekly) and on an event basis. This was necessary since bedload sediment
transport is event dominated, a characteristic common to many hydrologic
measurements. Most of the annual quantity of bedload transport occurs on a
few days of the year (major events). Conversely, routine sampling at
Mill Creek during periods of low flow often yields no measurable bedload
-------
Wothinqton Co
Sorotogo
Co.
MOHAWK
RIVER
MILL.
CREEK
WATERSHED
HUDSON
RIVER
Albany
Co.
FIGURE 8. Mill Creek watershed, Rensselaer County, New York.
11-40
-------
sediment movement.
PROCEDURE
A procedure that can be used for bedload sampling in the field in-
volves a water discharge measurement and the subsequent calculation of the
centroids of areas of equal water discharge. For example, the centroids of
areas representing 20 percent of the total discharge can be computed. As a
limit, the width of any area should be kept under 7.6 m (Helley and Smith,
1971). Bedload measurements should then be taken on the bed at verticals
through these centroids* Repeated measurements should be taken as long as
the flow is steady, because of the variability of bedload movement with
time (Hubbell, 1964). Average values should then be calculated after dis-
carding obviously erroneous measurements. For example, a very low value
might indicate forward tipping of the sampler with subsequent loss of
sample through the front orifice. A very high value might indicate drag-
ging of the sampler forward during placement or removal from the stream, or
it might indicate placement of the sampler mouth in front of a dune where
excessive quantities of sand might be scooped up (Helley and Smith, 1971).
Measurements with a bedload sampler would be made by lowering the
sampler to the stream bed and leaving it in position for a measured period
of time. Sampling time should probably be limited to that which would ap-
proximately fill the sampler to no more than 33 percent of capacity (Graf,
1971).
The rate of bedload movement per unit time per foot of cross-section
can be calculated from the average dry weight of the samples collected, the
time of sampling as measured by a stopwatch, and the sampler dimensions.
Total bedload transport for each area of equal water discharge is calcu-
lated by multiplying the corresponding rate of transport by the width of
the area. A factor considering efficiency should also be included. Total
stream bedload transport is the summation of the bedload discharges for
each area.
For sampling in Mill Creek, the above procedure was modified. Because
sampling took place immediately on the downstream side of a bridge with
vertical concrete abutments, the flow was nearly uniform under the bridge.
Therefore, only one sample was taken at approximately the middle of the
bridge. The rate of bedload transport was assumed to be constant for the
width of the stream flowing under the bridge (approximately 4.4 m). This
assumption was verified by sampling at various points across the stream
bed. Thus, the total amount of bedload transport for Mill Creek could be
calculated from the results of one bedload sample* In most instances only
one sample was obtained on each sampling date due to time and economic
reasons.
The easiest and most reliable method of sampling is to have personnel
enter the stream directly (Fig. 9). When this was impossible during periods
of high flow, longer rods were attached to the sampler sides and the sampler
was lowered to the stream bed from the sampling platform (Fig. 10). During
11-41
-------
FIGURE 9. Method of bedload sampling for low flow periods.
FIGURE 10. Method of bedload sampling for high flow periods,
11-42
-------
very high flows, a system of ropes was also utilized to provide stability
during the lowering and raising processes. This requires at least two
sampling personnel.
If a platform or low bridge is not available or the water depth is too
great, then the sampler must be lowered into the watercourse using ropes.
As mentioned later, this method was utilized on the bedload sampling pro-
gram in the Hudson River.
It was mentioned in the section on Laboratory Experiments that the
sampler must be completely immersed in water when sampling.
Once on the stream bed, the sampler was left in position for a period
of time measured by a stop watch.
Upon removing the sampler from the stream bed, the front of the
sampler was lifted up higher than the rear to prevent the loss of any
sample. The rear trap door of the sampler was also caulked prior to
sampling to prevent the loss of any sediment through the joints between the
door and the body of the sampler. The sample plus the water retained was
removed through the rear door and placed In a watertight plastic container
for shipment back to the laboratory. A velocity measurement was also made
at the point of sampling by means of a Price-type current meter. This
measurement was made at the six-tenths depth, according to the standard
USGS stream gaging procedure (Davis, Foote and Kelly, 1966). The tempera-
ture of the water sediment mixture was also determined, plus the approx-
imate gage height from the staff gage at the sampling station. Any other
pertinent information regarding the sampling was also recorded. Additional
sampling details are given in the Appendix.
In addition to the bedload samples obtained by using the Bogardi
Sampler, at frequent intervals bed material samples were collected by
scooping the top layer of the stream bed. These samples were also oven
dried and sieved.
The Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler is a small, lightweight sampler ori-
ginally developed for use in small streams. In spring 1976, bedload
sampling was conducted in the upper Hudson River between Fort Edward,
New York, and Troy, New York. Various highway bridges were utilized as
sampling stations since personnel could not enter the river due to water
depth. Because of the height of the bridges above the water, the sampler
was lowered into the water by using ropes. In most cases, weights were
added to the sampler to increase its stability. On one sampling day, a
major event occurred on the upper Hudson River. A 100-year flood occurred
and water velocities above 2.1 m/s were encountered. The sampler performed
quite well and satisfactory bedload samples were obtained in all cases.
A major consideration with a bedload sampler is the maximum water
velocity in which the sampler can be used. The stability of the Bogardi
Sampler can be greatly Increased by adding weights. Since the weights are
inside the sampler, there is no increased resistance to the flow of water.
11-43
-------
Because the weights are placed in the lower collecting box of the sampler
where the velocities are low, there is no measurable effect on sampling
efficiency when weights are used (maximum of 13.6 kg lead plates were
used). At Mill Creek, the highest velocity encountered was about 2.4 m/s.
It is felt that samples can be obtained in water velocities as high as 3.0
m/s and probably even at higher velocities.
ANALYSIS OF FIELD DATA
The general methods applied in computing sediment discharges depend on
the kind, accuracy and frequency of the available samples, and on on the
expected use of the computed discharges. The general procedure differs for
computations that are based on frequent sediment discharge measurements and
for those based on occasional sediment discharge measurements (Colby,
1963).
Sediment samples are generally obtained infrequently unless a reason-
ably accurate time distribution of sediment discharge and concentration is
desired. With occasional measurements of sediment discharge over the usual
range of flow in the stream, the sediment discharges or concentrations can
be plotted against the streamflow or gage height. A curve drawn through
these points defines an average sediment discharge or concentration re-
lation for the cross section. Usually, individual points scatter widely
from such a curve (Colby, 1963). For example, see Figures 11 and 12.
For a particular sediment measuring station, curves based on sediment
discharge measurements and concurrent streamflows can be used to compute an
approximate sediment discharge at any time when the streamflow is known.
Although sediment discharges computed from such curves may be reasonably
correct on the average, at individual times they may be greatly in error.
Sediment discharges for a day, storm period, month, year or longer
period can be computed directly by using a flow duration curve for the
period, and by using a sediment discharge curve that is assumed to be rep-
resentative for the period. The range of flow is divided into several sub-
ranges, and the amount of time that the flow was within each subrange is
determined. The sediment discharge per unit time is obtained for each sub-
range, and this is multiplied by the amount of time that the flow was in
that particular subrange. The total sediment discharge is the sum of these
products (Colby, 1963).
The above general procedure is usually modified to fit a specific
situation.
The field sampling results are shown in Figure 11 which is the bedload
sediment-discharge relation for Mill Creek. Total bedload transport is
plotted versus the stream discharge, assuming a constant efficiency of 40
percent. The best fit solid line was obtained by using a least squares
criteria. The bedload data is listed in Table 4, and values of total
bedload have been computed assuming sampler efficiencies of 40 percent.
The spread of data points is considerable in Figure 11, i.e. for a given
11-44
-------
*-
Ui
I05
S I02
CD
10'
EFFICIENCY* 40%
10
-I
10'
DISCHARGE (m3/sec)
^ if)3
o
<
o
o
id
CD
-J I0«
CLEARWATER RIVER
After Emmeft
IOZ I03 10
DISCHARGE (m3/sec)
FIGURE 11. Bedload sediment-discharge relation
for Mill Creek.
FIGURE 12. Bedload sediment-discharge relation
for Clearwater River.
-------
TABLE 4. BEDLOAD DATA.
•e-
Date
1975
Jan.
23
Feb.
24
25
26
27
Mar.
6
20
21
Apr.
3
10
25
Jun.
12
17
26
Station
11
11
13
13
12
12
12
13
13
11
12
10.5
10.5
10.5
Water
Temp.
(°C)
0
0
1
1
2
1
4
4
-
8
11
19
20
24
Gape
Ileipht
(cm)
-
128
113
101
95
87
109
101
122
88
82
84
81
74
Discharge
r-3/s
—
7.67
3.25
1.46
0.896
0.420
2.63
1.46
5.35
0.613
0.241
0.365
0.218
-
Velocity
m/s
0.205
1.95
1.19
0.528
0.534
0.248
0.976
0.573
2.59
0.323
0.206
0.261
0.20
0.062
Time
(min)
110
-
15
15
30
135
15
15
—
60
45
20
40
40
Sample
Weight
(R)
5.0
-
2470.3
115.6
122.0
4.1
3141.1
68.4
—
4.0
-
0.5
1.1
-
Kg/m/day
*
1.17
-
4235
198.2
104.6
0.787
5384
117.3
—
1.71
-
0.64
0.71
-
Total
Bedload
(kp/dayj*
5.19
-
18732
877
463
3.48
23819
519
—
7.56
-
2.83
3.15
-
(continued)
-------
TABLE 4 (continued).
Date
1975
Jul.
2
9
15
Aug.
7
8
15
21
Sep.
3
9
12
13
19
23
24
Station
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
Water
Temp.
(°0
23
23
23
17
17
18
-
16
15
16
15
16
14
14
Gage
Height
(cm)
73
88
80
87
117
81
76
76
76
76
75
76
84
81
Discharge
m3/s
0.613
0.162
0.524
4.59
0.195
-
0.076
-
0.076
-
-
0.348
0.229
Velocity
m/s
0.050
0.393
0.183
0.381
1.373
0.200
-
0.084
0.082
0.084
0.078
0.084
0.323
0.239
Time
(min)
60
30
40
60
2
40
-
45
90
45
-
-
90
60
Sample Kg/in/day
Weight *
(g)
0.2 0.09
5.1 4.37
1.3 0.83
16.0 6.86
1078.3 13864
-
-
0.1 .056
-
0.1 .056
-
_ _
4.0 1.14
- -
Total
Bedload
(kg/day)*
0.38
19.33
3.70
30.33
61324
-
-
0.25
-
0.25
-
-
5.06
-
(continued)
-------
TABLE 4 (continued)
i
*-
o>
Date
1975
Sep.
25
26
Oct.
3
10
11
15
18
19
20
21
Nov.
7
13
14
20
26
Station
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10
10
Water
Temp.
<°C)
13
14
11
12
12
14
11
11
11
12
13
9
4
5
5
Gape
Height
(cm)
95
95
80
77
92
86
125
128
114
101
82
95
99
81
88
Discharge
m3/s
1.31
1.20
0.173
0.106
0.969
0.479
5.85
6.41
4.09
1.93
_
-
-
-
0.658
Velocity
m/s
0.659
0.580
0.188
0.121
0.448
0.375
2.00
2.21
1.13
0.671
0.217
0.519
0.647
0.241
0.421
Time
(min)
30
60
^
-
90
30
2
1
2
5
5
_
-
-
30
30
Fample
Weight
(R)
54.60
26.65
.
-
14.66
2.40
123.20
69.56
55.56
1067.90
14.60
_
-
-
0.50
10.05
Kg/in/day
*
46.81
11.42
-
4.19
2.06
1584
1789
714.36
5492
75.08
^
-
-
0.43
8.61
Total
Bedload
(kg/day)*
207.01
50.52
—
18.52
9.10
7006
7912
3160
24293
332.13
L
-
-
1.89
38.10
(continued)
-------
TABLE 4 (continued).
Date
1975
Dec.
1
10
17
1976
Jan.
14
27
M 27
*- 28
VO
28
29
Feb.
17
18
19
27
Station
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Water
Temp.
(°C)
7
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Gage
Keight
(cm)
96
95
92
107
146
146
148
148
123
113
102
113
94
Discharge
m3/s
1.37
1.27
0.91
2.88
0.49
9.49
9.77
9.77
5.45
3.84
2.16
3.84
1.12
Velocity
m/s
0.448
0.464
0.415
_
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.66
0.671
1.10
0.778
1.10
0.659
Time
(min)
30
30
30
30
2
2
2
5
5
5
5
5
5
Sample
Weight
(R)
19.70
98.35
-
7.30
40.60
62.80
22.90
11.00
59.30
35.2
-
-
2.6
Kg/m/day
*
16.88
84.30
-
6.25
522.01
807.44
294.43
56.56
304.97
181.04
-
-
13.37
Total
Bed load
(kg/day)*
74.69
372.89
-
27.67
2309
3572
1302
250.23
1349
800.75
-
-
59.15
(continued)
-------
TABLE 4 (continued) .
Date
1976
Mar.
12
26
30
Apr.
1
9
22
26
May
7
14
18
19
20
Jun.
1
11
21
Station
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Water Gage
Temp. Height
(°C) (cm)
86
86
88
116
86
81
100
88
88
89
109
116
86
79
79
Discharge
m3/s
0.501
0.479
0.613
4.34
0.479
0.195
1.81
0.591
0.636
0.734
3.23
4.34
0.482
0.151
0.151
Velocity
m/s
-
.308
.305
1.16
0.296
0.149
0.814
0.314
0.323
0.363
1.11
1.42
0.218
0.198
0.198
Time
(min)
-
-
30
2
30
30
5
30
30
15
4
2
30
15
—
Sample Kg/m/day
Weight *
(e)
-
-
2.8 2.41
135.42 1741
0.75 0.64
-
-
1.4 1.20
_
2.5 4.26
1.1 7.07
212.0 2726
1.9 1.63
_
- -
Total
Bedload
(kg/day)*
-
-
10.61
7702
2.85
-
-
5.31
-
18.85
31.27
12057
7.20
-
-
* Sampler Efficiency Assumed «= 40%
-------
discharge the total bedload can vary considerably. This normal variability
of bedload transport is of much greater significance than that due to + 5
percent differences in efficiency. As previously noted, the efficiency
does not vary radically with velocity and discharge. However, the effi-
ciency does increase somewhat with discharge, approximately 35 percent at
low flows to 45 percent at high flows. Values of total bedload were
computed using efficiencies appropriate to the discharges, and the line of
best fit was obtained. Similarly, values were computed assuming constant
efficiencies of 35 percent, 40 percent (Fig. 11) and 45 percent. The four
lines virtually coincide when plotted on Figure 11. Therefore, from a
practical standpoint, the assumption of a constant efficiency value of 40
percent for the Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler is justified for field
sampling.
It appears necessary to establish the range of sampler efficiency when
calibrating a bedload sampler, perhaps to the nearest 5 or 10 percent.
However, extensive efforts to improve the accuracy of the laboratory ef-
ficiency values appear unwarranted.
Total bedload transport can also be plotted against velocity
(Figure 13). The plot looks very similar to Figure 11, a fact which is not
surprising considering the fairly uniform flow conditions at the Mill Creek
sampling station, i.e., discharge and velocity correlate very well. In
general this will not be true, especially for water courses with complex
cross-sections. Correlations of bedload transport and discharge can differ
radically from correlations of bedload transport and velocity.
As noted previously, the variability of the field sampling results
shown in Figure 11 is typical of bedload sampling programs and is not unique
to this project. Bedload transport in natural systems is highly variable
(Graf, 1966). Values of total bedload transport versus discharge derived
from a field bedload sampling program by Emmett (1976) are shown in
Figure 12. The similarity between Figure 11 and Figure 12 is evident.
Similar relationships are found for suspended load transport (for example,
Mansue and Anderson, 1974).
It was imperative that continuous discharge records be available, both
for this project and others being conducted at the sampling station. The
United States Geological Survey, Albany Office, installed and maintained a
continuous recording gage station at the sampling station. The stream was
gaged at frequent intervals, and an excellent stage-discharge relationship
(rating curve or table) was available (Table 5-a, 5-b).
In order to estimate the amount of bedload transport in Mill Creek,
the number of occurrences of mean gage height were tallied from the USGS
gage station records and corresponding water discharges were found using
rating tables (Table 5-a, 5-b and Table 6-a and 6-b). For each discharge,
the corresponding bedload transport was obtained from the bedload sediment-
discharge relation curve (Fig. 11). The total bedload movement in Mill
Creek was then calculated.
11-51
-------
3K
•o
V.
E
LU
X
o
CO
Q 10
O
<
o
_J
o
bJ
OQ
10°
EFFICIENCY»40%
10
-I
10
VELOCITY (m/sec)
FIGURE 13. Bedload sediment-velocity relation for Mill Creek.
11-52
-------
TABLE 5a. RATING TABLE FOR MILL CREEK (11/7/74 - 4/2/75).
Gage Height
(cm)
79.30
82.35
85.40
88.45
91.50
94.55
97.60
100.65
103.70
106.75
109.80
112.85
115.90
118.95
122.00
125.05
128.10
131.15
134.20
Discharge
(m3/s)
0.11
0.20
0.34
0.50
0.67
0.90
1.18
1.46
1.82
2.27
2.72
3.25
3.86
4.56
5.35
6.13
6.92
7.70
8.57
Difference
(o3/s)
0.09
0.14
0.16
0.17
0.23
0.28
0.28
0.36
0.45
0.45
0.53
0.61
0.70
0.79
0.78
0.79
0.78
0.87
11-53
-------
TABLE 5b. RATING TABLE FOR MILL CREEK (from 4/2/75)
Gage Height
(cm)
76.25
79.30
82.35
85.40
88.45
91.50
94.55
97.60
100.65
103.70
106.75
109.80
112.85
115.90
118.95
122.00
125.05
128.10
131.15
134.20
137.25
140.30
143.35
146.40
149.45
152.50
155.55
Discharge
(ir3/s)
C.08
0.15
0.26
0.43
0.66
0.91
1.20
1.54
1.93
2.38
2.83
3.33
3.84
4.34
4.84
5.35
5.85
6.36
6.86
7.36
7.87
8.37
8.93
9.49
10.05
10.60
11.20
Difference
(ro3/s)
0.07
0.11
0.17
0.23
0.25
0.29
0.34
0.39
0.45
0.45
0.50
0.51
0.50
0.50
0.51
0.50
0.51
0.50
0.50
0.51
0.50
0.56
0.56
0.56
0.55
0.60
11-54
-------
TABLE 6a. DISCHARGE OCCURRENCE (1/23 - 4/2/75).
Mean Gage
Height (cm)
82.66- 83.88
84.18- 85.40
85.71- 86.93
87.23- 88.45
88.76- 89.98
90.28- 91.50
91.81- 93.03
93.33- 94.55
94.86- 96.08
96.38- 97.60
97.91- 99.13
99.43-100.65
100.96-102.18
102.48-103.70
104.01-105.23
105.53-106.75
107.06-108.28
108.58-109.80
110.10-111.33
111.63-112.85
113.16-114.38
114.68-115.90
116.21-117.43
117.73-118.95
Average
(CO)
83.27
84.79
86.32
87.84
89.37
90.89
92.42
93.94
95.47
96.99
98.52
100.04
101.57
103.09
104.62
106.14
107.67
109.19
110.72
112.24
113.77
115.29
116.82
118.34
Discharge
(o3/s)
0.24
0.31
0.39
0.47
0.55
0.64
0.74
0.85
0.98
1.12
1.26
1.40
1.57
1.75
1.95
2.18
2.40
, 2.63
2.88
3.14
3.43
3.74
4.07
4.42
Bedload
(kg/day)
3.4
5.4
10.0
14.0
20.0
27.0
36.0
52.0
70.0
91.0
127.0
150.0
193.0
240.0
317.0
385.0
498.0
634.0
680.0
861.0
997.0
1404.0
1540.0
1812.0
Number
of
Occurrences
4
8
13
11
10
8
3
3
3
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
Total
Bedload
Total Eedload
(kg)
14.0
44.0
129.0
155.0
204.0
217.0
108.0
156.0
211.0
91.0
0
149.0
193.0
240.0
0
385.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1540.0
1812.0
« 5648.0 kg
11-55
-------
TABLE 6b. DISCHARGE OCCURRENCE (3/3/75 - 6/2/76; missing 8/22-8/27/75).
Mean Gage
Height (cm)
71.98- 73.20
73.51- 74.73
75.03- 76.25
76.56- 77.78
78.08- 79.30
79.61- 80.83
81.13- 82.35
82.66- 83.88
84.18- 85.40
85.71- 86.93
87.23- 88.45
88.76- 89/98
90.28- 91.50
91.81- 93.03
93.33- 94.55
94.86- 96.08
96.38- 97.60
97.91- 99.13
99.43-100.65
100.96-102.18
102.48-103.70
104.01-105.23
105.53-106.75
107.06-108.28
108.58-109.80
110.11-107.97
111.63-112.85
113.16-114.38
Average
(cm)
72.59
74.12
75.64
77.17
78.69
80.22
81.74
83.27
84.79
86.32
87.84
89.37
90.89
92.42
93.94
95.47
96.99
98.52
100.04
101.57
103.09
104.62
106.14
107.67
109.19
110.72
112.24
113.77
Discharge Bedload
(m3/s) (kg/day)
_
-
-
0.10
0.14
0.19
0.24
0.31
0.40
0.50
0.61
0.73
0.86
1.00
1.15
1.31
1.47
1.66
1.85
2.07
2.29
2.51
2.74
2.98
3.23
3.48
3.74
3.99
_
-
-
0.50
1.02
1.90
3.44
5.44
10.4
15.9
25.4
36.5
52.1
72.5
92.9
125
163
217
272
353
417
544
657
702
770
1020
1270
1520
(continued)
11-56
Number
of
Occurrences
4
25
35
22
23
25
35
34
48
55
32
34
14
19
7
12
4
7
3
7
3
1
0
2
1
2
3
1
Total Bedload
(kg)
-
-
-
11.0
23.4
47.6
120
185
500
872
812
1240
729
1380
650
1490
652
1520
815
2470
1250
543
0
1400
770
2040
3800
1520
-------
TABLE 6b (continued).
Mean Gage
Height (cm)
114. 68-115. 90
116. 21-117. A3
117.73-118.95
119.26-120.48
120.78-122.00
122.31-123.53
123.83-125.05
125.36-126.58
126.88-128.10
128.41-129.63
129.93-131.15
131.46-132.68
132.98-134.20
134.51-135.73
136.03-137.25
137.56-138.78
139.08-140.30
140.61-141.83
142.13-143.35
143.66-144.88
145.18-146.40
146.71-147.93
148.23-149.45
149.76-150.98
151.28-152.50
152.81-154.03
154.33-155.55
Average
(cm)
115.29
116.82
118.34
119.87
121.39
122.92
124.44
125.97
127.49
129.02
130.54
132.07
133.59
135.12
136.64
138.17
139.69
141.22
142.74
144.27
145.79
147.32
148.84
150.37
151.89
153.42
154.94
Discharge
(m3/s)
4.24
4.49
4.74
5.00
5.25
5.50
5.75
6.00
6.26
6.51
6.76
7.01
7.26
7.52
7.77
8.02
8.27
8.54
8.82
9.10
9.38
9.66
9.94
10.22
10.50
10.78
11.06
Bedload
(kg/day)
1630
1830
2130
2310
2630
2900
319D
358 D
3990
4100
4510
4980
5440
5780
6120
6340
6800
7700
8150
8610
9290
9970
10900
11300
12200
12700
13400
Number
of
Occurrences
0
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
Total
Bedload
Total Bedload
(kg)
0
1830
2130
4620
2630
2900
3190
0
3990
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9290
0
0
0
12200
12700
13400
- 93720 kf
Therefore, total bedload in Mill
5648.0 + 93720 «= 99368 kg; i.e.,
Creek from Jan. 23, 1975 to Jun.2, 1976 is
approximately 100,000 kg.
11-57
-------
Total bedload transport in Mill Creek during the period of January 23,
1975 to June 2, 1976 (missing data 8/22/75 to 8/27/75) (491 days) was esti-
mated to be about 100,000 kg, an average daily amount of about 240 kg/day.
However, as noted previously, bedload is event dominated, and approximately
65 percent of the total bedload was transported during the ten days when
flows were highest* Almost 50 percent of the total bedload transport
occurred during the four days of highest flows.
COMPARISON WITH BEDLOAD FORMULAS
If bedload samples are not available, bedload formulas are commonly
used to calculate the quantity of bedload sediment transport. Many bedload
formulas have been developed and an extensive amount of literature is
available. The reader is referred elsewhere (Graf 1966, ASCE 1975, Yalin
1972) for additional information.
Historically, bedload formulas have been developed from closely con-
trolled laboratory conditions, and are empirical relations. Strictly
speaking, they should only be applied within the experimental boundaries.
The developers of bedload formulas should point this out quite clearly.
The range of variables encountered under natural conditions is almost uni-
versally greater than that of the laboratory. In addition, the numbers of
variables encountered in the field is much greater than in the laboratory.
Therefore, it is not surprising that no universally applicable bedload
formula has been developed (Graf, 1966), and that no formula has been
developed which clearly predicts with a sure degree of accuracy, the bed-
load transport (Falcone, 1974). Yalin (1972) states: "It is regrettable
that the authors of (sediment) transport formulae do not always indicate
the validity regions of their expressions, and therefore the transport
formulae are often used for cases where they should not be used. As a
consequence, the transport formulae are often criticized on the grounds
that they give the transport rates that are 'five or ten times different'
from the measured rates. In this context it should be remembered that if
the limits are not indicated, it does not mean that they do not exist. All
it means is that it is up to the user of the formula to discover the
limitations not mentioned by the author, and to use the formula
accordingly."
Notwithstanding the above, the engineer faced with the task of comput-
ing bedload yield must select a formula, and in practice the formulas are
applied well outside of the experimental boundaries.
There are essentially three different approaches to the bedload com-
putation problem. They are as follows (Graf, 1971):
1. The duBoys-type equations, considering a shear stress relation-
ship.
2. The Schoklitsch-type equations, considering a discharge relation-
ship.
11-58
-------
3. The Einstein-type equations, based on statistical considerations
of the lift forces.
The duBoys-type equations are based on the oversimplified model of
bedload moving in sliding layers. The Schoklitsch-type equations consider
discharge and the critical discharge at which sediment begins to move.
Einstein's equation represents a departure from the other types of equa-
tions. This is largely because Einstein's physical model makes ample use
of the advancements in fluid mechanics (Graf, 1971).
For bedload computations, Shulits and Hill recommended the following
formulas from the 14 formulas examined (Falcone 1974, Tywoniuk 1972):
1. Skoklitsch, 1934: A discharge formula
2. Meyer-Peter & Muller: A tractive stress formula
3. Straub: A tractive stress formula.
In order to compute bedload transport using bedload transport for-
mulas, the required basic data are:
(1) stream width, average depth
(2) mean velocity or water discharge
(3) energy gradient
(4) particle-size analysis of bed material
(5) water temperature.
We can define some of this data fairly accurately while some is not easy to
obtain.
It is of interest to compare the Mill Creek field results with those
predicted by bedload formulas. Following Shulits and Hill's recommenda-
tion, the Schoklitsch, 1934 Formula and Meyer-Peter Equation are used,
while the Straub Equation is eliminated because it yields bedload values
too large in comparison with the other formulas and field measurements in
Mill Creek. The Einstein bedload formula is also used because of its
classical importance. Bedload formulas are often modified after original
development, but may still carry the original name. Therefore, the reader
is referred to the sources of the formulas used herein: 1. Einstein for-
mula as presented in Graf (1971), 2. Meyer-Peter formula (Gray, 1973), and
3. Schoklitsch formula (Falcone, 1974).
The Schoklitsch (1934) formula is engineering units is given the fol-
lowing form by Shulits and Hill and presented in Falcone (1974):
g - 25 (s'-'/D'-
ir-59
-------
where:
gg; bedload discharge transported (Ib/s/ft)
S ; water surface slope
Dg; effective grain diameter (ft)
q ; water discharge (cfs/ft)
; critical discharge (cfs/ft).
Schoklitsch gives the critical discharge in engineering unit as:
4/3
qoj = 0.0638 Dfi/S
where:
q0l; critical discharge (cfs/ft)
D£ ; mean grain diameter for given fraction (ft)
S ; water surface slope.
For a non-uniform mixture, the grain size distribution curve is divided
into a number of fractions, and for each fraction the mean diameter and
percentage of the total mixture is obtained using the above equation. Bed-
load transport is then computed for each fraction and summed to compute
total bedload using the relationship:
g - ag + bg ,+ eg + ...
s sa sb sc
where:
g , g ,,...; bedload discharge for any given set of size
fractions
a,b, ... ; percentage of total mixture which each mean
grain diameter represents.
Since the grain size curve can be arbitrarily divided Into parts, this
procedure can yield a wide range of results.
For coarse material and flat slopes this equation should be used with
care (Graf, 1971).
The limitations of this formula are (Falcone, 1974):
water surface slope 0.003 - 0.024
specific gravity of grains 2.53 - 2.69
mean grain diameter (mm) 0.305 - 7.01.
11-60
-------
Gray (1973) presents the Meyer-Peter bedload formula in a simplified
form. In engineering units it is:
2/3 2/3
q Z/J = 39.25 q ' S - 9.95 D
where:
qs = sediment discharge in Ib/sec/ft width of channel,
q * water discharge in cfs/ft width,
S * slope of the channel in ft/ft,
D = mean size of sediment in feet as defined below
D =
where pj is percent by weight of bed sediment with a mean size d^,
where d^ is in feet.
D is determined from a size analysis of a representative sample of bed
material. The size distribution is divided into a convenient number of
size fractions, and the mean size and weight percentage of each is deter-
mined.
The Meyer-Peter equation was formulated after a long series of experi-
mental measurements and was carried out using a wide range of character-
istics (Falcone, 1974):
water surface slope 0.004 - 0.2
specific gravity of grain 1.25 - 4.00
mean grain diameter (mm) 0.400 - 30.0.
The Einstein bedload formula can be written in the following form
(Graf, 1971):
* = fct
., Ps -p
SRh
Ys Pg -P gd
1_
11-61
-------
where:
g; bedload discharge
pg; density of sediment
p ; density of water
d ; average diameter
S ; slope of channel
g ; gravitational constant
Yg; specific weight of sediment
R.*; hydraulic radius, due to particles
* ; intensity of bedload transport
t ; intensity of shear on particles.
The Einstein bedload formula is dimensionally homogeneous and has been
checked out for a very wide range of characteristics. Graphs are available
for practical calculations (Graf, 1971). For further discussion of this
formula see Einstein (1950), Shen (1972), Graf (1971) or Yalin (1972).
The bedload formulas have a D dimension term, representing some size
characteristics of the sediment. If no bedload samples are available, bed
material samples are obtained by scooping, dredging, or using piston
sampling devices (ASCE, 1975). Generally, the mean grain size will be much
greater for the bed material than for the sampled bedload, since the mean
sediment size of the bedload in transport will depend on the discharge and
velocity of the stream. In other words, bedload is the material that is in
motion along the stream bed while bed material is the material making up
the stream bed that is available for transport. Therefore, particle-size
analyses of bed material and bedload at a given point and time are not
usually the same.
\
In order to compute bedload transport, it is necessary to obtain
representative samples of bed material. There are four major classes of
bed material samplers available in use to date:
(1) drag bucket
(2) grab bucket
(3) vertical type or piston sampler
(A) rotating bucket scoop type.
11-62
-------
In shallow streams, satisfactory samples can often be obtained using
shovels, scoops, or even by handpicking. However, there are certain phases
of the procedure that are not yet adequately defined, for example (Carlson
and Miller, 1956):
(1) How many samples are necessary to define the mean?
(2) Is there a change in the mean bed size with discharge?
(3) How is a representative sample obtained in a cobble-bedded stream
(for example, Mill Creek)?
(4) How are representative samples obtained under deep flowing water?
(5) How deep should a sample be taken to give particle size informa-
tion applicable to the various bedload formulas?
Obviously, the normal variability of bed material samples is as high
or higher than that for suspended and bedload sediment samples.
Total bedload transport was computed for Mill Creek using the
appropriate D size obtained from bed material samples and by using the D
sizes obtained from bedload samples. The bed material derived values
appear unsatisfactory, largely due to the large D sizes. Use of the
Einstein and Meyer-Peter formulas predict essentially no bedload transport.
The Schoklitsch formula can yield a range of sediment-discharge relations
depending on the method of analyzing the grain size distribution curves
(Falcone, 1974). The field results fall within this range; however, in
general, one would have no idea where the actual answer lies.
Sediment-discharge relations predicted by using the appropriate D
sizes obtained from bedload samples are presented with the field data (data
points omitted for clarity) in Figure 14. The values computed by the use
of the bedload formulas agree quite well with each other and yield satis-
factory agreement with the field data.
The Schoklitsch formula was used to compute bedload yields using the
bedload sampling data of Emmett (1976), shown in Figure 13. As for Mill
Creek, the agreement is satisfactory and the computed sediment-discharge
relation is essentially parallel to and shifted to the left of the field
relation.
It appears that bedload formulas can yield satisfactory results if the
correct sediment size characteristic is used. Of course, the 0 size of the
bedload in transport will not be known without bedload sampling, in which
case the use of bedload formulas becomes academic.
The previous conclusions appear valid for Mill Creek and the Clear-
water River, where a wide range of sediment sizes exist. If a watercourse
has a narrow range of sediment sizes, the D sizes of the bedload sediment
transport and the bed material sediment may be similar and, thus, quite
different results may be obtained.
11-63
-------
10'
5 *o4
o»
Q I03
O
_J
O
A'SCHOKLITSCH
B'MEYER-PETER
C'EINSTEIN
D'FIELD DATA
IO'1 10° 10
DISCHARGE (m3/sec)
FIGURE 14. Bedload sediment-discharge relations for Mill Creek:
field data and bedload formulas.
11-64
-------
REFERENCES
American Society of Civil Engineers. 1969. Sediment Measurement Tech-
niques: A. Fluvial Sediment. Journal of the Hydraulic Division,
ASCE, Vol. 95, No. HY5, Proc. Paper 6756. September, pp. 1477-1514.
American Society of Civil Engineers. 1975. Sedimentation Engineering.
Manual and Report on Engineering Practice, No. 54. New York.
American Society for Testing Materials. 1956. Standard Method of Test for
Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. Selected ASTM Engineer-
ing Materials Standards. ASTM, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
Carlson, E.J. and Miller, C.R. 1956. Research Needs in Sediment Hydrau-
lics. Journal of Hydraulics Division, Proceedings of the American
Society of Civil Engineers, Vol. 82, No. HY2. Proc. Paper 953.
April, pp. 1-33.
Chien, N. 1954. The Present Status of Research on Sediment Transport.
Transactions, ASCE, Vol. 121. Paper No. 2824. p. 833.
Colby. 1963. Fluvial Sediments - A Summary of Source, Transportation,
Deposition, and Measurement of Sediment Discharge. United States Geo-
logical Survey Water Supply Paper 1181-A, Washington, D.C.
Colby. 1964. Discharge of Sands and Mean-Velocity Relationships in Sand
Bed Streams. United States Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 462-A,
Washington, D.C.
Davis, Foote and Kelly. 1966. Surveying, Theory and Practice, Fifth
Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York.
Emmett, W.W. 1976. Bedload Transport in Two Large Gravel-Bed Rivers, Idaho
and Washington. Proc. of the Third Federal Inter-Agency Sedimentation
Conference, Denver, pp. 4-101 - 4-114.
El-Baroudi, H. 1975. Inventory of Forms of Nutrients Stored in a Water-
shed. Report prepared for New York State Department of Environmental
Conservation and IJC. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, New
York, August.
Einstein, H.A. 1948. Determination of Rates of Bedload Measurement. Pro-
ceedings Federal Interagency Sedimentation Conference, United States
Department of Interior.
11^65
-------
Einstein, H.A. 1950. The Bed-Load Function for Sediment Transportation in
Open Channel Flows. United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Con-
servation Service Tech. Bull. 1026.
Falcone, F.E. 1974. Bedload Discharge for Irregular Cross-Sections. Pre-
print 2385, ASCE Annual and National Environmental Engineering Conven-
tion. October, pp. 1- 30.
Graf, W.H. 1971. Hydraulics of Sediment Transport. McGraw-Hill Book
Company, New York.
Gray, Donald. 1973. Handbook on the Principles of Hydrology. Water Infor-
mation Center, Canada.
Grover, N.C. and Harrington, A.W. 1966. Stream Flow-Measurements, Records
and Their Uses. Second Edition, General Publishing Company, Ltd.,
Canada.
Guy, H.P., Simons, D.B., and Richardson, E.V. 1961. Summary of Alluvial
Channel Data from Flume Experiments. 1956-61, United States Geological
Survey Prof. Paper 462-1. Washington, D.C.
Guy, H.P. and Norman, V.W. 1970. Field Methods for Measurement of Fluvial
Sediment. Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the United
States Geological Survey, Book 3, Chapter C2. Geological Survey.
Washington, D.C.
Helley, E.J. and Smith, W. 1971. Development and Calibration of a Pres-
sure-Difference Bedload Sampler. United States Geological Survey
Open-File Report. Menlo Park, California.
Hubbell. 1964. Apparatus and Techniques for Measuring Bedload. United
States Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 1748. Washington, D.C.
Lambe, T.W. and Whitman, R.V. 1969. Soil Mechanics. John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., New York.
Leliavsky, S. 1966. An Introduction to Fluvial Hydraulics. Third Edition.
General Publishing Company, Ltd., Canada.
Mansue, L.J. and Anderson, P.W. 1974. Effects of Land Use and Retention
Practices on Sediment Yields in the Stony Brook Basin, New Jersey.
United States Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 1798-L. United
States Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Novak, P. 1959. Vyzkum Funkce A Ucinnosti Pristroju Na Mereni Splavenin
(Study of the Performance and Efficiency of Bedload Meters). No. 99.
Vyzkumny Ustav Vodohospodarsky. Prace A Studie, Prague.
Shen, H.W. (editor and publisher). 1972. Sedimentation. Symposium to
Honor Professor H.A. Einstein, Fort Collins, Colorado.
11-66
-------
Simons, D.B., Richardson, E.V., and Haushild, W.L. 1963. Some Effects of
Fine Sediment on Flow Phenomena. United States Geological Survey Water
Supply Paper 1498-G. Washington, D.C.
Tywoniuk, W. 1972. Sediment Discharge Computation Procedures. Journal of
the Hydraulics Division. Proceedings of the American Society of Civil
Engineers, Vol. 98, No. HY3. March, pp. 521-540.
Waslenchuk, D.G. 1976. New Diver-Operated Bedload Sampler. Journal of the
Hydraulics Division. Procedings of ASCE, Vol. 102, No. HY6, paper
12179. June, pp. 747-757.
Williams, G.P. 1967. Flume Experiments on the Transport of a Coarse Sand.
United States Geological Survey Professional Paper 562-B. Washington,
D.C.
Williams, G.P. 1970. Flume Width and Water Depth Effects in Sediment
Transport Experiments. United States Geological Survey Professional
Paper 562-H. Washington, D.C..
Yalin, M.S. 1972. Mechanics of Sediment Transport. Pergamon Press,
Oxford.
11-67
-------
APPENDIX
FIELD METHODS FOR FLUVIAL BEDLOAD MEASUREMENT
USING THE BOGARDI T-3 BEDLOAD SAMPLER
INTRODUCTION
Knowledge of the movement of fluvial sediment is important to those
involved directly or indirectly in the development and management of water
and land resources. Total sediment load in a stream can be considered to
consist of two types of sediment, the bedload and the suspended. The usual
suspended sediment samplers cannot be used in the lowest 0.09 to 0.12 m
depth of the stream bed. The sediment in transport in this region consists
of the bedload, and some suspended load. If the bedload is measured, the
suspended load in this lower region is still not measured, and is referred
to as the unmeasured load. Normally, the unmeasured load is negligible and
is neglected; however, it can be estimated using empirical or other quanti-
tative methods.
The usual sediment study consists of the measurement of suspended load
and the computation of bedload transport using one or more of several bed-
load formulas. The actual bedload transport may or may not be a sizable
part of the total sediment load. Typical values of bedload as a percentage
of total sediment transport range from 10 to 50 percent, but values outside
of that range are not unusual.
No matter how precise the theoretical prediction of sedimentation pro-
cesses becomes, it is inevitable that man's activities will continue to
cause changes in the many variables affecting sediment transport. Also,
none of the computational methods for determining bedload or total load
that have been developed is universally acceptable for all sediment sizes,
bed configurations and flow regimes (Graf, 1971). Therefore, there is an
increasing need for the direct measurement of sediment movement in streams
including the bedload.
The required knowledge of sediment transport for a large variety of
applications makes it necessary to work in a wide range of hydrological
environments. The complex phenomena of fluvial sedimentation makes the
required measurements relatively expensive in comparison with other kinds
of hydrological data.
The purpose of this appendix is to relate some efficient techniques in
using the Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler.
11-68
-------
THE BOGARDI SAMPLER
The Bogardi T-3 Bedload Sampler is extremely lightweight and small,
making it ideal for transportation to and from different sampling sites.
In most instances one person can successfully sample. The sampler front
opening is 10 cm high. Therefore, the flow through the sampler is very
close to that of the unsampled zone in suspended sediment sampling. The
sampler was found to be excellent for use in small streams, even though at
high velocities it is necessary to hold the sampler in place or to add
weights due to the sampler's light weight. In larger rivers it was also
found to perform satisfactorily, as will be discussed later.
GENERAL SAMPLING TECHNIQUES
For information on general sediment sampling techniques, for example,
site selection, the frequency of sampling, location and number of verticals
to be sampled, water discharge measurements, computation of sediment dis-
charge, cold weather sampling suggestions, recording of information, etc.,
the reader is referred to the literature (e.g., Guy, Harold P. and Norman,
Vernon W., 1973).
For this project, samples were taken approximately once a week and
after events such as rainfalls and thaws. It is to be emphasized that it
is extremely important to sample after events since most of the bedload
transport occurs at these times. Other data measured were water tempera-
ture, water stage, water velocity and location of the sample in the cross
section. In practice, the actual data needed will vary with the specific
application.
All equipment should be checked to assure that it is in good working
order before use in the field. To avoid unnecessary delays, a check should
also be made to assure that none of the equipment is left behind. Some
spare equipment such as an extra battery for a current meter (if needed)
should be carried.
For sampling on bridges with traffic, bright clothing should be worn,
and an extra person may be needed to help direct traffic.
Often the sampling personnel will find it necessary to be in preca-
rious positions above a swiftly flowing watercourse. Emphasis must be
placed on safety considerations.
SAMPLING IN SMALL STREAMS WITH LOW VELOCITIES
The most precise and preferred method of sampling is for the sampling
personnel to enter the stream and directly place the sampler on the stream
bed. Naturally, this method can only be utilized in shallow streams flow-
ing at low velocities. Even in shallow streams, it is extremely helpful to
attach short rods to the sides of the sampler to enable placement of the
sampler on the bottom. This keeps the arms of the sampling personnel dry,
a consideration during cold weather.
11-69
-------
The sampling location should be one where the stream bed is fairly
uniform and level and where there is an absence of boulders which would
interfere with the water flow and sampler placement. Care should be taken
during placement to prevent scooping up of any bed material and to insure
that the front of the sampler is sitting on the bottom so that the bedload
does not roll underneath the sampler entrance. If the velocity is rela-
tively high, the sampler may have to be held in place, or a small flat
weight added to the bottom of the sampler catch area to prevent the sampler
from tipping over.
Measurement of the bedload is made by leaving the sampler in place for
a period of time measured by a stopwatch. The sampling time varies depend-
ing on the transport rate. Experience at low velocities indicates that
times from 15 to 60 minutes are adequate. Sampling time should be limited
to that which would fill the sampler to about 33 percent of capacity
(Graf).
Upon removal of the sampler, care should be taken to prevent scooping
up of bed material, especially if sand waves or dunes have formed in front
of the sampler. The front of the sampler should be lifted higher than the
rear to prevent the loss of any sample through the front opening. The
sample plus water retained should be removed through the rear door and
placed in a water-tight container for shipment back to the laboratory.
Note that the rear door should be caulked or sealed before sampling to
prevent any sample loss through the joints between the door and body of the
sampler." Finally, any other measurements such as water temperature, water
stage, water velocity, etc., should be made.
SAMPLING IN SMALL STREAMS WITH HIGH VELOCITIES
When wading is impossible due to high water velocities, another pro-
cedure can be used if a bridge is available. For the sampling done at Mill
Creek in conjunction with this project, 6-foot flat steel bars were bolted
to the sides of the sampler. The tops of the bars were bent into a "u"
shape to facilitate handling. This procedure allows the bars to be easily
removed and transported. The length of the bars depends on the height of
the bridge and, if necessary, they can be made of several attachable
sections. However, this procedure will not work for very high bridges, as
the bars will be too flexible.
Another procedure which has been used by others is the attachment of a
pipe to the top of the sampler, instead of bars. In this project the use
of a pipe to lower and raise the sampler was found to be unsatisfactory.
Due to the flexibility of the top plate of the sampler, buckling of the
plate occurred even at moderate velocities. If a thicker plate is used,
the bolts attaching the plate to the plexiglass sides of the sampler can
themselves bend and shear or split the plexiglass.
The sampling procedure consists of rapidly pushing the sampler down
through the water to the stream bed by means of the bars. The sampler is
held in place by pushing down on the bars while time is measured by a
11-70
-------
stopwatch. For very high water velocities, sampling times on the order of
one minute may be adequate.
For very high velocities, flat lead weights (up to 13.6 kg) can be
placed in the bottom of the sampler for increased stability. Also, a rope
or ropes can be attached to the front of the sampler and held taut by one
person while the other lowers the sampler.
For high water velocities, a certain amount of Judgment must be
exercised relative to the addition of weights and the use of the ropes.
The ultimate measures that can be utilized (that is, for highest veloci-
ties) consist of the use of the maximum amount of weights and the use of
two ropes to stabilize the sampler while it is lowered to the stream bed.
The maximum velocity encountered at Mill Creek was 2.4 mps and it was not
necessary to resort to these ultimate measures. That is why it is felt
samples can be obtained at velocities higher than 2.4 mps.
When the water velocity is high, the stream bed usually cannot be
seen, due to the high sediment load. It is advisable to locate suitable
sampling points when the water level is low and the stream bed can be seen.
If this is not possible, then the sampling must be .accomplished by feel.
Usually it is possible to determine if the sampler is sitting on a boulder;
and if so, a new sampling location should be found. It is also recommended
to push slightly forward on the bars to insure that the front of the
sampler is sitting on the bottom.
Recommendations for placing, removing and sealing the sampler, and for
securing the sample are identical with that of the last section.
SAMPLING IN DEEP RIVERS AND FROM HIGH BRIDGES
In this situation, a system of ropes should be utilized in lowering
the Bogardi Sampler. Two ropes are used which are at about a 30 to 45
degree angle from the vertical, forming a triangle, with the sampler as the
point. A central vertical rope can also be used. The central rope sup-
ports the weight of the sampler and the two side ropes provide stability.
Of course, two or three people are required for sampling in this case.
In this situation, lead weights placed in the bottom catch area of the
sampler are usually required (except at very low velocities) to insure that
the sampler is stable on the stream bed. Lead weights of up to 13.6 kg
have been used.
The sampler Is lowered to the surface of the water, aligned, and
rapidly dropped to the bottom of the river. The best results were achieved
when no weight was supported by the middle rope during the lowering pro-
cess, since tension on the side ropes and water pressure on the sampler
stabilizing fin tends to keep the sampler aligned properly. However, the
central rope is quite useful when raising the sampler. Once the sampler is
on the bottom, tension can be applied to the two sides ropes to assure that
the sampler is aligned upstream. This must be done carefully to avoid the
11-71
-------
possibility of scooping up the bed material. Removal of the sampler should
be accomplished as rapidly as possible, with the front end kept higher than
the rear. Similarly, sealing the sampler, removal of the sample, and
measurements of other quantities are the same as in the previous sections.
When sampling in large rivers, sampling technique is important. The
processes of lowering, raising and aligning the sampler requires experience
and teamwork. It is suggested that a sampling team Inexperienced in the
use of the Bogardi Sampler practice prior to securing actual samples.
Practice is best accomplished in clear water or shallow water, where the
bottom is visible, so that the final position of the sampler can be
verified.
Large rivers are usually very turbid; and since the stream bed cannot
be seen, some judgement is required. If the character of the bottom is un-
known, it is possible for the sampler to land on a boulder or other
obstruction. If no sample is obtained, it can normally be assumed that
something of that nature has occurred. As both sampling experience and
familiarity with the character of the watercourse is obtained, such occur-
rences become obvious.
11-72
-------
REPORT III
NITROGEN AND PHOSPHORUS LOSSES
IN DRAINAGE WATERS FROM ORGANIC SOILS
by
John M. Duxbury
and
John H. Peverly
Department of Agronomy
Cornell University
Prepared for
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation
and
United States Environmental Protection Agency
-------
-------
REPORT III
CONTENTS
Page
Abstract i
Figures ii
Tables iii
Acknowledgements v
1. Introduction 1
2. Methods 4
Study Sites 4
Oak Orchard Creek - Elba Muck 4
Little Conesus Creek - South Lama Muck 6
Analytical Procedures 8
Water 8
Plants 8
Water flow and sanple collection 10
Nitrogen Mineralization and Denitrification in Soil Columns.. 11
Collection of soil columns 11
Nitrogen mineralization studies 12
Denitrification studies 12
Aquatic Plant Nutrient Remobilization 14
3. Results and Discussion 17
Nutrient Output of Mucklands 17
Oak Orchard Creek 23
Little Conesus Creek 34
Metals losses 39
Aquatic plant nutrient dynamics 45
References 55
-------
ABSTRACT
The contrUbution by diffuse sources to water pollution is thought to be
an appreciable fraction of the total. However, the contribution by differ-
ent land types and uses is poorly understood.
Organic or peat soils, which can be very intensively and profitably cul-
tivated after adequate drainage, appear to be an important diffuse source
for N, P and other elements in drainage water. Drainage water from two
organic soil deposits in northwestern New York State was monitored for flow
rates and nutrient concentrations over the period March 1975 to June 1976.
Continuous flow records with composite water sampling for concentration
determinations were used. At other sites, partial flow measurements and
water sampling were performed on a twice-weekly schedule. Rain events were
intensively sampled.
The total annual losses from the soils ranged from 0.9 to 30.7 kg/ha for
ortho-P, 41. to 92.6 kg/ha for NO--N, and <1. to 1.9 kg/ha NH4~N. The P
losses seem to be directly correlated with the depth of organic material.
Concentrations in the drainage water increased as flows increased, so
that by far the greatest losses were during spring and fall events.
Because organic soils constantly undergo decomposition with the simulta-
neous release of N and P, it is not known what the previous fertilizer
practices contribute to these losses. It is clear that organic soils
contribute to N and P in land runoff at a much greater proportion than
indicated by the total area of such soils. Appreciable quantities of metals
may also be lost frcm certain organic soils.
The downstream fate of the elements released include sediment tie up,
biological incorporation and passage into receiving waters. Most N and P
seems to be transported downstream, with substantial quantities incorporated
into aquatic plants during sunmer and fall.
Ill-i
-------
FIGURES
Number Page
1 Oak Orchard Swamp 5
2 Soil map of the cultivated muckland near Elba, New York 7
3 Hie South Lima muck near Avon, Livingston County, New York,
drained by Little Conesus Creek 9
4 Apparatus for collecting nitrous oxide from Histosol columns...... 13
5 Diagram of experimental setup for measuring phosphorus movements
between water and sediments 15
6 Pumping time, NO^-N and P concentrations for water flowing from
the muck area served by Site GR-A 24
7 Pumping time, N03-N and P concentrations for water flowing from
the muck area served by Site GR-B 25
8 MRP vs. discharge for Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road (1975-
1976) 31
9 MRP vs. discharge for Oak Orchard Creek at Harrison Road (1975-
1976) 32
10 NO^-N vs. discharge for Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road
T1975-1976) 32
11 NO,-N vs. discharge for Oak Orchard Creek at Harrison Road (1975-
1976) 33
12 Changes in MRP in the water of control and planted jars over the
experimental period 48
13 Growth of plants in culture jars over the experimental period,
given in both dry weight and total stem length 49
14 Percent and total phosphorus in plant tissue growing in culture
jars 51
Ill-ii
-------
TABLES
Number
1 Soils in Oak Orchard Swamp 6
2 Characteristics of the Histosol columns 11
3 Nutrient output of cultivated mucklands 17
4 Mineralization of nitrogen from Histosol columns 19
5 Denitrification of nitrate-amended Histosol columns 21
6 Nutrient losses from 2000 ha of the Elba muckland in a 24-hour
high flow period (2/19-2/20/76) 22
7 Concentration of molybdate reactive phosphorus in Oak Orchard
Creek 26
8 Concentration of nitrate (NO.,) in Oak Orchard Creek 29
9 Load data for Little Conesus Creek three kilometers downstream
from the muck at the site designated 'F1 near East Avon 35
10 Total annual loadings in Little Conesus Creek near East Avon
CF1), March 6, 1975 to March 5, 1976, calculated by three
different methods 36
11 Flow (floating object method), concentration and load data for
single days upstream of the muck on the main stem of Little
Conesus Creek designated 'U' 38
12 Flow (floating object estimate), concentration and load data for
single days at the east feeder stream to Little Conesus Creek,
entering midway through the muck, designated 'B1 38
13 Metal concentrations in Little Conesus Creek one kilometer below
the muck, designated '0', near South Lima 40
14 Approximate metal loads in Little Conesus Creek, one kilometer
below the muck, designated '0', near South Lima 41
15 Summary of elemental losses from the basin of Little Conesus
Creek 42
-------
Number Page
16 Estimated standing crop for submerged aquatic plants, Little
Conesus Creek. 43
17 Elemental content of submerged aquatic plants, Little Conesus
Creek (dry weight basis) 44
18 Sediment characteristics determined at the beginning of the
experiment 45
19 Soluble phosphorus in sediment or interstial water 45
20 Summary of inorganic phosphorus fractionation data for
sediments 47
21 Summary of data for plants harvested May 15, one month after
planting 50
22 Summary of data for plants harvested May 28, two months after
placement in demineralized water 52
23 Summary of data for plants harvested June 22 after growth in
phosphorus-enriched water 53
24 Summary of entire experiment, representing the means of four
jars including all plant material, not just the samples 54
Ill-iv
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This study was supported in part by contract No. C-81701 fron the
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. The expert tech-
nical assistance of R. Clayton, E. Goyette and K. Jones is gratefully
acknowledged.
III-v
-------
-------
SECTION I
There are approximately 2.8 million hectares of organic soils
(mucklands) within the Great Lakes basin (262,000 ha in New York). Only a
small percentage of these soils are drained for agricultural production;
there are about 12,000 ha of cultivated mucklands in New York.
The predominant use of the cultivated mucklands is for production of
vegetable crops, which generally receive heavy applications of fertilizer
nitrogen and phosphorus (commonly 100 kg/ha of both N and P_05 in New York).
The soil itself, which consists of the partially decomposed remains of plant
material, is also a source of nutrients as it is constantly being subjected
to mineralization processes which cause release of N and P into soil water.
Most cultivated organic soils contain 2-3% N and 0.1-0.2% P and, based on
long-term subsidence rates, an estimated 1000 kg/ha of N and 60 kg/ha of P
are mineralized annually in cultivated organic soils in the Great Lakes
region (Duxbury, unpublished data). Thus, it is apparent that a high
potential for leaching of nutrients from these soils exists. Also, it can
be noted that additions of fertilizer N are unlikely to influence N losses
because of the large amount of N released through mineralization of soil
organic N. On the other hand, fertilizer P could be an important source of
P to drainage water, depending upon the rate of application.
Organic soils that are not artificially drained can act as either sinks
or sources of nutrients depending upon their state of development and
natural wetness. Indeed, the process of peat formation is one of conserva-
tion of nutrients, and it is only when the agent of conservation, usually
water, is removed that the process is reversed.
In a detailed study of losses of soluble N and P from four shallow
organic soil sites in Ontario, Miller (1974) found that between 91-196
kg/ha/yr of N and 14-26 kg/ha/yr of P were lost in drainage water in the
years of 1972-73. These values contrasted with average values of 25
kg/ha/yr of N and 0.3 kg/ha/yr of P in drainage water from eight mineral
soil sites sampled in the same experiment. Of the annual N losses from the
organic soils, NO--N comprised 80-91%, organic-N was 8-18%, and NH.-N was
<2% of the total. The distribution of phosphorus varied markedly Between
the two years of study, 1972 and 1973; in 1972 ortho-P accounted for 32-48%
of the total, but 63-85% in 1973. Hortenstine and Forbes (1971) found
concentrations of N and P in soil water from cultivated muckland adjacent to
Lake Apopka, Florida, similar to those obtained by Miller, but they did not
measure actual losses.
III-l
-------
Others (Erickson and Ellis, 1971; Nicholls and MacCriitmon, 1974) have
measured considerably smaller losses of both N and P in leachate from
cultivated mucklands. losses of N and P from the Michigan State University
experimental muck farm in 1969 were 18.7 and 1.45 kg/ha, respectively
(Erickson and Ellis, 1971) . The N losses were similar from two farms on
mineral soils but P losses were 10X higher. Only 4.1 kg/ha of N and 1.6
kg/ha of P were contained in drainage water pumped from the Holland Marsh,
Ontario, in the spring of 1971 (Nicholls and MacCrinmon, 1974) . This was
the only period during the year when water was pumped from the soils, but
the authors noted that the 1971 growing season "was characterized by an
unusually dry spring".
All the published data for N losses in organic soil drainage water is
consistent in that losses are well below the potential of plus 1000
kg/ha/yr. This is undoubtedly due to the activity of denitrifying microor-
ganisms. It is clear that the denitrification process is not limited, as it
often is in mineral soils, by lack of a suitable carbon source (energy
source) in the zone where denitrification can take place.
Losses of soluble phosphorus from cultivated mucklands vary consid-
erably, but in all cases appear to be from 10-1000X those from cultivated
mineral soils (cf Hanway and Lablen, 1974; Baker et al. , 1975; Hergert,
1975) . Hie reasons for the variability in P output from the mucklands are
not clear, but may be related to differences in fertilizer practices and the
ability of the different soils to fix phosphorus. The negatively charged
organic colloids have little ability to fix PO.-P (Pox and Kamprath, 1971)
and any PO. fixing capacity of organic soils is usually attributed to
mineral components associated with the soil (Kaila and Missila, 1956; Kaila,
1959; Larsen, et al. , 1959; Okruszko et al., 1962; MacLean et al . , 1967;
Ismirah and Keeney, 1973) . The quantity and composition of mineral material
in organic soils varies widely from soil to soil and it is likely that many
organic soils have a finite capacity for PO.-P fixation. Thus, the length
of time since drainage of an organic soil deposit and the history of fertil-
izer additions could have an important influence on P losses.
In addition to measuring N and P losses directly from organic soils, it
is also important to know how far the nutrients are transported downs team,
how much biological and chemical immobilization may occur, and what factors
effect remobilization.
simplest indication of downstream transport is the difference in
stream load between two sampling sites a reasonable distance apart, down-
stream of the muck. Assuming there to be no appreciable feeder stream
inputs between the two sites, this measurement would give an indication of
inmobilization by stream sediments, aquatic organisms, and perhaps other
losses between the two sites.
Chemical and physical losses of ortho-phosphate to the sediments would
include adsorption to colloid surfaces and possible precipitation with iron,
aluminum or calcium. This P may be remobilized when sediments are resus-
pended, as during high flow (Johnson et al. , 1976) . Similar types of
nitrogen loss may be by ammonium adsorption on colloid surfaces, or by
III-2
-------
volatilization. Nitrate may be denitrifed and lost to the atmosphere as
nitrogen gas or oxides of nitrogen (Bouldin et al., 1974). The reactions of
dissolved organic N and P are not understood.
In addition to sediment losses, N and P may be lost to organisms in the
stream. The major biological component of the stream used in this study in
terms of biomass and, therefore, nutrient content, was submerged, rooted,
vascular plants. These plants can accumulate N and P to levels greater than
that needed for growth as indicated by both field and laboratory studies
(Gerloff and Krombholtz, 1966; and Lathwell et al., 1973). This "luxury
consumption" is likely to occur in the drainage water which probably con-
tains elevated nutrient levels. Therefore, just as these plants are signif-
icant sinks for N and P during the growth season, they could also be signif-
icant sources as they senesce during the fall when flow volume is low.
Booted aquatic plants are also able to absorb N, P, and Ca from sediment
water and transport them to the plant tops (Demarte and Kartman, 1974).
Submerged aquatic plant tissue is also leaky. It is entirely possible for
rooted plants to remobilize appreciable nutrients by absorption from sedi-
ments, transport to the plant tops, and release back into the water while
they are growing. Laboratory and greenhouse experiments were initiated to
see if this does happen and to what extent.
III-3
-------
SECTION 2
METHODS
STUDY SITES
Oak Orchard Creek - Elba Muck
Oak Orchard Swamp lies in an east-vest direction along the Genesee-
Orleans County line in northwestern New York (Figure 1). The swamp is
dominated by organic soils and mucky mineral soils. The eastern section of
the swamp has been drained and approximately 3000 ha of muckland developed
from woody parent material are in vegetable crop production. Two wildlife
refuges, the Oak Orchard Wildlife Management Area and the Iroquois National
Wildlife Refuge, occupy a major portion of the swamp west of the
agricultural area. The swamp is drained by Oak Orchard Creek, which rises
southwest of Elba, New York, and discharges into Lake Ontario at Point
Breeze. The creek channel has been diverted and improved through the
muckland to aid drainage. The drainage basin is about 32,000 ha at the
point where the creek leaves the Iroquois refuge (Harrison Rd).
Three tile-drained sites with defined drainage areas were chosen for
study on the cultivated muckland (Figure 1). At each site, tile drainage
water emptied into a cistern and was then pumped into Oak Orchard Creek or a
main drainage ditch. There was no surface runoff from any of the sites.
The farmers had some control over the depth to water table in that they
could raise or lower the pressure switches which controlled the operation of
the pumps. The fanners changed the depth to water table as they wished
throughout the study period. Two of the sites (48 ha and 32 ha) were
located on the Grinnell farm and the third (4 ha) on the Karas farm. The
48-ha site (GR-A) was on deep muck (>107 cm) and the tile lines were in
organic soil material at a depth of 100 cm. The 32-ha site (GR-B) ranged in
depth from 45 cm to >107 cm with tile lines predominantly in the mineral
layer underlying the organic soil. The mineral substratum under the western
section of the site was sand, with a thin layer (1-2 cm) of silty clay at
the muck-miJieral interface. Marl (CaCOj underlay the center section, and a
calcareous silty clay was under the eastern section adjacent to the cistern.
The 4-ha site was about 90 cm deep and the tile lines were in an underlying
layer. The locations of the sites are shown in Figure 1.
The areas of organic soils and mucky mineral soils within Oak Orchard
swamp are given in Table 1. In brief, there are 3000 ha of cultivated
organic soils, 2500 ha of uncultivated organic soils, and 2500 ha of mucky
mineral soils. About two-fifths of the cultivated muckland is mapped as
being deep and one-fifth of the uncultivated soils are deep. Figure 2 is a
III-4
-------
OAK ORCHARD SWAMP
N
01
CULTIVATED MUCKLANC
RT63
Shollow Mucklond (Ms)
Deep Muck land
Mucky Mineral Soils
Sampling Points
—---Ook Orchord Creek
Feeder Canal
0123
^^^^^^MMB^^MMOT^
km
FIGURE 1. Map of Oak Orchard Swamp.
-------
soils map of the cultivated muckland and the major blocks of uncultivated
organic soils are shown in Figure 1.
TABLE 1. SOILS IN OAK ORCHARD SWAMP.
Soil Type* Cultivated Uncultivated
(ha) (ha)
Organic - deep (>107 cm)
Organic - shallow (300107 on)
Organic - Edwards
Canandaigua mucky silt loam
Alden mucky silt loam
Fonda mucky silt loam
Lamson muck very fine sand loam
1290
1670
150
100
15
100
0
525
1970
65
1220
140
860
90
*Taken from soil survey maps of Genesee County (1969) and Orleans County
(unpublished).
Little Conesus Creek - South Lima Muck
This muck area is 35 km south of Rochester in the Town of Lima,
Livingston County, and is about 230 ha in area. It developed from woody and
reed vegetation and is used primarily for potato production. The surface pH
is about 6.0. It is drained by Little Conesus Creek, which at the muck
outlet has a basin area of about 2040 ha. Drainage from the muck is by open
ditch and tile and no water monitoring of any kind was done in the muck
itself. The basin is generally made up of scattered, drumlin-like features
superimposed upon broad, rolling hills characteristic of the Erie-Ontario
Plains in this part of New York State. The area is underlain by calcareous
till.
III-6
-------
ELBA MUCK
Mi
Ms
Mr
Creek lines
ORLEANS
-County Lint
6ENESEE
• Approx. 1 km
FIGURE 2. Soil map of the cultivated muckland near Elba, New York. Mi is mineral soil, and Ms
and Mr are shallow and deep muck, respectively.
-------
Little Conesus Creek rises in the Town of Livonia to the south and flows
north through the muck in an improved channel, the bottom of which lies in
calcareous material (pH>7). North of the muck outlet it curves to the west
and joins Conesus Creek at Avon. Conesus Creek flows into the Genesee
River, which runs north and empties into Lake Ontario at Rochester.
Two stations on Little Conesus were chosen at which flow measurements
and water samples were taken to determine the contribution muck soils made
to nutrient load. The first was just downstream of the muck, designated as
the outlet or 'O1 site. The second site was about 2 km further downstream
and was designated 'F1. There was no major nutrient or water inputs between
the sites.
Two minor stations were also established, one being above the muck on
the main channel CU") and one on a feeder stream ("B"). These locations
are shown in Figure 3.
ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
Water
Water samples were centrifuged at 35,000g for 30 minutes before being
analyzed for NH.-N and soluble P in an autoanalyzer, essentially as outlined
in USEPA Methods (1974). Nitrogen as NH. was measured colorimetrically as
the indophenol blue. For total soluble P, samples were digested with
persulfate according to Menzel and Corwin (1965), and the digests reacted
with molybdate to form a molybdophosphoric acid, which was subsequently
reduced with ascorbic acid. Blue intensity was measured on an autoanalyzer.
Ortho-P, or molybdate reactive P (MRP), was determined on the same sample
with no digestion.
Total N03 plus N02-N was determined according to USEPA Methods (1974).
Nitrate was first reduced to N02 with copper in alkaline hydrazine sulfate,
and then the entire NO2 content was measured cholorimetrically as an azodye,
after diazotization of sulfanilimide and coupling with N-(l-Naphtyl)
ethylenediamine dihydrochloride.
Ca, Mg, Na, Fe, Cu, Zn, Mn, Pb, and Cd concentrations were determined by
flame AA spectometry, using lanthanum to minimize anion interference. If
needed, the samples were concentrated 20 times by evaporation. This may
nave produced low readings for Cu, Mn, Pb and Cd as an acid insoluble,
amorphous precipitate formed in these samples. Potassium was determined by
flame emission spectrophotometry.
Plants
Standing crops of submerged rooted aquatic plants plus filamentous algae
were estimated by removing all the live plant material from randomly
selected meter square plots in Little Conesus Creek. The plots selected
ranged 5 to 50 m up and down the creek bed from the 'O1 and 'F1 sites.
Duplicate samples above and below the sites were taken monthly from December
III-8
-------
SOUTH LIMA MUCK
Qwinerol Soils
[3Shallow Muck
£3 Deep Muck
—Creek Bsd
Little Conesus Creek
—^
Livonia
FIGURE 3. The South Lima muck near Avon, New York in Livingston County,
drained by Little Conesus Creek.
III-9
-------
1974 to November 1975. Samples were sorted as to species, dried at 85°C,
and dry weights were recorded.
•total N in the plant tissue was determined by the Kjeldahl method. For
other elements, plant samples were ashed overnight in quartz crucibles at
500°C. The ash was treated with nitric acid, dried, heated to 400-°C,
cooled, and taken to dryness with HCl. The residue was dissolved in normal
HC1 containing 0.5% lanthanum. Phosphorus was determined by the
molybdovanadophosphoric acid method of Kitson and Melton (1944). Cd and Pb
were determined by atomic absorption spectrophotonetry.
Water Flow Measurement and Sample Collection
Elba Muckland: Flow data was calculated from pumping time multiplied by
pumping rate. Pump operation was monitored continuously and pump discharge
was determined by measuring the rate of draw down in a cistern. Water
sample collection was automatic and was based on pumping time. Thus, a
250-mL sample was collected for every 1 or 2 h of pump operation. Samples
from the GR-A site were discretely collected using a Sigma sampler, while
samples were composited at the other two sites. Samples were picked up
every 24 h, then stored at 2-4°C.
Oak Orchard Creek: A continuous recording gauge was located at Oak
Orchard Road (station 2) and partial record stations were located at Watson
Road (station 1) and at Harrison Road (station 11). The partial record
gauges were installed in the fall of 1975. Support for all these gauges was
provided by the Soil Conservation Service. Oak Orchard Creek was sampled
monthly in 1974, bi-weekly in 1975, and on an event basis in the spring of
1976. The sampling locations are shown in Figure 1. Samples were placed in
ice after collection and analyzed within 24 h, except for the period
February 17 to February 29, 1976, when they were analyzed within one week of
collection.
South Lima: Flow measurements at the stations '0' and "F" were made by
wire weight and staff gauges, respectively. The equipment was installed and
the rating curves developed by USGS personnel in Ithaca, New York. Samples
and gauge height readings were routinely recorded twice weekly. Event
periods were monitored more often, and during ice cover only water samples
were taken. At stations 'U1 and 'B1, samples were collected occasionally
during events and flows were estimated by simply measuring the
rate of movement of a barely floating object. The geometry of these sites
was defined by culverts. Water samples were collected frctn March 1975 to
June 1976. The samples were not filtered before storage as they contained
very little particulate mineral material. They were placed on ice immedi-
ately after collection and then stored at 2-4°C until analysis within one
week.
IIJ-10
-------
NITROGEN KQ3ERALIZATION AND DENITRIFICATION IN SOIL COLUMNS
Collection of Soil Columns
Columns (1.2 m) of natural Histosol (muck) profiles were obtained from
the Grinnell farm in August, 1975. PVC waste pipe (1.37 m x 7.6 qn i.d. x
6.4 mm wall) with a sharpened tip was used to obtain the soils column. The
purpose of a lucite insert was to aid in collection of the soil columns by
reducing the diameter of the soil core to slightly less than that of the PVC
tube. Non-compacted soil columns were obtained when the PVC tubes were
driven into the soil using a sledge hammer. The tubes were removed by using
a chain and an automobile bumper jack. Attempts to obtain soil columns
using a hydraulic ram to drive the PVC tubes resulted in collection of about
25 cm of compacted soil in the bottom of the tube. Apparently the vibration
from the sledge hammer enabled the soil to remain in place as the tube was
driven down. After collection, the soil columns were sealed with rubber
stoppers and stored at 2°C until used. Some characteristics of four of the
columns are given in Table 2. The dead volume of a column was determined by
adding 10 mL of solution containing 51.5 mg of NO--N (as Ca(N03)2) to the
column, followed by 50 mL of IN CaCl- and then leaching with distilled
water. The leachate was collected in fractions ranging fron 100-800 mL.
The Cl content of the fractions was determined by a standard Mohr titration
using 0.05 N AgNO_and 5% K2Cr20_ as indicator. The NO--N and NH.-N content
of the fractions were determined by the steam distillation method of Brenner
(1965).
TABLE 2. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HISTOSOL COLUMNS.
Column No.
15
16
17
18
Flow Rate
PH
(15 cm H_O head) Surface
(raLTh)
1920
5105
280
2010
5.85
5.95
6.05
5.90
pH
Weight of
122 on Drained Column
(kg)
6.15
6.15
5.85
6.15
4.42
4.31
4.54
4.71
III-ll
-------
Nitrogen Mineralization Studies
Four columns, designated 15, 16, 17 and 18 were used. Glass wool plugs
were placed at the top and bottom of each column and a rubber stopper,
fitted with a tygon drainage tube was inserted in the bottom. The columns
were leached free of NH.-N and NCL-N using distilled water and then were
allowed to drain before the drainage tube was closed. The columns" were
incubated uncovered at 23°C for 14 days, then 50 mL of a IN CaCl2 solution
was added to each column followed by leaching with 6.5 L of distilled water.
The leachate was collected in several fractions, which were stored at 2°C
until analysis for Cl, NO--N and NH.-N as previously described. The
chloride analysis was usea to indicate the percent recovery of nitrate-N,
which in all cases was found to exceed 95%. Experiments were conducted in
this manner with incubation periods varying between 7 and 29 days. The
columns were also incubated in a flooded condition by adding 1.5 L of
distilled water to each column. This resulted in a 10 cm depth of water
above the soil.
Denitrification Studies
In the first experiments, 50 mg of NO--N as Ca(NO.)2 (equivalent to 110
kg N/ha) in 10 mL of water was added to the top of each column and rinsed
into soil with 500 mL of distilled water. Following the nitrate addition,
two columns (17 and 18) were flooded by adding another liter of distilled
water, and two columns (15 and 16) were allowed to drain.
A rubber stopper was fitted into the top of each column. A gas
dispersion tube passed through the stopper and extended almost to the soil
surface (Figure 4). Another glass tube which protruded slightly through the
stopper was connected to a nitrous oxide adsorption train which consisted of
a CaCl2-drierite drying tube, an ascarite trap to remove C02, a second
drying tube, and finally two stainless steel tubes (15 cm x 6.4 mm i.d.)
filled with preconditioned molecular sieve 5A to trap N_0. The exit of an
adsorption train was connected to an air pump or water aspirator which
pulled air through the gas dispersion tube and flushed the column head space
to remove any evolved gases. In the case of the flooded columns, the
dispersion tube extended below the level of the water so that any dissolved
nitrous oxide would be forced out of solution. The drained columns were
purged continuously at a slow rate (2-4 mL/min), whereas the flooded columns
were purged every 2-4 days for a 2-h period at about 60 mL/minute. Every
2-4 days, the traps were removed and their nitrous oxide determined by gas
chromatography. A correction was made for the amount of nitrous oxide added
from the air purge. Following analysis, the traps were put back into the
adsorption train, and the air flow was continued. It was found necessary to
replace the first calcium chloride drying tube after each analysis due to
the accumulation of water and the resulting tendency to become plugged.
Twelve days after the nitrate application, the columns were leached with
50 mL of 1 N calcium chloride followed by 6.5 L of distilled water. The
leachate was collected over a two-day period in two fractions of about 3 L
each. Two-hundred mL of distilled water were added initially to the 3.8-L
plastic collection bottle to cover the end of the column drainage tube in
111-12
-------
Flowmeter
Gas Oispersic
Tube
122 cm
Glass Wool
^SU-LsSJ
/ZZEJr
15cm
CoCU
i-*Swogelok Fitting
bleculor Sieve 5A
6.4mm
-Rubber Stopper
FIGURE 4. Apparatus for collecting nitrous oxide from Histosol columns.
order to minimize nitrous oxide loss. From each fraction 1200 mL was saved
and kept at 2°C in tightly capped bottles until analyzed for N~0, NO--N,
NH4-N and Cl.
To analyze the nitrous oxide content of the leachate, a 1000-mL saicple
was placed in a liter suction flask which was sealed with a rubber stopper
through which a fritted gas dispersion tube extended to within 2 cm of the
bottom of the flask. A separate piece of glass tubing, which barely pro-
truded through the bottom of the stopper, was connected to the adsorption
train used to collect gaseous nitrous oxide. Using a water aspirator as a
111-13
-------
pump, air was drawn through the gas dispersion tube and bubbled through the
water sample at about 60 iriL/miriute to remove dissolved nitrous oxide. The
water was simultaneously stirred using a magnetic stirer. The air purge was
continued for 2 h, which removed more than 99% of the dissolved nitrous
oxide. The NO content of the molecular sieve traps was determined by gas
chroraatography, and a correction made for the N00 added from the air.
The same experiment was repeated, except that the two previously flooded
columns (17 and 18) were drained, and the two previously drained columns (15
and 16) were flooded. N?0 evolution was again monitored in the headspace
and in the leachate for a 12-day period.
Following this experiment, the columns were left in a drained condition
without addition of NO. for another 12-day period so that baseline data for
the rate of N_0 evolution without addition of nitrate could be determined.
AQUATIC PLANT NUTRIENT REMOBILIZATION
Experiments were carried out in a greenhouse beginning April 15, 1976
and ending June 19, 1976. Cultures consisted of 12-L battery jars filled
with 3 kg of high fertility soil, and fitted with sediment water testing
devices consisting of gas dispersion tubes set into the sediment, with a
smaller plastic tube inserted from the top with which to withdraw water,
filter it (0.45p), and analyze for MRP (Figure 5). These devices were
placed in the center of the jars at a depth of 5-6 cm below the sediment
surface. Six, 4-5 cm shoots with roots present of Myriophylluro spicatum
were planted in each of four jars. Before this was done, all leaves were
removed and shoots were washed to remove epiphytes. Depth of planting was
1-2 cm, and 300 g of autoclaved soil was spread evenly over the sediment
surface to retard the development of algae. Demineralized water was added
to each culture so that a volume of 10 L bathed the shoots. Four control
jars were prepared in a similar manner, the only difference being that they
were left unplanted. A glass tube (diameter 2 ran) was immersed to a depth
of about 20 on in each culture. Air filtered through carbon and glass wool
was then bubbled through each container at a rate of approximately 2.5 L/h
to provide for mixing and aeration of the water. Each jar was also fitted
with a 4-mm diameter tygon tube for gravitational drawing-off of water
samples. All containers were covered with clear plastic, and black plastic
was taped around the outside of the base of each jar to the level of the
sediment surface, in order to curtail growth of algae at the sediment-glass
interface.
For the first phase of the experiment lasting four weeks, changes in MRP
concentration were monitored for sediment and water compartments. All
samples were filtered through 0.45u Millipore filters before analysis by the
method of Murphy and Riley (1962). After one month of growth, one plant was
harvested from each jar, the length of the harvested material measured, and
the number of nodes recorded. Node counts were made to 1 cm from the tip of
the shoot, with leaves dried at 105°C, and percent phosphorus determined by
the method of Grewling (1966), with Murphy and Riley1s (1962) ascorbic acid
reduction method used for analysis.
111-14
-------
FIGURE 5. Diagram of experimental setup for measuring P movements between water
and sediments, including sampling tubes/ aeration line/ and plants in
battery jars of 10-L capacity.
For the second phase of this experiment (two weeks) the response of
well-developed milfoil plants was monitored in water with a poor nutrient
supply. Sidewall algae was removed from the drained battery jars and
demineralized water was added. Monitoring of ortho-P concentration in the
water compartment was continued/ and a reading for ortho-P in the sediment
water was taken. Six days later (May 21/ 1976)/ cultures were drained, node
counts and shoot length measurements were made, and cultures were refilled
with demineralized water. After eight additional days of growth/ one total
plant, including senescing shoots, was harvested from each jar. All visibly
111-15
-------
senescing shoots were also removed at this time so that only actively
photosynthesizing tissue remained in the cultures. A sample of this live
tissue was also taken. Node counts were made on the plants remaining in the
cultures.
For the final experiment (three weeks), sidewall algae was removed, and
culture and control water was exchanged with demineralized water. Suffi-
cient KH2PO. was added to each jar to raise the phosphorus level to about
500 ppb. Monitoring of water and sediment-water was continued for 25 days,
at which time all plants were harvested. Epiphytes and necrotic tissue were
separated by dipping the harvested material in distilled water and shaking
lightly. As before, node counts, stem lengths, dry weights and tissue P
analysis data were obtained. In addition, dry weight and percent P was
established for a composite of epiphytes and necrotic tissue which had been
separated in distilled water.
111-16
-------
SECTION 3
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
NUTRIENT OUTPUT OF MUCKLANDS
The losses of nutrients from the cultivated muckland sites are given in
Table 3. The annual per hectare loss of NO.-N did not vary greatly among
the sites studied and was on the order of 10% or less of the estimated
potential. The NO.-N losses measured were nevertheless higher than those
expected from most cultivated mineral soils. The variation in the depth of
the organic soil sites studied did not appreciably affect NO--N losses.
Mineralization of organic N, which is the major source of N and largely
restricted to the aerobic soil zone, was probably comparable in the soils
studied. In general, one might expect that the denitrification process
which converts NO- to N_O and/or N2 would be progressively reduced as the
depth of an organic soil decreases since carbon sources may become limiting.
Counteracting factors are (1) the possibility that the drainage water
TABLE 3. NUTRIENT OUTPUT OF CULTIVATED MUCKLANDS
Site Period NO,-N NH.-N MRP TSP
- * - (kg7ha)
Elba muck
GR-A 2/1/75 - 7/31/75 36.0 <0.5 12. ND*
8/1/75 - 7/31/76 87.5 <1 30.7 ND
GR-B 2/20/75 - 7/31/76 41. <0.5 0.9 ND
8/1/75 - 7/31/76 69.5 <1 0.9 ND
South Lima 3/6/75 - 3/5/76 92.6 1.9 11.0 17.9
*Not determined
111-17
-------
contains sufficient available carbon so that denitrification occurs in the
mineral substratum; and (2) the quantity of N mineralized may be less in the
shallower soils. Comparison of our data with that obtained by Miller (1974)
for organic soils shallower than the New York sites suggests that any
influence of organic soil depth on NO,-N losses is minimal. It may be that
the most important factor is the deptn to water table maintained by the
farmer since this affects both mineralization of organic N and the creation
of a favorable environment for denitrification.
The amount of N mineralized in the soil column studies corresponded to
500-600 kg N/ha on an annual basis for columns 15, 16, and 18 incubated in a
drained condition (Table 4) . These values are without correction for the
amount of N denitrified. Based on the denitrification studies, an estimated
one-third of the N mineralized under these conditions would be denitrified,
so that between 750-900 kg N/ha was likely mineralized. The amount of N
mineralized per unit time was independent of incubation time and was main-
tained over successive incubation periods. This result would be expected
for soils that have a large reserve of organic nitrogen.
Under flooded conditions, the amount of N mineralized decreased to
170-190 kg N/ha for columns 15, 16 and 18, and almost one-half of this was
NH.-N. Column 17 was poorly drained compared to the others and the
N-mineralization data obtained reflect its wetter condition in the drained
state.
Denitrification in soils has long been of interest because the process
causes loss of fertilizer nitrogen. In organic soils, denitrification
appears to be beneficial in that it dramatically reduces the output of
NCL-N. However, the question of whether NJ3, one of the denitrification
products, has a detrimental effect on the earth's protective ozone layer has
recently been raised. This question is a long way from being resolved, but
is conceivable that pollution from NO- would be preferred to pollution from
N2°'
The denitrification sequence is:
nitric nitrous
nitrate nitrite oxide oxide nitrogen
The biochemistry of denitrification is complicated and is not fully under-
stood. Nitric oxide appears to be an enzyme-bound intermediate and is not
usually released. Nitrous oxide and nitrogen are the cannon products of
denitrification, but the N20:N2 ratio is extremely variable and cannot be
predicted. This fact, and the ubiquity of nitrogen make it extremely
difficult to study denitrification directly.
The usual approach is nitrogen balance studies is to attribute to
denitrification the difference between the initial NO,-N and the sum of that
remaining plus the amount lost by leaching. This approach was adopted in
111-18
-------
TABt£ 4. MINERALIZATION OF NITRQGBt FROM HISTOSOL COUMJS.
K
VO
Column
No.
15
16
•
17
18
IncUbation
Time
Days
7
14
20
29
14
7
14
20
29
13
7
14
20
29
14
7
14
20
29
14
Soil
Condition
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
NO,-N in
Leachate
4.75
9.88
13.90
19.92
1.90
5.22
8.85
13.82
16.26
2.08
1.91
3.59
6.73
10.99
1.16
4.68
8.93
11.78
16.91
1.74
NH.-N in
Leachate
rag
0
0.15
0.45
0.31
1.38
0.04
0.32
0.20
0.08
1.04
0.48
1.56
0.53
0.73
1.02
0
0.49
0.15
0.07
1.28
Total N
in Leachate
4.75
10.03
14.35
20.23
3.28
5.26
9.17
14.02
16.34
3.12
2.39
5.45
7.26
11.72
2.18
4.68
9.42
11.93
16.98
3.02
Annual
rag/column
248
261
262
255
85.5
274
239
256
206
87.6
125
142
132
148
56.8
244
246
218
214
78.7
Release of N
kg/ha
545
575
576
560
188
604
526
563
453
193
274
313
291
325
125
537
540
479
470
173
-------
the present study of denitrification in soil columns, with additional
monitoring of N20 production. The procedure for collection of N2O was
developed in this study. The results, which are shown in Table 5, should be
interpreted in terms of trends and generalizations rather than accurate or
absolute quantities. A substantial amount of the added NO was denitrified
in the soil columns when they were flooded for a 12-day period and
denitrification occurred even when the soils were kept drained for this
period. These two conditions often exist together in an organic soil
profile in the field, e.g. when the water table is maintained above the
drainage tile. The data for the soil columns incubated in a drained condi-
tion also support the hypothesis that denitrification can occur at anaerobic
raicrosites within a well aerated soil. Thus, both mineralization of nitro-
gen and denitification can occur simultaneously within the soil.
The data clearly show that large amounts of nitrogen are being
mineralized annually in histosols and that denitrification removes about 90%
of this nitrogen before the drainage waters enter streams. It is possible
that the soluble nitrogen output of histosols could be further reduced by
maintaining the water table as high as possible consistent with the use of
the soils.
There was a great variation in the loss of MRP (nominally orthphosphate)
from the sites studied (Table 3). At the Grinnell farm, the A and B sites
are deep and shallow soils, respectively. The tile lines are soley in
organic material at the former site but are in a mixture of organic and
mineral materials at the latter site (see site description). The smaller
loss of MRP from the shallow site is attributed to fixation of phosphorus
through interaction with the mineral material, perhaps mostly the marl.
Some idea of how representative the data is fron the Grinnell A and B
sites can be obtained by comparing their nutrient output with the nutrient
load in Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Poad (station 2). For this pur-
pose, the assumption is made that the nutrient load in the creek at Oak
Orchard Poad is derived soley from the 2000 ha of cultivated muckland in the
drainage basin at this point. Data for a 24-h high flow period (discharge
7.1 m3/s at Oak Orchard Road) is presented in Table 6.
The 4.0 kg N/ha value derived from loading in the creek is slightly
higher than either of the two Grinnell sites. This is because the creek
contains a significant NO--N load before it enters the muckland. We cannot
determine this loading precisely until an accurate rating curve is estab-
lished for the staff gauge at station 1 but it will likely be less than 20%
of that at Oak Orchard Road.
The data for MRP indicates that the Grinnell A site is more representa-
tive of the 2000 ha of muckland than is the Grinnell B site. This is not
unexpected as much of the muckland is deep. The MRP loading in Oak Orchard
Creek at station I is insignificant.
The output of MRP from the South Lima site was intermediate between the
two Grinnell sites. Although the Lima deposit is underlain by calcareous
material it is not extensively tile drained and water may not move through
111-20
-------
5. DDHTOIFICfiTION OF NITWaE-flMQJDH) HXSTOSOL CXUMIS.
H
Oolum
No.
15
16
17
18
15
16
17
18
Soil
Condition
Drained
Drained
Drained
Drained
Flooded
Flooded
Flooded
Flooded
Total
(ng)
0.894
0.582
1.866
0.470
7.636
5.786
3.462
6.357
Leachate
% Total
52.0
35.6
11.3
43.0
97.6
95. 5
79.9
78.1
Control*
N2O-N
0.326
0.345
0.239
0.255
Net Total
u riifii
n»\^n
0.568
0.237
1.627
0.215
7.310
5.441
3.223
6.102
mineralized
6.15
6.17
2.68
5.25
1.62
1.92
0.99
1.49
Total NO,-*!
in soil"
m
56.15
56.17
52.68
55.25
51.62
50.99
50.99
51.49
C SO,-N
recovered
49.95
48.98
32.40
46.71
11.09
10.97
11.95
16.92
NO.-N
denitrified
6.20
7.19
20.28
8.54
40.53
40.95
39.04
34.57
t Total
N03-N
11.0
12.8
38.5
15.5
78.5
78.9
76.6
67.1
Tbtal N.O-N
% of Nof-M
denitrified
9.2
3.3
8.0
2.5
18.0
13.3
8.3
17.7
Value* derived from unfertilized, drained ooluma.
' Values derived from previous mineralization studies fron each oolunt.
1 Values include 50 ag NOj-N added to each colun.
-------
TABLE 6. NUTRIENT LOSS FROM 2000 HA OF THE ELBA MUCKLAND IN A 24-HOUR HIGH
FLOW PERIOD (2/19/76 TO 2/20/76).
Site NO.-N MRP
J (kg/ha)
Grinnell A 3.8 0.89
Grinnell B 2.2 0.023
Calculated from load
in Oak Orchard Creek 4.0 0.43
the calcareous material, but rather over it until it intercepts a drainage
ditch. There may be limited contact between the drainage water and the
underlying mineral strata in the creek bed. The data from the Karas site,
where the tile lines are in marl, could not be quantified because of diffi-
culty in measuring the pumping rate and unreliable sample collection.
However, it can be deduced from the concentration data obtained that the
output of MRP from this site was similar to the shallow Grinnell B site.
Considerable trouble was encountered with measurements of total soluble
phosphorus (TSP) in samples from the Elba muckland sites. The USEPA
persulfate digestion procedure was used for digestion of samples. Sample
TSP values at least 1 ppm less than the corresponding MRP values were
obtained on a number of occasions, and on others there was essentially no
difference between the TSP and and MRP values. If the digested samples were
diluted by various amounts, but always working within the linear range of
the method, values differing by as much as 10X were obtained. The TSP
values increased with increasing dilution which suggested that digestion of
the samples released an interfering substance; however, none could be
detected. Some samples from Little Conesus Creek were analyzed for TSP
after a dry ashing procedure, but dilution of one set of samples by various
amounts prior to ashings of a standard volume gave values 10X those for TSP
in the original samples.
The manipulations mentioned in the preceding paragraphs did not affect
the values obtained for MRP, which was also unchanged when an iso-butanol
extraction procedure was used. After much effort it was concluded that the
MRP values were accurate and that there probably was little organic
phosphorus in the samples studied.
111-22
-------
From a survey of the literature/ it can be seen that generalizations on
the leaching of phosphorus from organic shallow soils cannot be made.
Certainly losses of phosphorus from shallow soils can be as high as those
found from the deep Grinnell A site. On the other hand, it is not clear
whether the losses of phosphorus from deep histosols are necessarily high.
Even so, it is apparent that the losses of phosphorus from histosols are
considerably higher than those for mineral soils (300 to 1000X in the
present study). In this connection it should be noted that the phosphorus
leached from histosols is soluble, whereas much of that derived from mineral
landscapes may be in a particulate form that is biologically inert.
It is difficult to assess possible management practices for reducing
phosphorus losses from histosols because of uncertainty in which factors
control phosphorus release. At this time, the effects of reducing or
eliminating fertilizer phosphorus are unknown and treatment of the effluent
by conventional sewage treatment methods would be expensive.
The output of nutrients (N,P) and nutrient concentrations were
positively correlated with flow at all sites (Figures 6 and 7). Thus, as
others have indicated, the importance of orienting a sampling program
towards flow events cannot be overemphasized. The fact that a major portion
of the nutrient loss occurs during flow events complicates management of the
soils to reduce nutrient losses. The major flow events on the New York
mucklands occur in the winter and spring months and are most intense at a
time when removal of water from the land is of prime importance to the
farmer. They also occur during a time period when there is no agricultural
use for nutrient rich water.
Oak Orchard Creek
Oak Orchard Creek was sampled monthly in 1974, bi-weekly in 1975, and on
an event basis in 1976. The sampling locations are shown in Figure 1. MRP
and N03 concentration data are presented in Tables 7 and 8, respectively.
Where available, discharge data are also presented. The water status of the
creek can be inferred from the concentration of MRP at Oak Orchard Road
(station 2) for dates where discharge data were not available. Thus, when
the concentration of MRP is 1 ppm or more flow is in the moderate-high
range.
Plots of nutrient concentrations against discharge at Oak Orchard Road
(station 2) and Harrison Road (station 11) are shown in Figures 8-11. From
these, it is evident that the creek load of both MRP and NO--N is positively
correlated with flow. This is expected as nutrient losses from the muckland
increase as flow increases. At Harrison Road, the concentration of MRP is
fairly constant between 2.8 and 21. m3/s, but increases where the discharge
is below 1.4 m3/s (Figure 9). This appears to be a seasonal effect which is
not related to the cultivated muckland.
At moderate to high flow there is a gradual decrease in MRP concen-
tration with increasing distance downstream from the cultivated muckland
(Table 7). At low flow, which occurs during the summer and fall months, the
concentration of MRP decreases between Oak Orchard Road (station 2) and
111-23
-------
K
V
ro
*>.
90r
PUMPING TIME
MRP
NOj-N
1/30 Z/IO Z/ZO 3/1 3/10 3/20 4/IO 4/ZO 4/30 S/IO S/20 5/30
DATE
FIGURE 6. Pumping time, NO_~-N and P concentration for water flowing fron the muck area served by
Site GR-A. Pump time is directly proportional to flow volume.
-------
90r
en
PUMPING TIME
MRP
NOj-N
12/1 12/10 12/20 12/30
1975
5/30
FIGURE 7. Pumping time, NO- -N and P concentrations for water flowing from the muck area served by
GR-B. Punp time is directly proportional to flow volume.
-------
TABLE 7. CXDNCENTRATIOJ OF MDLYBDATE REACTIVE PHOSPHORUS IN OAK ORCHARD CREEK.
Date
1
2
Station
98 7
8 9
11
EO
ppn P (discharge m3/s)
12/7/73
1/4/74
2/6
3/5
4/3
5/1
6/5
7/1
9/15
3/24/75
4/8
4/17
4/25
5/21
6/3
6/18
7/2
7/16
7/30
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.08
0.08
0.01
0.08
0.03
0.01
0.08
0.02
0.0
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.04
0.02
0.02
1.5
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.8
0.36
0.66
0.77
0.42
1.50
(2.5)
0.53
(1.3)
0.97
(1.6)
0.43
(0.4)
0.38
(0.1)
0.48
(0.1)
0.68
(0.2)
0.57
(<0.1)
0.51
0.57
0.49
0.40
0.35
0.32
0.41
0.20 0.12
0.24 0.16
0.39 0.31
0.21
-
- -
_
- -
_ _
-
- -
>
-
_ _
0.38 0.29
0.31 0.21
0.27 0.23
0.29 0.18
0.38 0.29
0.08 0.06
0.14 0.09
0.24 0.15
0.21 0.18
-
- -
-
- -
- -
-
-
- -
-
v —
0.16
0.16
0.17
0.12
0.15
0.12
0.16
0.29
0.32
0.26
0.16
0.07
(14.)
0.12
(6.9)
0.25
(<0.1)
0.37
(<0.1)
0.45
(1.4)
0.58
(1.2)
0.38
0.38
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.02
0.07
0.15
0.12
0.19
0.10
0.13
0.10
111-26
-------
Date
8/14
8/28
9/11
9/29
11/24
12/18
12/30
1/14/76
1/26
1/27
1/28
2/17
2/18
2/19
2/20
2/21
1
0.02
0.01
0.06
0.06
0.01
0.07
0.06
0.07
0.05
0.28
0.22
0.08
0.10
0.11
0.06
0.05
2 98 7 8 9
ppn P (discharge m3/s)
0.44 -
t^ f\ 1 t
i ^y ill
0.27 -
0.22 - 0.18 0.21
0.30 - 0.15 0,18
0.39 -
1.4 - 0.45 0.31
(0.9)
0.73 -
(0.3)
0.57 - 0.15 0.16
(0.3)
0.53 - 0.13 0.14
0.56 - 0.30 0.17
0.75 - 0.37 0.32
1.3 - 0.41 0.33
(7.2)
1.6 - 0.43 0.35
(6.8)
1.4 - 0.47 0.36
(7.1)
1.8 - -
(4.4)
2.1 - -
(3.5)
11
0.41
0.43
0.29
0.24
0.16
0.17
(4.7)
0.17
(0.9)
0.14
0.12
(3.3)
0.11
(3.5)
0.12
(3.3)
0.10
(17.)
0.09
(18.)
0.09
(18.)
0.11
(20.)
0.14
(20.)
EO
0.48
0.08
0.35
0.18
0.38
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.03
0.07
0.06
0.10
0.08
0.10
0.06
-
111-27
-------
Date 12 98 7 8 9 11 BO
2/22
2/23
2/24
2/25
2/26
2/27
2/29
ppn
0.10 1.5
(7.4)
0.07 1.9
(4.7)
0.07 2.1
(3.4)
0.05 2.1
(3.1)
0.11. 2.2
(2.4)
0.11 2.1
(2.0)
0.06 1.9
(1.2)
P (discharge m3/s)
- 0.15
(21.)
- 0.16
(21.)
0.52 0.43 - 0.17
(21.)
0.57 0.46 - 0.16
(20.)
0.55 0.45 - 0.18
(20.)
0.49 - 0.17
(19.)
0.59 0.46 - 0.15
(17.)
0.09
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.04
0.03
111-28
-------
TABLE 8. CONCENTRATION OF N03 IN OAK ORCHARD CREEK.
Date
12/17/73
1/4/74
2/6
3/5
4/3
5/1
6/5
7/1
9/15
3/24/75
4/17
4/18
4/25
5/21
6/3
6/18
7/2
7/30
8/14
8/28
9/11
9/29
11/24
12/18
12/30
1/26/76
1/27
1
2.3
10.5
12.0
2.2
5.2
8.0
5.0
5.5
0.2
4.2
6.9
4.1
8.2
4.9
5.1
0.5
3.3
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.06
0.06
0.0
4.7
1.1
4.5
3.2
2
15.3
12.6
13.3
6.6
8.8
3.7
2.3
2.9
0.2
7.3
6.3
6.1
5.2
3.6
2.0
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.0
0.0
0.2
0.3
0.1
23.9
7.6
8.1
7.8
Station
98 7
NO,-N ppn
8.9
7.0
4.8
3.4
3.7
3.4 2.6
1.6 1.2
2.4 1.7
0.4
-
-
- -
- -
- -
-
- -
- -
-
-
- -
0.2
0.2
-
7.4
- -
3.9
5.6
111-29
8
9.8
4,0
3.6
3.0
3.4
2.6
1.1
1.8
0.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.2
0.2
-
5.5
-
3.1
4.1
9
5.7
3.3
3.2
2.2
3.3
1.1
0.7
1.1
0.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
11
5.5
2.8
3.3
1.9
2.4
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.0
2.5
3.5
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.3
0.2
0.1
3.4
2.7
2.3
2.1
EO
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.1
0.2
0.0
0.4
0.2
0.1
2.1
0.2
2.3
3.0
-------
Station
Date 12 98 7 8 9 11 BO
NO,-N ppn
1/28
2/17
2/18
2/19
2/20
2/21
2/22
2/23
2/24
2/25
2/26
2/27
2/29
4.0
3.5
4.1
4.5
6.1
7.5
3.5
6.8
8.5
8.4
9.1
9.0
10.4
9.3
11.0
12.8
13.2
15.0
15.8
10.6
12.3
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
12.5
w -
4.9
6.0
6.5
5.9
-
-
-
-
7.0
7.1
7.2
-
7.3
5.3
5.3
2.7
2.7
-
- -
_ _
- -
6.0
6.2
6.3
6.8
7.1
2.0
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.1
3.3
3.3
3.7
3.8
4.3
3.9
3.8
3.6
3.1
3.0
2.0
2.7
2.8
-
2.7
-
3.1
3.0
3.4
3.5
3.7
111-30
-------
Knowlesville Road (station 9), then increases between this point and
Harrison Road (station 11) (Table 7). The reason for this increase is
unknown; there are no obvious point sources. It is possible that MRP is
picked up as the creek flows slowly through the swamp in the Iroquois
wildlife refuge. At Oak Orchard Road, the concentration of MRP increases as
flow increases, but appears to plateau between 1.5-2.0 ppm at flows of 2.8
m3/s or greater (Figure 8).
The concentration of nitrate in Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road is
generally high at high flow (Figure 10), which again reflects the behavior
of the cultivated muckland. The highest concentrations are found during the
first event after the summer. This is presumably related to mineralization
of soil organic nitrogen and its accumulation in the soil profile during the
warm summer months when little or no water is draining from the soil.
3 -
0.
cc
5
• DEC- APR
O MAY-NOV
2 4
DISCHARGE (m3/s)
6
FIGURE 8. Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road (station 2): MRP vs.
discharge, 1975-76.
111-31
-------
.5
1.3
a
a.
tr
5
.2
• DEC-APR
O MAY-NOV
1O
DISCHARGE (m3/s)
20
FIGURE 9. Oak Orchard Creek at Harrison Road (station 11): MRP vs. dis-
charge, 1975-76.
25
2O-
15
101-
£
O
O
00
• Main spring event, 1976
O Fall, winter 1975
2 4
DISCHARGE (m?/s)
FIGURE 10. Oak Orchard Creek at Oak Orchard Road (station 2): N03~-N vs.
discharge, 1975-76.
111-32
-------
Relationships between nitrate concentration and discharge at Harrison
Road can be seen if the data are separated into two seasons (Figure 11).
Between December and the middle of April, concentrations are in the range
2-4.5 ppm NO--N, with the higher values at high flow. For the rest of the
year, nitrate concentrations are always low, even though there may be
considerable inputs into the creek from the cultivated muckland. During
this period, nitrate may be removed iron the creek by plant intake, by
denitrification, or by both processes.
Two observations worthy of note here are:
1) the maximum discharge at Harrison Road is about 3X that at Oak
Orchard Road, although there is a seven-fold increase in the area of the
drainage basin between these points. Oak Orchard Swamp, which is flooded at
high flow, buffers the impact of a flow event. The spreading out of water
in the swamp appears to reduce the load of MRP in the creek, but not the
load of nitrate.
2) The loss of nitrate and MRP from the cultivated muckland always
increases as flow increases. This leads to an increase in the concentration
of these nutrients in the creek at Oak Orchard Road during high flow
compared to low flow. However, within an event the concentration of nitrate
and MRP does not always increase as flow increases. For example, for the
principal event of spring 1976, the concentration of IKL-N and MRP increased
from 13 to 16 ppm and 1.3 to 2.1 ppm, respectively, over a 24-h period as
discharge decreased from 7.6 to 3.3 ma/s. Twenty-four hours later when
discharge was back up to 7.4 m3/s, NOv-N and MRP were down to 11 and 1.4
ppm, respectively. A similar pattern was also noted for Little Conesus
Creek. An obvious explanation for this observation is that the muckland
contributed a greater percentage of the water in the creek as discharge
decreased. However, the nutrient load in the creek was highest at peak
flow.
• DEC-APR 15
O APR 15-NOV
!T
to
DISCHARGE (m3/s)
20
FIGURE 11. Oak Orchard Creek at Harrison Road (station 11): NO,~-N vs. dis-
charge, 1975-76.
111-33
-------
Little Conesus Creek
For the period when Little Conesus Creek was monitored at site 'F1 for
flow and N and P concentrations, the total annual losses from this muck
basin were about 18 kg/ha for TSP, 11 kg/ha for MRP, about 93 kg/ha for
N03-N, and 1.9 kg/ha for NH.-N (Table 9). The P loss is 10 to 100 times
that usually measured for a cultivated mineral soil, and the losses for N
are high but less spectacular.
Flow was calculated by Equation 1, the regression equation (r=0.944,
n=102) correlating instantaneous flow readings based on the staff gage at
'F' (excluding December, January and February readings) and the average flow
on the same days established by a stage height recorder on Oak Creek at
Warsaw, New York:
Q - .99357 (W) (K) - 295.303 [1]
where Q = m3/km2/day at 'F1
W = average daily flow at Warsaw in ft3/s
K = 22.447, a constant converting ft3/s to
m3/km2/day for the basin
The correlation coefficient between flow at site 'O1 and Warsaw was
0.875, so site 'F1 was chosen as the primary downstream site. There are no
substantial inputs into the main stem between the muck and site 'F' and flow
did not increase appreciably between sites '0* and 'F'.
From Table 9 it appeared that concentrations may decrease between site
'O1 and 'F1. This was especially looked for in the case of NO--N, because
the streambed should be an ideal environment (anaerobic, warm and high in
organic carbon) for denitrification. No such trend was established, and
there are uncertainties about apparent concentration differences between 'O1
and 'F1 in Table 9 because of the large error terms. Therefore, it was
assumed that sites 'O' and 'F1 do not differ in flow or load, and that flow
at 'F1 is calculated with minimal error.
Three methods were initially compared for calculating N and P loads
(Table 10). The first method uses the mean annual concentrations with a
sizable standard error term. In fact, these numbers appear to be low
compared to the other two methods, and the error terms range up to over
100%. The second method, using mean concentrations and flows for shorter
time periods, and the third method, using both instantaneous values and
means, produce similar numbers for the total annual N and P loading in
Little Conesus Creek. The second method was used to calculate the final
loss values as outlined in Table 9. The error terms are relatively less
than those by the first method. According to Treunert et al. (1974),
sampling once every two weeks with discontinuous flow measurements produces
a 20-35% error. In this study, a total of 57 samples were collected over
the year for an average of one every six days. Therefore, it is felt that
the error terms associated with the second method (Table 9) represent the
maximum. However, they serve well to emphasize the problems in sampling
111-34
-------
se-in
,
1
tff
s
s
*
9-
S
S
S
S
1
1
i
1
i
1
i
§
•
*i
s
1 1 1 i I ! 1 1 ! |
5* C K
S 1 1 8 s s 2 t * §
• • • • b in ' i, ii '
Ss!28~BI3SS
e * B *" ""*
iSSSscSsSS
• • • • i i ' u • '
S53SC..S8.H
- k - 8
tsspsKoSSc*
" " "S""""
£ -.4 • fc o C •» J - *
s B i I g « a i i i
«. s
5 2 i g s „ i * i 1
*
.S§»~SSBS
S • j. w v •» k
' » J» • !• * e e
£
R
f
R
S
R
f
R
*
R
V<5*>*VSS^KSiC
5 5
"s i S * 1 i "s s i a
52SS5SS6IS
§ 1 S 5 S § s 8 S S
; £ S s 5 si £ 2 5 i £'
s 5 8 E § k 88 § k
S215St'cSSsa
g i s s i s 2 k k k
|hssggbkbs
gggkJisbhKS
. • n k 1 1 g s i
• • k k k k k i k k
S g S S S S i S S 2
5 s i s k k k s s i
t g £ g g S E 2 i S
S5g5S?*I§l
g i s i 1 k § i e k
g s 3 S g | s e « s
§ S S » S S • 8 S i
- • g s § s i s i k
- ' s § i k k s k k
•ja
til
i
a
•
n
?
a
1
N
H
H
R
1
N
1
11
i
H
1
R
4
H
1
,
I
i
|
J
'
8
I
?!
i
^s
j
j
i
i
s
\
-
-------
TABLE 10. TOTAL ANNUAL LOADINGS IN LITTLE CCNESUS CREEK NEAR E. AVON ('F'), MARCH 6, 1975 TO MARCH 5, 1976, CALCULATED BY
THREE DIFFERENT METHODS.
u>
Methods TSP MRP DOT NO~-N
1. Product of the annual mean
concentration, C, and total
flow, Q.
EQ » 4666666 m'/KTO". - — — --- — — — — •— - -- — — — ~ -- — — [411^-— -- — — — — -- — ~
0.330 0.236 0.095 1.73
c - SB* ±0.309 ±0.172 ±0.198 ±1.65
_____ Vn
*9
. 3210.9 2296.3 924.4 16833
cEQ - SE* ±3006.6 ±1673.6 ±1926.5 ±16054
NH*-N
0.054
±0.039
525.4
±379.5
2.
Sum of products of mean
concentration and flows
for specified intervals
delineated by shifts in
concentrations (see
Table 9).
4076
494
1572
21,087
425
3.
Sun of products of the
instantaneous concen-
trations and flow for
sample days, and the
products of mean con-
centration and flow
between sample days.
3911
2555
1363
23,117
479
*SE, standard errors of the mean.
-------
frequency and timing which exist when attempting load calculations for small
streams, and the error that must be considered when using these numbers.
Concentrations of TSP at the gauging station (site 'F') generally ranged
from about 0.1-1.5 ppm, MRP from 0.05-1.0 ppm, and dissolved unreactive
phosphorus (DUP) from 0-1 ppm. Nitrate-N ranged widely from less than
0.003-7 ppm, and NH.-N ranged from 0.003-0.2 ppm. There was no definite
relationship between flow and concentration as in Oak Orchard Creek,
although TSP and MRP concentration generally increased with flow, indicating
the nonpoint character of the P inputs as described by Johnson et al. (1976)
for a mineral stream.
DUP, NO.-N and NH.-N showed a closer relationship to season than flow,
with highest concentrations in winter and spring and lowest in the summer
and fall months. In fact, total phosphorus concentrations and loads were
higher than those for N during September and October. Nitrate-N especially
seemed to follow this seasonal concentration pattern described by Johnson et
al. (1976) by a sinusoidal regression equation. They suggested that NO.,-N
concentration is controlled by water movement through the profile with
little or no movement during the summer but increased leaching during fall
and winter from water recharge and plant decomposition. This would seem to
be the case here. Concentration of NH.-N and DUP may be influenced posi-
tively by temperature effects on biological processes and senescence as
evident by higher late spring and fall values (Table 9). These influences
are not precise, but are only suggested as explanations for the obser-
vations.
Flow varied widely at 'F1, the highest flow occurring in March (5.4
m3/s) and the lowest (negligible) during August and September. The creek
always had water in it and movement was discernible, but reliable flow
information was usually not obtained during these two months. The same was
true of December and January because of ice problems.
The greatest losses occurred during a relatively short period of high
flow. Over 75% of P and N lost during the year was measured during a 60-day
period from the middle of February to the middle of April.
The muck area (2.28 km2) makes up about 10% of the entire basin area
(20.85 km2), so major surface water inputs to Little Conesus Creek above the
muck were estimated at flow extremes and summarized in Tables 11 and 12.
Above the muck, the main stem drains predominantly old fields of mineral
soils with grass and brush cover, and some cultivated fields. There was no
livestock associated with the main stem. As indicated in Table 11, the main
stem carried into the muck 20% or less of the N and P measured at site 'F1
on March 4, 1976, while flow was about 11%.
The east feeder (site 'B') drains less total area but there is a small
pocket of muck and at least two barnyards close to or on the branch. It
carried into the muck greater than 25% of the N03-N and less than 20% of the
P measured at 'F1 during the March 4 event. During low flow, N and P loads
coming into the muck were less than 10% of those at 'F1, as were the flows.
The muck occupies only 10% of the area, but contributes at least 80% of the
111-37
-------
11.
FLOW (FLOATING OBJECT ESTIMATE), CONCENTRATION, AND LOAD DATA FOR SINGLE DAYS UPSTREAM
OF THE MUCK ON THE MUM SIGH OF LITTLE CGNESUS CHEEK DESIGNATED *U'.
V
U)
CO
Average
estimated
flow
Date m'/s
3/2/76 0.16
3/4/76 0.64
3/16/76 0.02
3/22/76 0.02
4/8/76 0.02
4/16/76 0.02
4/26/76 0.15
5/4/76 0.01
Concentrations
upstream of muck
NOj-N
1.30
1.58
0.88
0.68
0.041
0.021
0.283
"
mg/L
TSP MRP
0.017 0.015
0.160 0.038
0.038 0.008
0.041 0.004
0.083 0.002
0.042 0.005
0.078 0.035
0.035 0.008
Load
upstream of muck
kg/day
DUP NO--N
0.002 18.4
0.122 87.3
0.030 1.70
0.037 1.46
0.081 0.071
0.037 0.043
0.043 3.58
0.027
TABLE 12. FUM (FLOATING OBJECT ESTIMATE), CONCENTRATION, AND
MIDWAY THROUGH THE
Average
estimated
flow
Date mVs
3/4/76 0.90
3/16/76 0.02
3/22/76 0.02
4/8/76 0.01
5/4/76 0.01
NU3-N
2.80
1.41
1.13
0.032
-
MUCK, DESIGNATED
Concentrations
East feeder
mg/L
•tse rm?
0.133 0.059
0.030 0.004
0.044 0.013
0.110 0.011
0.050
"'
ISfr
0.241
8.84
0.073
0.088
0.144
0.085
0.988
0.035
MHP DUP
0.213 0.028
2.10 6.74
0.015 0.058
0.099 0.079
0.003 0.141
0.010 0.075
0.443 0.545
0.008 0.027
HOj-N
209.
809.
56.4
94.7
3.95
2.85
239.
"
LOAD DMA FOR SINGLE DAYS NT THE
Load at
East feeder
kg/day
DUP NO--N
0.074 217.
0.026 2.07
0.031 2.38
•J.W
10.3
0.044
0.092
0.099 0.027 0.091
-
0.048
MRP BUP
4.57 5.74
0.006 0.038
0.027 0.065
0.009 0.083
-
NO--N
809.
56.4
94.7
3.95
-
Load
downstream of muck
site '¥'
kg/day
TSP MRP
43.5 34.1
68.8 34.1
10.1 9.78
21.4 16.2
2.44 1.75
1.31 0.720
29.1 31.7
4.17 3.32
EAST iJsnxH STREAM
Load
Upstream load
%of
,
load at 'F'
DUP NOj-N
9.34 8.8
34.6 10.8
0.380 3.0
5.18 1.5
0.680 1.8
0.590 1.5
0.0 1.5
0.850
TO LITTLE CONESO
lw
0.6
12.8
0.7
0.4
5.9
6.5
3.4
0.8
3 CREEK,
downstream of Buck East ft
site 'F1
kg/day
'k&f MRP
68.8 34.1
10.1 9.78
21.4 16.2
2.44 1.75
4.17 3.32
HW-
0.6
6.1
0.2
0.6
0.2
1.4
1.4
0.2
DUP
0.3
19.5
15.3
1.5
20.7
12.7
-
3.2
ENTERING
seder load
% of
DUP NO,-4)
34.6 26.8
0.38 3.7
5.18 2.5
0.68 0.7
0.85
load
rar
15.0
0.4
0.4
3.7
1.2
at 'F"
****'
13.4
0.1
0.2
0.5
-
DUP
16.6
10.0
1.2
12.2
-
-------
dissolved N and P carried downstream by Little Conesus Creek at site 'F'.
The fate of these muck-derived, dissolved nutrients downstream of 'F1
could not be monitored because of substantial farming operations, including
mineral soil cultivation and dairying.
Metals Losses
Approximations for metal concentrations are presented in Table 13. It
must be stressed that these numbers and those in Table 14 are approximations
only, based on one analysis of composited water samples.
Calcium was high, indicative of the calcareous till underlying the basin
and the marl layers (calcium carbonate) at a depth of 1-1.5 m under the
muck. The creek itself flows across these marl layers in the muck.
Magnesium was about one-quarter the concentration of calcium, and seemed
to increase as flow decreased. Potassium concentration was appreciable and
increased with flow, as did iron, zinc, and manganese. This may reflect
increased quantities of colloidal-sized particles containing these elements,
which were not filtered out during the sample pretreatment. Sodium, lead,
copper and cadmium concentrations were not especially elevated and
apparently bear little relationship to flow rate.
Table 14 gives approximate dissolved metal losses from the muck area to
Little Conesus Creek. Substantial quantities of calcium, magnesium,
potassium, sodium, and iron were lost from the basin even though these
elements probably do not affect water quality. Those elements (Cu, Zn, Mn,
Pb, Cd) which may be harmful or interfere with water uses showed quite low
losses. A summary of all measured losses from the basin by way of Little
Conesus Creek for the year March 1975 to February 1976 is presented in Table
15.
Aquatic plant growth was estimated at two sites in the creek before,
during and after the 1975 growing season. Site '0' was dominated by the
growth of elodea (Elodea canadensis), coontail (Ceratophyllum demersum) and
pondweed (Potomageton crispus). In contrast, milfoil (Myriophyllum
spicatum) dominated at site 'F1 to the point of exclusion of elodea and
pondweed except in the winter and early spring. This dominance of milfoil
during the warm months has been observed in experimental ponds at Cornell
and the north end of Cayuga Lake (Peverly et al., 1974).
The differences between sites 'O' and 'F1 that explain the predominance
of milfoil at 'F1 are few and hard to precisely define. The rooting medium
at '0' is soft, has high organic matter (12% on a dry weight basis) and is
very fine in texture. At 'F1 the sediment is firm, high in sand but low in
fine-textured particles and organic matter. In addition, the channel is
heavily shaded during the summer at '0' but is not at 'P1. Milfoil seems to
prefer the greater light and coarse, firm bottom at 'F1. However, in Cayuga
Lake, milfoil grows on soft, organic-rich sediments, but will not (or
cannot) colonized the sandier areas (Peverly et al., 1974), especially a
large sandbar left from early dredging operations. This suggests that light
or temperature may be the deciding factor in the growth of milfoil at 'F'.
111-39
-------
TABLE 13. METAL CONCENTRATIONS IN LITTLE OONESUS CREEK ONE KM BELOW THE MUCK, DESIGNATED 'O1 , NEAR SOUTH LIMA.
Composite sanples made up of sanples grouped by flow as indicated.
H
0
O
Date Flow
1975 mVs
6/5
6/9
6/20 0.28-2.8
3/20
3/13
3/17
Metals, ppn
Ca Mg K Na Fe Cu Zn Mn It» Cd
86 21.0 4.4 8.7 0.533 0.004 0.006 0.019 0.014 0.002
..... 0.03-0.28 86 22.4 3.2 9.6 0.238 0.004 0.003 0.011 0.010 0.002
31 t.\l
3/28
7/17
7/27 0-0.03 70 27.6 2.2 8.0 0.039 0.004 0.001 0.002 0.012 0.002
8/2
-------
8£0*0
6££*£I
0£t*0
09*t
Z£*t
68*t
Z£*»
EO*E
06*1
Zt>*0
»££'0
9*0*0
ZU'O
9EZ*0
E£E*0
089-0
6WO
££E*0
iWO
9S£*0
E6t*0
9£'l
»9Z*0
iO
£99*0
6£*t9l
866*0
f£t
fOt
s*9t
£*8E
6*»Z
9*St
Z**Z
9S*»
69Z-0
£S*Z
99*t
£0*£
t9*9
6K'0
££*Z
6Z£'0
SZ'9
Eft
s-n
9S*I
'8
SZ't
9 '61
ti't
UH
8SZ*0
609 *8S
66Z*0
»9'9
£0*C
£9*9
9*91
£*0t
£9*9
9Z£*0
t£*t
180*0
Oft
6EfO
t£*t
0»*Z
6ZO-0
6ft
iZO'O
89 *Z
0*£'0
IZ'9
£9»*0
uz
*8t*0
££6*t»
66£*0
9£'£
»0*»
Z***
ftt
Zf£
9»*»
696*0
Z8*t
80fO
K£'0
SS9*0
££8*0
O9't
9tfO
JJ6i*0
OTT *0
8£'t
>9»'0
»f»
ZZ9*0
no
9V
£f£Z
££ZS
8*EZ
109
OK
68S
»£»t
6»6
»69
9*£S
sot
0»'9
8*£6
tf'S
ill
HZ
Eft
901
£0*t
BCZ
0'£Z
tss
0*£E
aa
peoi
mipoxiddtf
6*SOI>
Z6CZ6
8S6
Z£t8
E696
6196
»90»Z
Z6»9t
9696
SZEZ
9££»
89Z
969t
Ottl
£061
98ȣ
ZCZ
»Z£t
OZZ
609»
0601
£668
£6H
»N
9 •|'6I
tO£»»
6t£
EEtf
t£Z£
998»
0£tZt
S£8£
E06»
S££
89»t
f 98
£08
90E
••96
'E9£t
6*C9
Z£8
f'09
£961
E9E
OSS*
86*
y
Z*9£6
»96tZZ
SCZZ
»Z£6t
£t9ZZ
£IZ£Z
9808S
»6E££
ZOKZ
*Z*S
£OZOt
£09
Z98E
OE8E
Z09»
*t*8
ZOB
t9t»
£9£
69£6
Z*SZ
8UTZ
98*C
&H
»*OUE
Z6*»»8
C8S8
£££08
S£898
I80S6
t£8£EZ
6EtESl
8E8S6
SZ80Z
68I6E
*UZ
£££9t
El£6
8*881
9S»>£
»EOZ
6EO£t
tZ6t
69C8E
t9£6
8C688
6£EEt
*0
H'O
Z'Z
»Z'0
9't
9*t
ȣ'0
BE'O
80 '0
EZ'O
£0*0
Z»'0
zo-o
ZC*0
EE'O
zo-o
8£'0
zo-o
Z£*0
SfO
£*l
SfO
B/,a
8£*JaAV
:
(fee) P
8
9
8*
8
ZZ
8Z
*£
EC
EZ
Ot
S
£6
8
ft
ZZ
9
it
91
8
£
Zt
•Ana
PIM '»U/fa(
9£/S/£-9£/9/E
S/S-8Z/*
£Z/»-£Z/»
ZZ/»-9/E
9/E-9Z/Z
SZ/Z-t/Z
£/Z-£/t
9£/9/l-*/Zt
£/Zt-I/tl
IE/OI-6/Ot
8/OI-OE/6
6Z/6-SZ/6
*Z/6-»Z/9
CZ/9-9t/9
9t/9-Z/9
t/9-tt/S
Ot/9-S/S
»/S-8T/»
£I/»-Z/*
t/»-SZ/E
»Z/£-8t/£
£t/£-S£/9/E
SS^CQ
H
"El »iqm UT BaidiBS K)Tf»iu3D sif» jo
HUUS avsN ,o. oaLwoisaa 'xxw am tcnaa HX aw> XXIID
uoT3BX)uaauao auo Atuo uo paeeq are
snsaeo snun HI sown TOUM aiwtxoiddv
'ft
-------
TABLE 15. SUMMARY OF ELEMENTAL LOSSES FROM THE BASIN OF LITTLE CONESUS
CREEK. Nitrogen and phosphorus losses were measured three km
below the muck, at 'F1. Metals were measured one km below the
muck at '0*, and are approximations.
kg/ha/yr
kg based on
Substance 3/6/75 - 3/5/76 228 ha muck
NO--N
NH^-N
TSP
MRP
DUP
21,087
425
4,076
2,494
1,572
92.6
1.87
18.8
11.0
6.91
Ca 844,492 3,710.
Mg 221,964 975.
Na 92,392 406.
K 44,301 195.
Fe 5,273 23.2
Cu 41.98 0.184
Zn 58.61 0.258
Mn 142.0 0.624
Pb 151.8 0.667
Cd 17.78 0.078
Elodea and pondweed may be inhibited by higher summer light intensities and
temperatures, and may grow better during the cooler months. This is
indicated in Table 16.
The composition of the aquatic plant tissue, and total quantities of N,
P, Zn, Cd and Pb in the tissue are presented in Table 17. Total N and P
seem to peak in late May at site 'O', where there was no milfoil. At site
'F1 where milfoil dominates, the peak was in September. In both cases, this
corresponds to the maxima in standing crops for the two sites (Table 16).
In general, this is also the case for Zn, Cd, and Pb, although in the last
column of Table 17, where average composition and standing crop are used to
calculate totals between 'O1 and 'F1, the two heavy metals Cd and Pb are at
higher total levels in the plants in late sunnier.
111-42
-------
TABLE 16. ESTIMATED STANDING CROP FOR SUBMERGED AQUATIC PLANTS, LITTLE OONESUS CREEK.
U»
Date
12/17/74
4/11/75
5/27/75
7/9/75
9/10/75
10/15/75
11/14/75
Species
Elodea
Coontail
Pbndweed
Elodea
Coontail
Pondweed
Milfoil
Coontail
Pondweed
Milfoil
Elodea
Coontail
Milfoil
Elodea
Coontail
Milfoil
Elodea
Milfoil
Elodea
Milfoil
Near S. Lima, 'O'
g dry wt/ma
by species total
3.04
0.44
1.18
4.66
11.14
6.70
13.93
-
31.77
76.79
149.22
-
226.01
21.00
124.00
-
145.00
62.83
23.16
-
95.99
62.0
-
62.0
196.3
-
Near E. Avon, 'F'
g dry wt/m*
by species total
18.88
10.60
11.80
41.28
0.13
9.03
0.20
2.07
11.43
3.49
-
139.62
143.11
-
63.00
228.67
291.67
88.
369.98
370.86
-
387.35
387.35
-
316.8
Average total
kg
between 'O' and 'F'
(7559 m»)
173.6
163.3
1395.
1650.
1764.
1698.
196.3
316.8
1939.
-------
TABLE 17. ELBBBAL CONTEOT OF SUBCRGED AQUATIC PUNTS, UTTI£ CCNESUS CREEK (DRY WT. BASIS)
Date
12/17/7*
4/11/75
5/27/75
7/9/75
9/10/75
10/15/75
11/14/75
Species
Elodea
Ooontail
Pondweed
mg/m»
Elodea
Ooontail
Pondueed
Milfoil
ng/m*
Ooontail
Pondueed
Milfoil
ng/m»
Elodea
Ooontail
Milfoil
mg/ra*
Elodea
Ooontail
Milfoil
ma/"1
Elodea
Milfoil
ttg/m*
Elodea
Milfoil
mg/m1
Near S. Una,
Percent
N P Zn
3.45
1.43
122.
2.68
3.35
2.58
882
3.73
3.53
1.02
0.88
0.74
43.6
0.62
0.80
0.60
206
0.77
0.75
8132 1711
3.99
3.44
5104
3.68
3.08
3625
2.93
1817
2.48
4868
0.72
0.59
883
0.75
0.73
640
0.57
353
0.48
942
-
-
84
100
90
2.84
133
118
27.8
125
169
236
168
58
11. §
75
4.65
84
16.5
•0'
ppn
Cd Pb
-
••
1.0 13
1.0 10
1.0 13
6.032 0.3$
0.8 11
0.6 11
0.151 1.69
0.6 7
0.6 8
0.08? 1.14
0.6 11
0.5 7
6.649 6.8$
0.9 10
0.056 0.62
1.0 12
0.196 2.36
Near E.
PQEOGftt
N P
3.20
2.60
3.35
1275
2.39
2.13
260
3.48
4859
2.08
2.15
6227
2.64
2.39
8&3
1.85
7166
2.60
8237
1.02
0.65
1.10
391.
0.60
0.38
61.1
0.70
977.
0.45
0.51
1450
0.48
0.45
16"6*
0.36
1394
0.36
1140
Avon, 'F'
Zn
-
~
81
100
0.936
107
14.9
81
70
21.1
90
45
i6.1
65
25.2
68
21.5
ppn
Cd
™
~
0.8
1.0
0.009
0.07
0.098
1.6
1.6
0.467
0.7
1.5
0.556
1.9
0.736
1.3
0.412
Pb
"
«r
10
13
o.iis
12
1.68
13
12
3.56
8
2.97
12
4.65
13
4.12
Total grams between sites 'O' and 'f*
based on average dry wt. and composition
N P Zn Od Pb
5280 1643 -
4316 1013 14.4 0.155 1.92
49,099 10,159 161 0.941 12.7
42,826 8818 . 169 2.09 17.8
44.351 8727 108 2.29 14.4
33,951 6603 113 2.99 19.9
49,530 7869 144 2.30 24.5
-------
If a comparison is made between the total quantity of N and P in aquatic
plant tissue in Table 17 (1975) and the amount being transported downstream
at any specific time, it is obviously that much greater quantities were
contained in the tissue in late summer and fall (45 kg N, 8 kg P in July and
September) than were carried by the stream water (average of 0.06 kg N and
0.17 kg P per day during July, August, and September, Table 9). It seems
entirely possible that as the plants senesce in the water during late fall,
they may contribute a relatively large fraction of the total dissolved N and
P to the stream.
Of the heavy metals in Table 17, Zn is the only one which was
accumulated in quantity (0.16 kg in July) by aquatic plant tissue compared
to the quantity transported in the stream at the same period (0.001 kg per
day, Table 14). Cadmium and Pb do not seem to be accumulated by the plants
compared to N, P, and Zn, or the quantities moving down the creek.
Aquatic Plant Nutrient Dynamics
Phase one, four weeks: In the growth chamber experiments with milfoil
growing in 10-L jars, analysis of the sediment by extraction with 10% sodium
acetate at pH 4.8 (Morgan's solution) showed it to have adequate amounts of
the primary plant nutrients N, P, and K (Greweling and Peech, 1965). The
results of the entire analysis is presented in Table 18.
The P nutrient status of the soil did not change over the period of the
experiment, as indicated by constant phosphate levels in sediment water.
These did not vary appreciably either among treatments or over time. As
illustrated in Table 19, soluble phosphate levels were more than adequate
throughout the experiment for good root growth and phosphate absorption by
the milfoil plants (Bistow and Whitcombe, 1971).
TABLE 18. SEDIMENT CHARACTERISTICS DETERMINED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE EXPERI-
MENT. Nutrients were extracted with 10% sodium acetate at pH 4.8
(Morgan's solution) and are presented on a dry weight basis.
POM pH P K Mg Ca Mn Fe NO--N
(ppm) i-
9.1 7.0 3.5 37 387 3250 12 2.5 16
111-45
-------
TABLE 19. SOLUBLE P IN SEDIMENT OF INTERSTITIAL WATER, WHERE THE ROOTS
ACTUALLY GROW.
Control Jars Planted Jars
Date Mean Range Mean Range
May 15
April 29
June 3
June 16
June 19
_
0.826
1.05
0.958
1.120
0.583
0.944
0.819
1.000
*»
- 0.987
- 1.200
- 1.070
- 1.410
_
0.911
1.100
0.917
1.060
_
0.768 -
0.974 -
0.728 -
0.880 -
1.073
1.160
1.120
1.180
Inorganic P fractionation of the sediments before and after the experi-
ments according to the scheme of Chang and Jackson (1957) showed an increase
in iron phosphate with a corresponding decrease in adsorbed P. These
differences were a result of flooding, not the presence of growing milfoil.
These data are presented in Table 20, and further support the idea that
there was little change in the adequate supply of available P in the sedi-
ments during the experiments.
With the release of P upon rewetting of the fertile sediment at the
start of the experiment, the level of phosphate in the overlying water rose
rapidly to about 300 ppb (Figure 12). The subsequent decrease in P concen-
tration was more rapid in the planted jars compared to the unplanted con-
trols. This is probably a result of absorption by the growing milfoil
shoots (Bristow and Whitcombe, 1971). Within three weeks, P concentration
had fallen to similar levels in all jars and by the end of the month were at
5-10 ppb. In a similar control jar which had a 2-cm layer of washed white
quartz sand on top of the sediment, P concentration in the jar was still 180
ppb after three weeks (Figure 12). The sediments were obviously important
in removing P from the overlying solution, and were a bit slower than plants
in effecting this removal. It should be noted that both plants and sedi-
ments removed P to a very low level even when sediment-water P concentration
was 100 to 1000X that in the overlying water.
In the first part of the experiment, there was no evidence of leakage of
P from the sediment-water by virtue of the plants' presence. There were
good sources of P in the sediments and water initially, and it was not
111-46
-------
TABLE 20. SUMMARY OF INORGANIC P FRACTIONATICIN DATA FOR SEDIMENTS (Chang and
Jackson, 1957).
Sediment Control Jars Planted Jars
before after after
P fraction a b c mean 246 mean 1357 mean
adsorbed P
(.5 N NaHC03) 239 245 226 237 194 190 174 186 184 191 171 159 176
Fe-P 156 167 180 168 224 219 256 233 202 214 259 248 231
Al-P 147 153 149 150 146 143 135 141 137 141 132 129 135
occluded Al-P 3- 4 4 454 4 4- 44 4
Ca-P 204 399 313 305 245 346 443 345 296 335 260 285 294
occluded FeP 45 - 58 51 53 61 52 55 51 - 55 52 53
surprising to see no apparent leakage during this period of rapid plant
growth (Figure 13). During this phase the young plants grew vigorously,
producing auxiliary shoots and exhibiting no dead or dying leaves or tissue.
Therefore, when the cultures were sampled May 15, only live, photosynthetic
tissue was removed. A summary of the data for the sampled milfoil plants is
given in Table 21.
Percent P in all samples was high, indicating the presence in the jars
of excess, readily available P. Both percent P and total plant P increased
during this phase, as indicated in Figure 14.
Phase two, two weeks: The next experiment, involving the growth of
well-developed milfoil shoots in water with poor nutrient supplying
capacity, was started on May 15. By this time a filamentous algal mat had
formed over the sediment surface in all jars. Epiphytes on the milfoil were
not yet conspicous. Monitoring of phosphate concentration in the water
compartment showed no significant difference between controls and planted
cultures, with phosphorus levels equilibrating at about 10 ppb (Figure 12).
During the two weeks of growth in demineralized water, parts of the
milfoil plants began to exhibit signs of senescence. Typically, the termi-
nal segment of each shoot continued to photosynthesize and elongate, while
leaves yellowed and died. At the completion of this phase, nearly one-half
111-47
-------
400 -
PPb
P
200-
0
4/13
20 40
5/15 5/28
DAYS and DATES
60
6/19
FIGURE 12. Changes in MRP in the water of control and planted jars over the
experimental period. Note the high level after three weeks in
the jar with white sand. Each point represents the mean of four
jars.
of the nodes present in the jars had dead or senescing leaves, and sane
shoots had died. Data for the harvested tissues after two weeks on low P
water are presented in Table 22.
Growth during this phase continued in terms of elongation, but dry
weight as indicated by whole plant sampling decreased (Figure 13), probably
as a result of leaf senescence. Phosphate percentage and total P content of
tissues both decreased, but this P did not appear in the water. Even if P
was lost from senescing tissues, in this experimental setup it was not
detected. This is in contrast to leakage of P from leaves of milfoil
(Myriophyllum exalbescens) detected by Demarte and Hartman (1974). Not only
did the plants in the experiment reported here lose from their tissues
during this phase, but they were also unable to absorb enough P from the
high P root medium to maintain the ambient tissue concentration. This
111-48
-------
600
DRY
WEIGHT
400
200-
0ry Wtighf
wig
ppm P
total)
0
4/15
20 40
5/15
(Mrs and DATES
5/28
€0
200
LENGTH
cm
100
6/19
FIOTRE 13. Growth of plants in culture jars over the experiment, given in both
dry weight and total stem length. The dashed lines indicate
removal of senescent tissue at the beginning of the third phase.
Each point represents the total for one jar, averaged over four jars.
contrast to DeMarte and Hartman's data may be a result of differences in
experimental setup (their's was an axenic culture and they used T?) or
physiological differences in absorption characteristics between M.
exalbescens and M. spicatum. It appears that the plant M. spicatum used in
this experiment would not act as a pipeline for P movement from sediments to
overlying water to any extent during the normal growing season. This is in
agreement with findings by Brostgw and Whitcome (1971) for M. spicatum in
translocation experiments with T?.
Phase three, three weeks: The final experiment ran 25 days starting on
May 28 and ending June 22. After harvesting at the end of the second phase,
only live photosynthetic tissue remained in the culture. Four plants
remained in each of four jars at that time when 500 ppb P was added. The P
left the solution very rapidly (Figure 12) and again fell to a level of 5
111-49
-------
TABLE 21. SIMMS? OF DATA FOR PLANTS HARVESTED MAY 15, ONE MONTH AFTER PLANT-
ING. One plant (of six) was harvested fron each of four jars.
Tissue Stem Dry Percent P in
Jar harvested length weight P plant tissue
No. each jar (on) (ing) (ing)
1 one whole 22 59.5 1.0 0.60
3 plant of 35 85.5 0.85 0.73
5 the six 54 210.8 0.74 1.56
7 planted 38 144.0 0.94 1.35
mean 37 125.0 0.85 1.06
ppb after only two weeks. There was no difference in the rate of decrease
between planted and control jars. Again, the role of this particular
sediment seemed to dominate P removal, and adsorption was at a rate which
masked any leakage from plants if there was any way.
The plants grew in length and dry weight as indicated in Figure 13, and
epiphytes also appeared in appreciable quantity. The harvest data are
presented in Table 23 for milfoil.
Even though there was adequate P in both the overlying water and the
root medium in this third phase, the plants grew but continued to lose P
from the tissue. Total P in the milfoil tissue increased because of the 231
mg increase in dry weight.
An experimental summary is presented in Table 24. The plants grew well
and in a pattern that would be expected. When soluble P was present in the
water at concentrations above about 20 ppb, it was absorbed and utilized as
evidenced by growth in the first and third phase. When less than 10 ppb was
present however, the plants did not grow, but senesced and lost P from their
tissues, as in the second phase. This happened even when soluble P concen-
tration in the root medium was 1000 ppb. The P lost from plant tissues was
not measured in the water and was either transported to the roots, adsorbed
by the sediment particles, or reabsorbed in unsampled plant material such as
algae.
111-50
-------
% in Ephiphytes
Totol in EphiphytetA
"So
%
P
.4
4/15
20
40
5/19
DAYS and DATES
3/28
60
6/19
14. Percent and total P in plant tissue growing in culture jars.
Dashed lines indicate removal of senescent tissue at the beginning
of the third phase. Each point represents the total for one jar/
averaged over four jars.
Translocation to roots from leaves has been measured in Heteranthera
dubia and Myriophyllum brasilense (Funderburk and Lawrence, 1963) and in M.
exalbescens (DeMarte and Hartrnan, 1974), but not in M. spicatum (Bristow and
Whitcombe, 1971). Tliis argues against the first suggestion above and points
out another difference between M. spicatum and M. eyaltescens for P dynam-
ics. It is more likely that in this experiment, excess or leaked P was
adsorbed by sediment or absorbed by algae, as in the third phase.
The roots showed little or no capability to absorb P for translocation
to the plant tops, at least not when tissue concentrations were above 0.5%.
According to Gerloff and Krombholtz (1966) this is not a growth-limiting P
concentration, and indeed did not hinder milfoil growth in the third phase.
From Table -24, it is obvious that most of the added 500 ppb P was adsorbed
111-51
-------
TABLE 22. SUMMARY OF DATA FOR PLANTS HARVESTED MAY 28, TWD WEEKS AFTER PLACEMENT
IN DEMINERALIZED WATER
Jar
No.
1
3
5
7
mean
1
3
5
7
mean
1
3
5
7
mean
Tissue
harvested,
each jar
One whole
plant of
5 remaining
plants
Live tissue
only: subsample
removed for
analysis
All
senescent
material
remaining
Stem
length
(on)
27
37
50
75
47
16
5
14
32
17
119
71
133
173
124
Dry Percent P in
weight P plant tissue
(mg) (mg)
64.7 0.72
54.6 0.66
97.5 0.75
199.5 0.82
104.1 0.74
35.6 1.07
14.6 0.85
50.5 0.80
79.5 1.12
45.1 0.96
219.8 0.72
90.6 0.50
285.6 0.78
389.1 0.75
246.3 0.69
0.46
0.36
0.73
1.64
0.77
0.38
0.12
0.40
0.89
0.43
1.58
0.48
2.23
2.92
1.70
111-52
-------
TABLE 23. SUMMARY OF DATA FOR PLANTS HARVESTED JUNE 22 AFTER GROWffl IN
WATER.
Jar
No.
1
3
5
7
mean
1
3
5
7
mean
1
3
5
7
mean
Tissue
harvested,
each jar
One whole
plant of
four remain-
ing plants
Live tissue
only: subsample
removed from
analysis
Rest of
plant mater-
ial: three
plants plus
epiphytes
Stem
length
(on)
40
44
39
34
39
7
5
6
10
7
75
43
74
147
85
Dry
Weight
(rag)
63.9
93.6
119.2
78.7
88.9
23.3
15.6
17.1
34.1
22.5
137.6
87.9
205.2
319.1
187.4
Percent
P
0.60
0.53
0.38
0.55
0.52
0.68
0.39
0.42
0.63
0.43
0.60
0.46
0.32
0.60
0.50
P in
plant tissue
(mg)
0.39
0.50
0.46
0.44
0.46
0.16
0.061
0.071
0.213
0.12
0.82
0.40
0.65
1.92
0.93
by the sediments and what was left was quickly absorbed by the algae. If
algae had not been present, tissue P concentration for milfoil may have
increased again, as in the first phase.
The roots of M. spicatum may become more functional when the P concen-
tration in the tops falls below 0.5%, but from the data presented here, in
terms of P removal from overlying water in planted jars and decreases in P
concentration of tissues, it appears that M. spicatum depends upon its
leaves to absorb most of the P needed for normal growth, with little or no
leakage even when P concentration in the sediment water is 100 or 1000X
greater than in the overlying water from which the leaves must absorb.
111-53
-------
H
V
TABLE 24. SUMMARY OF ENTIRE EXPERIMENT, REPRESENTING THE MEANS OF FOUR JARS INCLUDING ALL PLANT
MATERIAL, NOT ONLY THE SAMPLES.
Date
April 15
May 15
May 28
June 19
Experimental
stage
Water added,
planted
Drained, sampled;
water added
Drained, sampled;
Live tissue sub-
sampled, added
0.5 ppm P
All harvested
Change between
5/28 - 6/19
Dry
weight
(mg)
109
50
625
520 total
125 alive
356 total
90 alive
(471 epiphytes)
-1-231 total
(+471)
Percent
P
0.60
0.85
0.85
0.74
0.96
0.52
0.53
(0.20)
-0.44
Mg P in
plant
material
0.66
6.38
5.31
3.85
1.20
1.85
0.48
(0.94)
+0.65
(+0.94)
Mg total P
control planted
3.11 3.36
0.05 0.12
0 0
0.1 0.1
5.16 5.21
0.04 0.04
-5.12 -5.17
-------
REFERENCES
Baker, J.L., K.L. Campbell, H.P. Johnson, and J.J. Hanway. 1975. Nitrate,
phosphorus, and sulfate in subsurface drainage water. J. Environ.
Quality 4:406-412.
Bouldin, D.R., R.L. Johnson, C. Burda, and C. Kao. 1974. Losses of
inorganic nitrogen from aquatic systems. J. Environ. Qual.
3:107-114.
Bristow, J.M. and M. Whitcotibe. 1971. The role of roots in the nutrition
of aquatic vascular plants. Am. J. Bot. 58:8-13.
Chang, S.C., and M.C. Jackson. 1957. Fractionation of soil phosphorus.
Soil Sci. 84:133-144.
32_ 59
DeMarte,.J.A. and R.T. Hartman. 1974. Studies on absorption of T>, Fe
and Ca by water milfoil (Myriophyllum exalbescens Fernald). Ecology
55:188-194.
Erickson, A.E. and B.G. Ellis. 1971. The nutrient content of drainage
water from agricultural land. Mich. State Univ. Res. Bull. 31.
Fox, R.L. and E.J. Kamprath. 1971. Adsorption and leaching of P in acid
organic soils and high organic matter sand. Soil Sci. Sec. Amer. Proc.
35:154-156.
Funderburk, H.W., Jr. and J.M. Lawrence. 1963. Absorption and
translocation of radioactive herbicides in submersed and emersed aquatic
weeds. Weed Res. 3:304-311.
Gerloff, G.C. and P.H. Krombholtz. 1966. Tissue analysis as a measure of
nutrient availability for the growth of angiosperm aquatic plants.
Limnol. and Oceanog. 11:529-537.
Greweling, H.T. and M. Peech. 1965. Chemical Soil Tests. Cornell Univ.
Agr. Expt. Sta. Bui. 960.
Hanway, J.J. and J.M. Lablen. 1974. Plant nutrient losses from tile outlet
terraces. J. Environ. Quality 3:351-356.
Hergert, G.W. 1975. Effects of manuring on phosphorus movement in soil.
Ph.D. thesis, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y. 14853.
111-55
-------
Hortinstine, C.C. and R.B. Forbes. 1972. Concentrations of nitrogen,
phosphorus, potassium and total soluble salts in soil solution samples
from fertilized and unfertilized histosols. J. Environ. Quality
1:446-449.
Ismirah, N.O. and D.R. Keeney. 1973. Contribution of developed and natural
marshland to surface and subsurface water quality. Technical Report on
project OWRR A-049-WIS, Water Resources Center, Univ. of Wisconsin,
Madison, WI 53706.
Johnson, A.H., D.R. Bouldin, E. Goyette, and A.M. Hedges. 1976.
Phosphorus loss by stream transport from a rural watershed: quantities,
processes, and sources. J. Environ. Qual. 5:148-157.
Kaila, A. 1959. Effect of superphosphate on the retention of phosphorus by
a peat soil. Maatalons Aik. 31:259-267.
Kaila, A. and H. Missila. 1956. Accumulation of fertilizer P in peat
soils. Maatalons Aik. 28:168-178.
Kitson, R.E. and M.G. Mellon. 1944. Colorimetric determination of phospho-
rus as molybdovanadophosphoric acid. Ind. and Eng. Chem. (Anal. Ed.)
16:379-383.
Larsen, J.E., G.F. Warren, and R. Langston. 1959. Effect of iron, aluminum
and humic acid on phosphorus fixation by organic soils. Proc. SSSA
23:438-440.
Lathwell, D.J., D.R. Bouldin, and E.A. Goyetta. 1973. Growth and chemical
composition of aquatic plants in twenty artificial wildlife marshes.
N.Y. Fish and Game Jour. 20:108-128.
MacLean, A.J., J.J. Jasmin, and R.L. Halstead. 1967. Effect of lime on
potato crops and on properties of a sphagnum peat soil. Can. J. Soil
Sci. 47:89-94.
Menzel, D.W. and N. Corwin. 1965. The measurement of total phosphorus in
seawater based on the liberation of organically bound fractions by
persulfate oxidation. Limnol. and Coeanog. 10:280-282.
Miller, M.H. 1974. The contribution of plant nutrients and pesticides from
agricultural lands to drainage water. Report of research conducted for
Environmental Protection Service, Environment Canada, under DSS Contract
No. OSR3-0031.
Murphy, J., and J.P. Riley. 1962. A modified single solution method for
the determination of phosphate in natural waters. Analytica chimica
Acta 27:31-36.
Nicholls, K.H. and H.R. MacCrimmon. 1974. Nutrients in subsurface and
runoff waters of the Holland marsh, Ontario. J. Environ. Quality
3:31-34.
111-56
-------
Okruszko, H., G.F. Warren, and G.E. Wilcox. 1962. The influence of Ca on P
availability in muck soil. Proc. SSSA 26:68-71.
Perverly, J.H., G. Miller, W.H. Brown, and R.L. Johnson. 1974. Aquatic
weed management in th Finger Lakes. Cornell Univ. Water Res. and Marine
Sciences Center Tech. Report No. 90.
Reference Manual of Methods for Chemical Analyses of Water and Wastes. U.S.
EPA-625/6-74-003, 1974, Washington, D.C.
Treunert, E., A. Wilhelms, and H. Bernhardt. 1974. Effect of the sampling
frequency on the determination of the annual phosphorus load of average
streams. Hodrochem. hydrogeol. Mitte 1:175-198.
111-57
-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Please read Inunctions on the rtvenc before completing)
1. REPORT NO.
EPA-905/9-91-005C
2.
3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
Genesee River Watershed Study
Volume 3 - Special Studies - Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute & Cornell University
6. REPORT DATE
. March 1978
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
. AUTHOR(S)
Hasson El-Baroudi
Thomas F. Zimmie
B. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO
John M. Ouxbury
John H. Peverly
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
New York State Department of Environmental
, . , . . Conservation
Bureau of Technical Services and Research
50 Wolf Road
Albany, New York 12233
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
A42B2A
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
R005144
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
Great Lakes National Program Office
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
230 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, Illinois 60604
1J. 1 tr
------- |